|
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL INC - 10-K405 - 20020327 - MARKET_RISK
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations and interest rate
changes. The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates
relates to the fair value of long-term fixed rate debt and interest expense of
variable rate debt. The Company has historically managed interest rates through
the use of, and the Company's long-term debt is currently composed of, a
combination of fixed and variable rate borrowings. Generally, the fair market
value of fixed rate debt will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as
interest rates rise.
Based on the overall interest rate exposure on the Company's fixed rate
borrowings at December 29, 2001, a 10% change in market interest rates would
have less than a 5% impact on the fair value of the Company's long-term debt.
Based on variable rate debt levels at December 29, 2001, a 10% change in market
interest rates would have less than a 5% impact on the Company's net interest
expense.
Other than intercompany transactions between the Company's domestic and
foreign entities and the portion of the Company's senior subordinated notes that
are denominated in Euros, the Company generally does not have significant
transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the functional
currency applicable to each entity.
The Company enters into forward and swap contracts to hedge transactions
denominated in foreign currencies to reduce the currency risk associated with
fluctuating exchange rates. These contracts are used primarily to hedge certain
intercompany cash flows and for payments arising from some of the Company's
foreign currency denominated obligations. In addition, the Company enters into
interest rate swaps to hedge a substantial portion of its variable rate debt.
Changes in the fair value of these derivatives will be recorded each period in
earnings for non-qualifying derivatives or accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) for qualifying derivatives.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may also impact the Company's
shareholders' equity. The assets and liabilities of the Company's non-U.S.
subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at
the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars
at the weighted average exchange rate for the period. The resulting translation
adjustments are recorded in shareholders' equity as accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss). In addition, fluctuations in the value of the Euro
will cause the U.S. dollar translated amounts to change in comparison to prior
periods. Furthermore, the Company revalues its outstanding senior subordinated
Euro notes at the end of each period and the resulting change in value will be
reflected in the income statement of the corresponding period.
As part of the European Economic and Monetary Union, the Euro will replace
the national currencies of many of the European countries in which the Company
conducts business. The conversion rates between the Euro and the participating
nations' currencies were fixed irrevocably as of January 1, 1999, with the
participating national currencies scheduled to be removed from circulation
between January 1 and June 30, 2002, and replaced by Euro notes and coinage. The
effects of the Euro conversion on the Company's consolidated financial position
and results of operations have not been significant. The costs of the systems
and business process conversions were not material.
Each of the Company's subsidiaries derives revenues and incurs expenses
primarily within a single country and, consequently, does not generally incur
currency risks in connection with the conduct of normal business operations.
The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to more properly align
the underlying sources of cash flow with the Company's debt servicing
requirements. At December 29, 2001, the Company had long-term foreign currency
forward contracts receivables with notional amounts of $44.0 million and Euro
76.0 million, offset by foreign currency forward contracts payables with
notional amounts of L59.2 million and $21.9 million.
21
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
This information is incorporated by reference to the "Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes" on pages F-1 through F-43, together with the report
thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on page F-44.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
NONE.
22
PART III
ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
Set forth below are the names, ages as of December 29, 2001 and current
positions with the Company and its subsidiaries of the executive officers and
directors. Directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders.
Executive officers are appointed by, and hold office at, the discretion of the
directors.
NAME AGE POSITION
---- -------- --------
Linda Huett............................... 57 President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Richard McSorley.......................... 57 Chief Operating Officer, NACO
Clive Brothers............................ 48 Chief Operating Officer, Europe
Scott R. Penn............................. 30 Vice President, Australasia
Thomas S. Kiritsis........................ 57 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Robert W. Hollweg......................... 59 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Raymond Debbane(1)........................ 46 Chairman of the Board
Jonas M. Fajgenbaum....................... 29 Director
Sacha Lainovic(1)......................... 45 Director
Christopher J. Sobecki.................... 43 Director
Sam K. Reed(2)(3)......................... 54 Director
Marsha Johnson Evans(2)(3)................ 54 Director
|
(1) Member of the Company's compensation and benefits committee.
(2) Member of the Company's audit committee.
(3) Named to the board of directors on February 12, 2002.
LINDA HUETT. Ms. Huett has been the President and a director of the Company
since September 1999. She became the Company's Chief Executive Officer in
December 2000. Ms. Huett joined the Company in 1984 as a classroom leader.
Ms. Huett was promoted to U.K. Training Manager in 1986. In 1990, Ms. Huett was
appointed Director of the United Kingdom operation and in 1993 was appointed
Vice President of Weight Watchers U.K. Ms. Huett graduated from Gustavas
Adolphus College and received her Masters in Theater from Yale University.
Ms. Huett is also a director of WeightWatchers.com, Inc.
RICHARD MCSORLEY. Mr. McSorley has served as the Company's Chief Operating
Officer for North America since January 2001. From 1992 until the Company's
purchase of Weighco, Mr. McSorley served in various capacities with Weighco
Enterprises, Inc., including as President since 1995 and Chief Executive Officer
since 1996. Mr. McSorley received his B.A. degree from Villanova University and
an M.B.A. from the University of Pittsburgh.
CLIVE BROTHERS. Mr. Brothers has served as the Company's Chief Operating
Officer for Europe since February 2001. Mr. Brothers joined the Company in 1985
as a marketing manager in the United Kingdom. In 1990, Mr. Brothers was
appointed General Manager, France and was appointed Vice
23
President, Continental Europe in 1993. Mr. Brothers received a B.A. (Hons) in
Business Studies from Leeds Polytechnic in England and a diploma in Marketing
from the Chartered Institute of Marketing.
SCOTT R. PENN. Scott Penn has been a Vice President of the Company's
Australasia operations since September 1999. Mr. Penn joined the Company in 1994
as a Marketing Services Manager in Australia. In 1996, he was promoted to Group
Marketing Manager in Australia and in 1997 he was promoted to General
Manager--Marketing and Finance.
THOMAS S. KIRITSIS. Mr. Kiritsis has served as the Company's Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer since joining the Company in May 2000. From
June 1994 to April 2000, he was Senior Vice President of Finance of Olsten
Corporation. Mr. Kiritsis received a B.B.A. in Accounting from Hofstra
University and is a certified public accountant.
ROBERT W. HOLLWEG. Mr. Hollweg has served as the Company's Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary since January 1998. He joined the Company in 1969
as an Assistant Counsel in the law department. He transferred to the Heinz law
department subsequent to Heinz's acquisition of the Company in 1978 and served
there in various capacities. He rejoined the Company after Artal Luxembourg
acquired the Company in September 1999. Mr. Hollweg graduated from Fordham
University and received his Juris Doctor degree from Fordham University School
of Law. He is a member of the American and New York State Bar Associations and a
former President of the International Trademark Association.
RAYMOND DEBBANE. Mr. Debbane has been the Company's Chairman of the board
of directors since the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg on
September 29, 1999. Mr. Debbane is a co-founder and President of The Invus
Group, Ltd. Prior to forming The Invus Group, Ltd. in 1985, Mr. Debbane was a
manager and consultant for The Boston Consulting Group in Paris, France. He
holds an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business, an M.S. in Food
Science and Technology from the University of California, Davis and a B.S. in
Agricultural Sciences and Agricultural Engineering from American University of
Beirut. Mr. Debbane is a director of Artal Group S.A., Ceres, Inc., Financial
Technologies International Inc. and Nellson Nutraceutical, Inc. Mr. Debbane is
also the Chairman of the board of directors of WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and
served as a director of Keebler Foods Company from 1996 to 1999.
JONAS M. FAJGENBAUM. Mr. Fajgenbaum has been a director of the Company
since the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg on September 29, 1999.
Mr. Fajgenbaum is a Managing Director at The Invus Group, Ltd., which he joined
in 1996. Prior to joining The Invus Group, Ltd., Mr. Fajgenbaum was a consultant
for McKinsey & Company in New York from 1994 to 1996. He graduated with a B.S.
from the Wharton School of Business and a B.A. in Economics from the University
of Pennsylvania in 1994.
SACHA LAINOVIC. Mr. Lainovic has been a director of the Company since the
Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg on September 29, 1999. Mr. Lainovic is
a co-founder and Executive Vice President of The Invus Group, Ltd. Prior to
forming The Invus Group, Ltd. in 1985, Mr. Lainovic was a manager and consultant
for the Boston Consulting Group in Paris, France. He holds an M.B.A. from
Stanford Graduate School of Business and an M.S. in engineering from Insa de
Lyon in Lyon, France. Mr. Lainovic is a director of WeightWatchers.com, Inc.,
Financial Technologies International Inc., Nellson Nutraceutical, Inc. and
Unwired Australia Pty Limited, and also served as a director of Keebler Foods
Company from 1996 to 1999.
CHRISTOPHER J. SOBECKI. Mr. Sobecki has been a director of the Company
since the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg on September 29, 1999.
Mr. Sobecki, a Managing Director of The Invus Group, Ltd., joined the firm in
1989. He received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. He also obtained a
B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University. Mr. Sobecki is a director
of
24
WeightWatchers.com, Inc., Nellson Nutraceutical, Inc., Financial Technologies
International Inc. and iLife, Inc. He also served as a director of Keebler Foods
Company from 1996 to 1998.
SAM K. REED. Mr. Reed has 27 years of experience in the food industry. He
was formerly Vice Chairman and Director of Kellogg Company, the world's leading
producer of cereal and a leading producer of convenience foods. From 1996 to
2001, Mr. Reed was Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director of Keebler
Foods Company. Previously, he was Chief Executive Officer, of Specialty Foods
Corporation's $450 million Western Bakery Group division. He is a Director of
the Tractor Supply Company. Mr. Reed received a B.A. from Rice University and an
M.B.A. from Stanford University.
MARSHA JOHNSON EVANS. Ms. Evans is currently the National Executive
Director of Girl Scouts of the U.S.A., the world's preeminent organization
dedicated solely to girls. A retired Rear Admiral in the United States Navy,
Ms. Evans has served as superintendent of the Naval Postgraduate School in
Monterey, California and headed the Navy's worldwide recruiting organization
from 1993 to 1995. She is currently a director of the May Department Stores
Company and numerous nonprofit boards. Ms. Evans received a B.A. from Occidental
College and a Master's Degree from the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at
Tufts University.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Company's board of directors is currently comprised of seven directors.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
The Company's board of directors oversees the compensation programs of the
Company, with particular attention to the compensation for its Chief Executive
Officer and the other executive officers. It is the responsibility of the
Company's board of directors to review, recommend and approve changes to the
Company's compensation policies and benefits programs, to administer the
Company's stock plans, including approving stock option grants to executive
officers and other stock option grants, and to otherwise ensure that the
Company's compensation philosophy is consistent with the best interests of the
Company and is properly implemented.
The Company's compensation philosophy is to (1) provide a competitive total
compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain key
executive and employee talent needed to accomplish the Company's goals, and
(2) directly link compensation to improvements in the Company's financial and
operational performance.
Total compensation is comprised of a base salary plus both cash and non-cash
incentive compensation, and is based on the Company's financial performance and
other factors, and is delivered through a combination of cash and equity-based
awards. This approach results in overall compensation levels which follow the
Company's financial performance.
The Company's board of directors reviews each senior executive officer's
base salary annually. In determining appropriate base salary levels,
consideration is given to the officer's impact level, scope of responsibility,
prior experience, past accomplishments and data on prevailing compensation
levels in relevant executive labor markets.
The Company's board of directors believes that granting stock options
provides officers with a strong economic interest in maximizing shareholder
returns over the longer term. The Company believes that the practice of granting
stock options is important in retaining and recruiting the key talent necessary
at all employee levels to ensure the Company's continued success.
25
COMMITTEES OF THE COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The standing committees of the Company's board of directors consist of an
audit committee and a compensation and benefits committee.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
The principal duties of the Company's audit committee are as follows:
- to oversee that the Company's management has maintained the reliability
and integrity of the Company's accounting policies and financial reporting
and the Company's disclosure practices;
- to oversee that the Company's management has established and maintained
processes to assure that an adequate system of internal control is
functioning;
- to oversee that the Company's management has established and maintained
processes to assure the Company's compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and corporate policy;
- to review the Company's annual and quarterly financial statements prior to
their filing or prior to the release of earnings; and
- to review the performance of the independent accountants and make
recommendations to the board of directors regarding the appointment or
termination of the independent accountants.
The audit committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its
attention within the scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose
where appropriate.
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE
The principal duties of the compensation and benefits committee are as
follows:
- to review key employee compensation policies, plans and programs;
- to monitor performance and compensation of the Company's
employee-director, officers and other key employees;
- to prepare recommendations and periodic reports to the board of directors
concerning these matters; and
- to function as the committee which administers the incentive programs
referred to in "Executive Compensation" below.
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
None of the Company's executive officers has served as a director or member
of the compensation and benefits committee, or other committee serving an
equivalent function, of any entity of which an executive officer is expected to
serve as a member of the Company's compensation and benefits committee.
CLASSES AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS
The Company's board of directors is divided into three classes, as nearly
equal in number as possible, with each director serving a three-year term and
one class being elected at each year's annual meeting of shareholders. The
following individuals are directors and serve for the terms indicated:
CLASS 1 DIRECTORS (TERM EXPIRING IN 2002)
Raymond Debbane
Jonas M. Fajgenbaum
26
CLASS 2 DIRECTORS (TERM EXPIRING IN 2003)
Sacha Lainovic
Christopher J. Sobecki
Marsha Johnson Evans
CLASS 3 DIRECTOR (TERM EXPIRING IN 2004)
Linda Huett
Sam K. Reed
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires
the Company's directors, executive officers and holders of more than 10% of the
Company's common stock (collectively, "Reporting Persons") to file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership of common stock of the Company. Such persons are required
by regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission to furnish the Company
with copies of all such filings. Based on its review of the copies of such
filings received by it with respect to the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001
and written representations from certain Reporting Persons, the Company believes
that all Reporting Persons complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements
in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001,
the twelve months ended December 30, 2000, and for the fiscal year ended
April 29, 2000, the compensation paid to the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer and to each of the next four most highly compensated executive
officers whose total annual salary and bonus was in excess of $100,000.
27
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
TWELVE MONTH LONG-TERM COMPENSATION AWARDS
PERIOD SECURITIES UNDERLYING OPTIONS
COMPENSATION (NO. AWARDED)
------------------- --------------------------------
WEIGHT ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION TWELVE MONTHS ENDED SALARY BONUS WATCHERS WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM(5) COMPENSATION(6)
--------------------------- -------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------------------- ----------------
Linda Huett................. December 29, 2001 $250,016 $425,027 -- -- $ 93,497
President and December 30, 2000(4) 236,565 283,351 141,161 -- 84,531
Chief Executive Officer April 29, 2000 183,750 215,159 282,322 11,385 288,905
Thomas S. Kiritsis(1)....... December 29, 2001 204,844 252,034 -- -- 66,580
Vice President, Chief December 30, 2000 130,798 160,035 282,322 11,385 26,747
Financial Officer
Richard McSorley(2)......... December 29, 2001 192,534 252,034 282,322 -- 17,579
Chief Operating Officer,
North America
Clive Brothers.............. December 29, 2001 183,593 207,651 -- -- 30,872
Chief Operating Officer, December 30, 2000(4) 170,148 154,215 -- -- 29,639
Europe April 29, 2000 143,423 158,597 282,322 11,385 12,908
Robert W. Hollweg(3)........ December 29, 2001 157,245 198,058 -- -- 51,705
Vice President, General December 30, 2000(4) 142,510 100,013 282,322 11,385 43,519
Counsel and Secretary April 29, 2000 70,500 67,349 -- -- 11,325
Scott R. Penn............... December 29, 2001 117,711 94,350 -- -- 25,759
Vice President, December 30, 2000(4) 124,758 78,059 -- -- 28,484
Australasia
April 29, 2000 63,508 86,134 282,322 11,385 15,930
|
(1) Mr. Kiritsis joined the Company on May 1, 2000.
(2) Mr. McSorley joined the Company on January 16, 2001.
(3) Mr. Hollweg rejoined the Company in September 1999. Prior to that time, he
was an employee of Heinz.
(4) Effective April 30, 2000, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the
last Saturday in April to the Saturday closest to December 31. To accurately
reflect annual compensation, the compensation reported for the twelve months
ended December 30, 2000 has been derived from the compensation for the eight
months ended December 30, 2000, plus the compensation for the four months
ended April 29, 2000, except that the shares underlying the options issued
in respect of WeightWatchers.com shares are not included in the executive
officer's compensation for the twelve months ended December 30, 2000 because
this grant of options is reflected in the executive officer's compensation
for the twelve months ended April 29, 2000. As a result, there is overlap in
the compensation reported for the twelve months ended December 30, 2000 and
the twelve months ended April 29, 2000.
(5) Awards of options with respect to shares of WeightWatchers.com common stock
owned by the Company were made to the named executives under the Company's
WeightWatchers.com 1999 Stock Incentive Plan of Weight Watchers
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries.
(6) For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, these figures include amounts
contributed under the Company's 401(k) savings plan and the Company's
non-qualified executive profit sharing plan of $80,005 for Ms. Huett,
$59,831 for Mr. Kiritsis, $43,689 for Mr. Hollweg and $11,552 for
Mr. McSorley. Also included are contributions to the U.K. Pension Plan of
$18,456 for Mr. Brothers and contributions to the Australia Pension Plan of
$16,000 for Mr. Penn, as well as auto lease expense for named executives.
In December 1999, the Company's board of directors adopted the "1999 Stock
Purchase and Option Plan of Weight Watchers International, Inc. and
Subsidiaries" under which selected employees were afforded the opportunity to
purchase shares of the Company's common stock and/or were granted options to
purchase shares of the Company's common stock. The number of shares available
for grant under this plan is 7,058,040 shares of the Company's authorized common
stock.
28
The following table sets forth information regarding options granted during
the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 to the named executive officers under
the Company's stock purchase and option plan.
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES OPTION GRANTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT OF
TOTAL OPTIONS
NUMBER OF GRANTED TO
SECURITIES EMPLOYEES IN EXERCISE GRANT
UNDERLYING FISCAL YEAR OR DATE
OPTIONS ENDED BASE PRICE EXPIRATION PRESENT
NAME GRANTED(1) DECEMBER 29, 2001(2) (PER SHARE) DATE VALUE(3)
---- ---------- -------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Richard McSorley............. 282,322 38.6% $4.04 May 7, 2011 $457,364
|
(1) Options were granted during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 under
the terms of the Company's option plan. No options under the plan were
exercised during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001. Options are
exercisable based on vesting provisions outlined in the agreement.
(2) Percentage of total options granted are based on total grants made to all
employees during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001.
(3) The estimated grant date's present value is determined using the
Black-Scholes model. The adjustments and assumptions incorporated in the
Black-Scholes model in estimating the value of the grants include the
following: (a) the exercise price of the options equals the fair market
value of the underlying stock on the date of grant; (b) an option term of
7.5 years; (c) dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 34.6% and (d) a risk
free interest rate ranging from 5.1% to 5.4%. The ultimate value, if any, an
optionee will realize upon exercise of an option will depend on the excess
of the market value of the Company's common stock over the exercise price of
the option.
Under the Company's 1999 Stock Purchase and Option Plan, the Company has the
ability to grant stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and
other stock-based awards. Generally, stock options granted under this plan vest
and become exercisable in annual increments over five years with respect to
one-third of options granted, and the remaining two-thirds of the options vest
on the ninth anniversary of the date the options were granted, subject to
accelerated vesting upon the Company's achievement of certain performance
targets. In any event, the options that vest over five years automatically
become fully vested upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company.
In April 2000, the Company's board of directors adopted the
"WeightWatchers.com Stock Incentive Plan of Weight Watchers International, Inc.
and Subsidiaries" pursuant to which selected employees were granted options to
purchase shares of WeightWatchers.com common stock. The number of shares
available for grant under this plan is 400,000 shares of authorized common stock
of WeightWatchers.com. No options were granted during the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2001 to the named executive officers under the WeightWatchers.com
Stock Incentive Plan.
Under the Company's WeightWatchers.com Stock Incentive Plan, the Company has
the ability to grant stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights
and other stock-based awards on shares of WeightWatchers.com common stock.
Generally, stock options under this plan vest in annual increments over five
years upon the Company's achievement of certain performance targets. These
options are not exercisable until the earlier to occur of (1) six months after
the tenth anniversary of the date the option was granted; and (2) a public
offering of WeightWatchers.com common stock or a private sale of the stock in
which an employee holding stock is entitled to participate under the terms of
the sale participation agreement entered into with Artal Luxembourg.
29
The following tables set forth the number and value of securities underlying
unexercised options held by each of the Company's executive officers listed on
the Summary Compensation Table above as of December 29, 2001. None of the
Company's executive officers exercised any options in the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2001, and the Company does not have any stock appreciation rights.
AGGREGATED OPTIONS/SAR
VALUES AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2001
NUMBER OF WEIGHT WATCHERS VALUE OF WEIGHT WATCHERS
SECURITIES UNEXERCISED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
DECEMBER 29, 2001 OPTIONS/SARS AT OPTIONS/SARS AT
SHARES DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 29, 2001
----------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------------------------
ACQUIRED IN VALUES ----------------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME EXERCISE (#) REALIZED EXERCISABLE (#) UNEXERCISABLE (#) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
---- ------------ -------- --------------- ----------------- ----------- -------------
Linda Huett................ -- -- 207,036 216,447 $6,475,051 $6,769,380
Clive Brothers............. -- -- 136,456 145,866 $4,267,661 $4,561,959
Scott R. Penn.............. -- -- 136,456 145,866 $4,267,661 $4,561,959
Thomas S. Kiritsis......... -- -- 136,456 145,866 $4,267,661 $4,561,959
Robert W. Hollweg.......... -- -- 136,456 145,866 $4,267,661 $4,561,959
Richard McSorley........... -- -- 47,054 235,268 $1,381,600 $6,907,939
|
NUMBER OF
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM VALUE OF NUMBER OF
SECURITIES WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM HEINZ SECURITIES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS/SARS AT OPTIONS/SARSAT OPTIONS/SARS AT
DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 29, 2001
--------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------------------
EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
NAME (#) (#) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE (#) (#)
---- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
Linda Huett.................. 5,692 5,693 -- -- 40,000 --
Clive Brothers............... 5,692 5,693 -- -- 40,000 --
Scott R. Penn................ 5,692 5,693 -- -- -- --
Thomas S. Kiritsis........... 5,692 5,693 -- -- -- --
Robert W. Hollweg............ 5,692 5,693 -- -- -- --
Richard McSorley............. -- -- -- -- -- --
VALUE OF HEINZ
IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS/SARS AT
DECEMBER 29, 2001
---------------------------
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
---- ----------- -------------
Linda Huett.................. -- --
Clive Brothers............... -- --
Scott R. Penn................ -- --
Thomas S. Kiritsis........... -- --
Robert W. Hollweg............ -- --
Richard McSorley............. -- --
|
DIRECTORS COMPENSATION
The Company's executive directors and the Company's directors who are
associated with The Invus Group, Ltd. do not receive compensation except in
their capacity as officers or employees. Mr. Reed and Ms. Evans will receive
(1) annual compensation in the amount of $30,000, paid quarterly half in cash
and half in common stock of the Company; (2) $1,000 per Audit Committee meeting;
(3) options for 2,000 shares of the Company's common stock per year, with the
first grant on February 6, 2002, at an exercise price equal to the closing price
of the common stock of the Company on the day that the options are granted, the
options have a five year life and vest one year after the grant date; and
(4) reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with a
director's role on the board of directors.
EXECUTIVE SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN
The Company sponsors a savings plan for salaried and eligible hourly
employees. This defined contribution plan provides for employer matching
contributions up to 100% of the first 3% of an employee's eligible compensation.
The savings plan also permits employees to contribute between 1% and 13% of
eligible compensation on a pre-tax basis.
30
The savings plan also contains a profit sharing component for full-time
salaried employees that are not key management personnel, which provides for a
guaranteed monthly employer contribution for each participant based on the
participant's age and a percentage of the participant's eligible compensation.
In addition, the profit sharing plan has a supplemental employer contribution
component, based on the Company's achievement of certain annual performance
targets, and a discretionary contribution component.
The Company also established an executive profit sharing plan, which
provides a non-qualified profit sharing plan for key management personnel who
are not eligible to participate in the Company's profit sharing plan. This
non-qualified profit sharing plan has similar features to the Company's profit
sharing plan.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's common stock by (1) all persons known by the Company
to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's common stock, (2) the
Company's chief executive officer and each of the named executive officers,
(3) each director, and (4) all directors and executive officers as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently
exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 29, 2001 are deemed
issued and outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for
purposes of computing percentage ownership of each other shareholder.
The Company's capital stock consists of common stock and preferred stock. As
of December 29, 2001, there were 105,499,987 shares of the Company's common
stock and 1,000,000 shares of the Company's preferred stock outstanding. On
March 1, 2002, the Company redeemed all of the Company's Series A Preferred
Stock held by Heinz for a redemption price of $25 million plus accrued and
unpaid dividends.
AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2001
------------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER SHARES PERCENT
------------------------ ----------- ----------
Artal Luxembourg S.A.(1).................................... 80,517,663 76.3%
Linda Huett(2)(3)........................................... 301,244 *
Richard McSorley(2)......................................... 159,984 *
Clive Brothers(2)(3)(4)..................................... 231,064 *
Scott R. Penn(2)(3)(4)...................................... 382,311 *
Thomas S. Kiritsis(2)(3)(4)................................. 234,731 *
Robert W. Hollweg(2)(3)..................................... 254,090 *
Raymond Debbane(5)(6)....................................... -- --
Sacha Lainovic(6)........................................... -- --
Christopher J. Sobecki(6)................................... -- --
Jonas M. Fajgenbaum(6)...................................... -- --
All directors and executive officers as a group
(10 people)............................................... 1,563,424(3) 1.5%
|
* Less than 1.0%
(1) Artal Luxembourg may be contacted at 105, Grand-Rue, L-1661 Luxembourg,
Luxembourg. The parent entity of Artal Luxembourg S.A. is Artal Group S.A.
The address of Artal Group is the same as the address of Artal Luxembourg.
31
(2) The Company's officers may be contacted c/o Weight Watchers
International, Inc., 175 Crossways Park West, Woodbury, New York, 11797.
(3) Includes shares subject to purchase upon exercise of options exercisable
within 60 days after December 29, 2001, as follows: Ms. Huett 207,036
shares; Mr. Brothers 136,456 shares; Mr. Scott Penn 170,569 shares (includes
34,113 shares subject to options held by Mr. Scott Penn's spouse);
Mr. Kiritsis 136,456 shares; Mr. Hollweg 136,456 shares; and Mr. McSorley
65,876 shares.
(4) With respect to Mr. Scott Penn, includes 70,581 shares of the Company's
common stock and vested options to purchase 34,113 shares of the Company's
common stock held by Mr. Scott Penn's spouse. With respect to Mr. Thomas
Kiritsis, includes 4,167 shares of the Company's common stock held by
Mr. Thomas Kiritsis' spouse. With respect to Mr. Clive Brothers, includes
500 shares of the Company's common stock held by Mr. Clive Brothers' spouse.
(5) Mr. Debbane is also a director of Artal Group. Artal Group is the parent
entity of Artal Luxembourg. Mr. Debbane disclaims beneficial ownership of
all shares owned by Artal Luxembourg.
(6) The Company's non-executive directors may be contacted c/o The Invus
Group, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York 10022.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENTS
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg, the Company entered into a shareholders' agreement with Artal
Luxembourg and Heinz relating to their rights with respect to the Company's
common stock. Subsequent transferees of Artal Luxembourg and Heinz must, subject
to limited exceptions, agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of the
agreement. Heinz has sold all shares of the Company's common stock held by it
and accordingly no longer has any rights or obligations under this agreement.
The Company and Artal Luxembourg recently terminated this agreement.
Shortly after the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg, the Company
entered into a shareholders' agreement with Artal Luxembourg and Merchant
Capital, Inc., Richard and Heather Penn, Longisland International Limited, Envoy
Partners and Scotiabanc, Inc. relating to their rights with respect to the
Company's common stock held by these parties other than Artal Luxembourg.
Without the consent of Artal Luxembourg, transfers of the Company's common stock
by these shareholders are restricted with certain exceptions. Subsequent
transferees of the Company's common stock must, subject to limited exceptions,
agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of the agreement. Additionally,
this agreement provides the shareholders with the right to participate pro rata
in certain transfers of the Company's common stock by Artal Luxembourg and
grants Artal Luxembourg the right to require the other shareholders to
participate on a pro rata basis in certain transfers of the Company's common
stock by Artal Luxembourg.
32
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with Artal
Luxembourg and Heinz. The registration rights agreement grants Artal Luxembourg
the right to require the Company to register its shares of the Company's common
stock for public sale under the Securities Act (1) upon demand and (2) in the
event that the Company conducts certain types of registered offerings. Heinz has
sold all shares of the Company's common stock held by it and accordingly no
longer has any rights under this agreement. Merchant Capital, Inc., Richard and
Heather Penn, Long Island International Limited, Envoy Partners and
Scotiabanc, Inc. became parties to this registration rights agreement under
joinder agreements, and each acquired the right to require the Company to
register and sell their stock in the event that the Company conducts certain
types of registered offerings.
PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg, the Company entered into a preferred shareholders' agreement with
Heinz that governed the Company's relationship concerning the Company's
Series A Preferred Stock. Subsequent transferees of Heinz, subject to limited
exceptions, had to agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of this
agreement. Artal Luxembourg and the Company had a preemptive right to acquire
the preferred stock from Heinz if Heinz received an offer to purchase any or all
of its preferred stock from a third party and it wished to accept the offer.
Heinz had the right to require the Company to redeem any or all of its shares of
the Company's preferred stock. This right, however, was limited by the
provisions contained in the Company's credit agreement and the indentures
pursuant to which the Company's senior subordinated notes were issued. On
March 1, 2002, the Company redeemed all of the Company's Series A Preferred
Stock held by Heinz for a redemption price of $25 million plus accrued and
unpaid dividends.
PUT/CALL AGREEMENT
On April 18, 2001, the Company entered into a Put/Call Agreement with Heinz.
Under this agreement, Heinz had an option to sell and the Company had an option
to purchase all of the Company's common stock currently owned by Heinz. Under
this agreement, Heinz has sold to the Company 6,719,254 shares of the Company's
common stock held by it for an aggregate purchase price of $27.1 million. Heinz
no longer holds any common stock of the Company.
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg, the Company contributed $2,500 in exchange for a 50% membership
interest in WW Foods, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Heinz owns the
remaining 50% interest. The purpose of WW Foods is to own, maintain and preserve
WEIGHT WATCHERS food and beverage trademarks that were contributed to it by
Heinz. WW Foods serves as the vehicle for licensing rights in those food and
beverage trademarks to the Company and to Heinz, and for the licensing of
program information by the Company to Heinz.
LICENSING AGREEMENTS
The licensing agreements govern the ownership and rights to use the WEIGHT
WATCHERS and other trademarks, service marks and related rights among the
Company, Heinz and WW Foods. As described below, the licensing agreements
address the parties' respective ownership and rights to use food and beverage
trademarks, service marks, program standards, program information, program
information trademarks and third party licenses. Heinz is also a party to an
operating agreement, which helps preserve and enhance these trademarks, service
marks and related rights and facilitates their orderly use by each party.
33
FOOD AND BEVERAGE TRADEMARKS
Under the licensing agreements, the Company distributed to Heinz and Heinz
contributed to WW Foods all WEIGHT WATCHERS trademarks and other trademarks the
Company owned relating to food and beverage products. However, Heinz retained
certain trademarks previously used by Heinz in connection with those food and
beverage trademarks that do not include the WEIGHT WATCHERS name (including, for
example, SMART ONES), which the Company distributed to Heinz. At the closing of
the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg, WW Foods granted an exclusive,
worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual license to use the food and beverage
trademarks:
- to Heinz, for worldwide use on food products in specified product
categories (including frozen dinners, frozen breakfasts, frozen desserts
(excluding ice cream), frozen pizza and pizza snacks, frozen potatoes,
frozen rice products, ketchup, tomato sauce, gravy, canned tuna or salmon
products, soup, noodles (excluding pasta), and canned beans and pasta
products), and for use only in Australia and New Zealand in specified
additional food product categories (including mayonnaise, frozen
vegetables, canned fruits and canned vegetables); and
- to the Company, for use on all other food and beverage products.
The Company may promote, endorse and sell any of these licensed products
through the Company's classroom business and related activities, subject to
non-competition provisions with Heinz. Additionally, the Company may continue to
sell any food and beverage product (or comparable product) sold by the Company
in a particular country within the year preceding the closing of the Company's
acquisition by Artal Luxembourg, even if that product has been exclusively
licensed to Heinz. However, the Company may do so only within that country and
by using the same channels of distribution through which the product was sold
during that one-year period.
Some of the food and beverage trademarks and trademark applications were not
distributed to Heinz for contribution to WW Foods. These trademarks and
trademark applications include:
- trademarks consisting of registrations in multiple trademark classes,
where the classes include both food and beverage product classes and
classes relating to other types of products or services;
- pending applications that could not be transferred until a registration is
granted;
- trademark registrations and applications in countries that do not
recognize ownership of trademarks by an entity such as WW Foods;
- trademark registrations and applications in countries where the local law
imposes restrictions or limitations on the ownership or registration of
similar trademarks by unrelated parties; and
- program information trademarks (as defined below).
The Company retained legal ownership of these types of food and beverage
trademarks, which the Company holds in custody for the benefit of WW Foods.
At the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg, the Company
granted to Heinz an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to use those food
and beverage trademarks (or any portion covering food and beverage products)
that the Company holds in custody for the benefit of WW Foods in connection with
the other products licensed to Heinz by WW Foods. The Company has undertaken to
contribute any of these custodial trademarks (or any portion covering food and
beverage products) to WW Foods if WW Foods determines that the transfer may be
achieved under local law. If local law does not permit an existing registration
in multiple trademark classes to be severed so as to reflect separate ownership
of registrations in food and beverage product classes from registrations in
classes covering other types of products or services, (1) WW Foods will apply
for new registrations to cover the food and beverage products, (2) the Company
will cancel the portion of the multi-class registration
34
covering food and beverage products upon issuance of the new registrations and
(3) the Company will retain ownership of all remaining portions of the
multi-class registration. Heinz will pay the Company an annual fee of
$1.2 million until September 2004 in exchange for the Company's serving as the
custodian of the food and beverage trademarks held for the benefit of WW Foods.
OTHER MARKS
The Company retains exclusive ownership of all service marks and trademarks
other than food and beverage trademarks and, except for the rights granted to
WW Foods and to Heinz, the Company has the exclusive right to use all these
marks for any purpose, including their use as trademarks for all products other
than food and beverage products.
PROGRAM STANDARDS
The Company has exclusive control of the dietary principles to be followed
in any eating or lifestyle regimen to facilitate weight loss or weight control
employed by the classroom business such as WINNING POINTS. Except for specified
limitations concerning products currently sold and extensions of existing
product lines, Heinz may use the food and beverage related trademarks only on
Heinz licensed products that have been specially formulated to be compatible
with the Company's dietary principles. The Company has exclusive responsibility
for enforcing compliance with its dietary principles.
PROGRAM INFORMATION AND PROGRAM INFORMATION TRADEMARKS
The Company retains exclusive ownership of all program information,
consisting of:
- all information and know-how relating to any weight-loss program;
- all terminology; and
- all trademarks or service marks used to identify the programs or
terminology.
The Company granted an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to
WW Foods (for sublicense to Heinz) to use the terminology and the related
trademarks and service marks, and the Company provided WW Foods (and through it,
Heinz) with access to and a right to use this information as may be reasonably
necessary to develop, manufacture or market food and beverage products in
accordance with the Company's dietary principles. Heinz granted a worldwide,
royalty-free license to WW Foods to use improvements that Heinz may develop in
the course of its use of the Company's dietary principles or weight-loss
program, which WW Foods sublicensed in turn to the Company.
THIRD PARTY LICENSES
Under the licensing agreements, the Company assigned to Heinz all licenses
that the Company previously granted to third parties, and Heinz retained all
existing sublicenses granted by it to third parties under a license previously
granted to Heinz that relate to the manufacture, distribution or sale of food
and beverage products. Heinz assumed the Company's obligations under these third
party licenses, and has the right to collect and keep all proceeds from them
until September 2004. Ownership of these licenses, to the extent they pertain to
products licensed to the Company by WW Foods, will be transitioned to the
Company over the five-year period following the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg. All proceeds from any of these licenses that cannot be transitioned
to the Company by September 2004 will be collected by Heinz and paid over to the
Company. Any sublicense that the Company or Heinz grants after the closing of
the Company's acquisition by Artal Luxembourg relating to use of the Company's
food and beverage related trademarks must conform to the terms of the WW Foods
licenses granted to Heinz and the Company.
35
Effective May 3, 2001, the Company agreed to manage these third party
licenses under an agreement with Heinz dated April 30, 2001 for a fee equal to
5% of the royalties from these licenses. This agreement also grants the Company
an option, exercisible in the Company's sole discretion, to buy the royalty
stream from these licenses prior to September 29, 2004 at a price computed using
a formula which adjusts for the then current royalty base, an assumed growth
rate over the balance of the period, the 5% management fee, the custodial fee,
an agreed discount rate and a tax rate.
HEINZ LICENSES
Subsequent to its acquisition by Artal Luxembourg, the Company entered into
three short-term licenses with Heinz and its affiliates regarding the
manufacture and marketing of certain food products (not licensed to Heinz by
WW Foods) under the Company's brand in the United Kingdom, Australia and in New
Zealand through WW Foods as described above. These products were ones that were
manufactured and marketed by Heinz prior to the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg.
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal
Luxembourg, the Company entered into a management agreement with The Invus
Group, Ltd., the independent investment advisor to Artal Luxembourg. Under this
agreement, The Invus Group provides the Company with management, consulting and
other services in exchange for an annual fee equal to the greater of one million
dollars or one percent of the Company's EBITDA (as defined in the indentures
relating to the Company's senior subordinated notes). This agreement is
terminable at the option of The Invus Group at any time or by the Company at any
time after Artal Luxembourg owns less than a majority of the Company's voting
stock.
CORPORATE AGREEMENT
The Company has entered into a corporate agreement with Artal Luxembourg.
The Company has agreed that, so long as Artal Luxembourg beneficially owns 10%
or more, but less than a majority of the Company's then outstanding voting
stock, Artal Luxembourg will have the right to nominate a number of directors
approximately equal to that percentage multiplied by the number of directors on
the Company's board. This right to nominate directors will not restrict Artal
Luxembourg from nominating a greater number of directors.
The Company has agreed with Artal Luxembourg that both Weight Watchers and
Artal Luxembourg have the right to:
- engage in the same or similar business activities as the other party;
- do business with any customer or client of the other party; and
- employ or engage any officer or employee of the other party.
Neither Artal Luxembourg nor the Company, nor the Company's respective related
parties, will be liable to each other as a result of engaging in any of these
activities.
Under the corporate agreement, if one of the Company's officers or directors
who also serves as an officer, director or advisor of Artal Luxembourg becomes
aware of a potential transaction related primarily to the group education-based
weight-loss business that may represent a corporate opportunity for both Artal
Luxembourg and the Company, the officer, director or advisor has no duty to
present that opportunity to Artal Luxembourg, and the Company will have the sole
right to pursue the transaction if the Company's board so determines. If one of
the Company's officers or directors who also serves as an officer, director or
advisor of Artal Luxembourg becomes aware of any other potential transaction
that may represent a corporate opportunity for both Artal Luxembourg and the
Company,
36
the officer or director will have a duty to present that opportunity to Artal
Luxembourg, and Artal Luxembourg will have the sole right to pursue the
transaction if Artal Luxembourg's board so determines. If one of the Company's
officers or directors who does not serve as an officer, director or advisor of
Artal Luxembourg becomes aware of a potential transaction that may represent a
corporate opportunity for both Artal Luxembourg and the Company, neither the
officer nor the director nor the Company have a duty to present that opportunity
to Artal Luxembourg, and the Company may pursue the transaction if its board so
determines.
If Artal Luxembourg transfers, sells or otherwise disposes of the Company's
then outstanding voting stock, the transferee will generally succeed to the same
rights that Artal Luxembourg has under this agreement by virtue of its ownership
of the Company's voting stock, subject to Artal Luxembourg's option not to
transfer those rights.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM NOTE
On September 10, 2001, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement
with WeightWatchers.com, increasing the aggregate commitment thereunder to
$34.5 million. The principal amount may be advanced at any time or from time to
time prior to July 31, 2003. The note bears interest at 13% per year, beginning
on January 1, 2002, which interest, except as set forth below, shall be paid
semi-annually starting on March 31, 2002. All principal outstanding under this
note will be payable in six semi-annual installments, starting on March 31,
2004. The note may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part, without penalty.
Any borrowings over $26.2 million outstanding principal amount will begin
bearing interest immediately. As of December 29, 2001, $34.5 million of
principal was outstanding under this note.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM WARRANT AGREEMENTS
Under the warrant agreements that the Company entered with
WeightWatchers.com, the Company has received warrants to purchase an additional
6,394,997 shares of WeightWatchers.com's common stock in connection with the
loans that the Company made to WeightWatchers.com under the note described
above. These warrants will expire from November 24, 2009 to September 10, 2011
and may be exercised at a price of $7.14 per share of WeightWatchers.com's
common stock until their expiration. The Company owns 19.8% of the outstanding
common stock of WeightWatchers.com, or 38.7% on a fully diluted basis (including
the exercise of all options and all the warrants the Company owns in
WeightWatchers.com).
COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
In connection with the WeightWatchers.com note, the Company entered into a
collateral assignment and security agreement whereby the Company obtained a
security interest in the assets of WeightWatchers.com. The Company's security
interest in those assets will terminate when the note has been paid in full.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE
The Company has entered into an amended and restated intellectual property
license agreement with WeightWatchers.com that governs WeightWatchers.com's
right to use the Company's trademarks and materials related to the Weight
Watchers program.
The amended and restated license agreement grants WeightWatchers.com the
exclusive right to (1) use any of the Company's trademarks, service marks,
logos, brand names and other business identifiers as part of a domain name for a
website on the Internet; (2) use any of the domain names the Company owns;
(3) use any of the Company's trademarks on the Internet and any other similar or
related forms of interactive digital transmission that now exists or may be
developed later (provided
37
that the Company and the Company's affiliates, franchisees, and licensees other
than WeightWatchers.com can continue using the trademarks in connection with
online advertising and promotion of activities conducted offline); and (4) use
any materials related to the Weight Watchers program, including any text,
artwork and photographs, and advertising, marketing and promotional materials on
the Internet. The license agreement also grants WeightWatchers.com a
non-exclusive right to (1) use any of the Company's trademarks to advertise any
approved activities that relate to its online weight-loss business; and
(2) create derivative works. All rights granted to WeightWatchers.com must be
used solely in connection with the conduct of its online weight-loss business.
Beginning in January 2002, WeightWatchers.com will pay the Company a royalty
of 10% of the net revenues it earns through its online activities.
The Company retains exclusive ownership of all of the trademarks and
materials that the Company licenses to WeightWatchers.com and of the derivative
works created by WeightWatchers.com.
All of the rights granted to WeightWatchers.com in the license agreement are
subject to the Company's pre-existing agreements with third parties, including
franchisees.
The license agreement provides the Company with control over the use of its
intellectual property. The Company has the right to approve any e-commerce
activities, any materials, sublicenses, communication to consumers, products,
privacy policy, strategies, marketing and operational plans WeightWatchers.com
intends to use or implement in connection with its online weight-loss business.
WeightWatchers.com is obligated to adhere to strict quality standards, usage
guidelines and business criteria provided to WeightWatchers.com by the Company.
WeightWatchers.com and the Company will jointly own user data collected
through the website and both parties are required to adhere to the site's
privacy policy.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM SERVICE AGREEMENT
Simultaneously with the signing of the amended and restated intellectual
property license, the Company entered into a service agreement with
WeightWatchers.com, under which WeightWatchers.com provides the following types
of services:
- information distribution services, which include the hosting, displaying
and distributing on the Internet of information relating to the Company
and the Company's affiliates and franchisees;
- marketing services, which include the hosting, displaying and distributing
on the Internet of information relating to the Company's products and
services such as the Company's classroom meetings, the WEIGHT WATCHERS
MAGAZINE and AT HOME and similar products and services from the Company's
affiliates and franchisees; and
- customer communication services, which include establishing a means by
which customers can communicate with the Company on the Internet to ask
questions related to the Company's products and services and the products
and services of the Company's affiliates and franchisees.
The Company is required to pay for all expenses incurred by
WeightWatchers.com directly attributable to the services it performs under this
agreement, plus a fee of 10% of those expenses.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
The Company entered into a shareholders' agreement with
WeightWatchers.com, Inc., Artal Luxembourg and Heinz that governs the Company's
and Artal Luxembourg's relationship with WeightWatchers.com as holders of its
common stock. Heinz has sold all of its shares in WeightWatchers.com back to
WeightWatchers.com and thus no longer has any rights under this
38
agreement. Subsequent transferees of the Company and of Artal Luxembourg must,
except for some limited exceptions, agree to be bound by the terms and
provisions of the agreement.
The shareholders' agreement imposes on the Company restrictions on the
transfer of common stock of WeightWatchers.com until the earlier to occur of
(1) September 29, 2004 and (2) WeightWatchers.com's initial public offering of
common stock under the Securities Act, except for certain exceptions. The
Company has the right to participate pro rata in certain transfers of common
stock of WeightWatchers.com by Artal Luxembourg, and Artal Luxembourg has the
right to require the Company to participate on a pro rata basis in certain
transfers of WeightWatchers.com's common stock by it.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
The Company entered into a registration rights agreement with
WeightWatchers.com, Artal Luxembourg and Heinz with respect to the Company's
shares in WeightWatchers.com. Heinz has resold all of its shares in
WeightWatchers.com back to WeightWatchers.com and thus no longer has any rights
under this agreement. The registration rights agreement grants Artal Luxembourg
the right to require WeightWatchers.com to register its shares of
WeightWatchers.com common stock upon demand and also grants the Company and
Artal Luxembourg rights to register and sell shares of WeightWatchers.com's
common stock in the event WeightWatchers.com conducts certain types of
registered offerings.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM LEASE GUARANTEE
The Company has guaranteed the performance of WeightWatchers.com's lease of
its office space at 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York. The annual rental
rate is $.5 million plus increases for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
The lease expires in September 2003.
NELLSON CO-PACK AGREEMENT
The Company entered into an agreement with Nellson Nutraceutical, a
subsidiary of Artal Luxembourg, to purchase snack bar and powder products
manufactured by Nellson Nutraceutical for sale at the Company's meetings. Under
the agreement, Nellson Nutraceutical agreed to produce sufficient snack bar
products to fill the Company's purchase orders within 30 days of Nellson
Nutraceutical's receipt of these purchase orders, and the Company is not bound
to purchase a minimum quantity of snack bar products. The Company purchased
$18.7 million, $4.9 million and $4.3 million, respectively, of products from
Nellson Nutraceutical during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight
months ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000. The
term of the agreement runs through December 31, 2004, and the Company has the
option to renew the agreement for successive one-year periods by providing
written notice to Nellson Nutraceutical.
39
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE, AND REPORT ON FORM 8-K.
(a) 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements and
Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1 are filed as part of this Form 10-K.
2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements
and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1 is filed as part of this
Form 10-K.
3. EXHIBITS
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed as part of this
Form 10-K.
(b). REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
None.
40
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
COVERED BY REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
ITEMS 14(A) 1&2
PAGES
--------
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 29, 2001,
December 30, 2000 and April 29, 2000...................... F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year
ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended
December 30, 2000, and the fiscal years ended April 29,
2000 and April 24, 1999................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit,
Parent Company Investment and Comprehensive Income for the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months
ended December 30, 2000, and the fiscal years ended
April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999......................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year
ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended
December 30, 2000, and the fiscal years ended April 29,
2000 and April 24, 1999................................... F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-6
Report of Independent Accountants........................... F-44
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight
months ended December 30, 2000, and the fiscal years ended
April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999......................... F-45
|
All other schedules are omitted for the reason that they are either not
required, not applicable, not material or the information is included in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
F-1
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2001, DECEMBER 30, 2000 AND APRIL 29, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
------------ ------------ ---------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 23,338 $ 44,501 $ 44,043
Receivables (net of allowances:
December 29, 2001 -- $726; December 30, 2000 -- $797;
April 29, 2000 -- $609)................................. 13,619 14,678 12,877
Notes receivable, current................................. -- 2,106 2,791
Foreign currency contract receivable...................... -- 5,364 --
Inventories, net.......................................... 26,205 15,044 9,328
Prepaid expenses.......................................... 15,944 11,099 8,360
Deferred income taxes..................................... 4,773 648 94
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.................................... 83,879 93,440 77,493
Property and equipment, net................................. 10,725 8,145 7,001
Notes and other receivables, noncurrent..................... 325 5,601 7,045
Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization:
December 29, 2001 -- $68,783; December 30, 2000 --
$59,216; April 29, 2000 -- $55,430)....................... 234,302 150,901 152,565
Trademarks and other intangible assets (net of accumulated
amortization:
December 29, 2001 -- $20,608; December 30, 2000 --
$19,871; April 29, 2000 -- $19,423)....................... 6,863 6,648 7,163
Deferred income taxes....................................... 136,281 67,207 67,574
Deferred financing costs, net............................... 9,164 13,513 14,666
Other noncurrent assets..................................... 1,309 762 700
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL ASSETS............................................ $482,848 $346,217 $334,207
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings due to related party................ $ 2,888 $ 1,730 $ 1,489
Portion of long-term debt due within one year............. 15,699 14,120 14,120
Accounts payable.......................................... 17,698 11,989 12,362
Salaries and wages........................................ 15,133 10,544 10,125
Accrued interest.......................................... 7,810 9,662 4,082
Accrued restructuring costs............................... 283 2,485 4,786
Foreign currency contract payable......................... 2,811 -- 486
Other accrued liabilities................................. 23,529 23,215 19,583
Income taxes.............................................. 9,139 3,660 6,786
Deferred revenue.......................................... 13,020 5,836 4,632
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES............................... 108,010 83,241 78,451
Long-term debt.............................................. 458,320 456,530 460,510
Deferred income taxes....................................... 3,169 3,107 2,941
Other....................................................... 870 121 546
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER LIABILITIES.............. 462,359 459,758 463,997
======== ======== ========
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable preferred stock.................................. 25,996 25,996 25,875
SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Common stock, $0 par 1,000,000 shares authorized; 111,988
shares issued; outstanding 105,500 shares at December 29,
2001 and 111,988 at December 30, 2000 and April 29,
2000...................................................... -- -- --
Treasury stock, at cost, 6,488 shares at December 29,
2001...................................................... (26,196) -- --
Accumulated deficit......................................... (73,998) (216,507) (231,663)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................ (13,323) (6,271) (2,453)
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT............................. (113,517) (222,778) (234,116)
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT................................. $482,848 $346,217 $334,207
======== ======== ========
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-2
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001, THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 30, 2000, AND THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED APRIL 29, 2000 AND APRIL 24, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ ---------- ----------
(52 WEEKS) (35 WEEKS) (52 WEEKS) (53 WEEKS)
Meeting fees, net............................... $415,680 $184,102 $276,103 $266,140
Product sales and other, net.................... 208,190 89,073 123,471 98,468
-------- -------- -------- --------
Revenues, net................................. 623,870 273,175 399,574 364,608
Cost of revenues................................ 286,436 139,283 201,389 178,925
-------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit.................................. 337,434 133,892 198,185 185,683
Marketing expenses.............................. 69,716 26,986 51,453 52,856
Selling, general and administrative expenses.... 73,029 34,424 53,759 51,501
Transaction costs............................... -- -- 8,345 --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income.............................. 194,689 72,482 84,628 81,326
Interest expense (income)....................... 54,537 37,125 31,079 (7,168)
Other expense (income), net..................... 13,181 14,334 (13,367) 2,659
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes, minority interest
and extraordinary item...................... 126,971 21,023 66,916 85,835
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes....... (23,198) 5,857 28,323 36,360
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income before minority interest and
extraordinary item.......................... 150,169 15,166 38,593 49,475
Minority interest............................... 107 147 834 1,493
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income before extraordinary item.............. 150,062 15,019 37,759 47,982
Extraordinary charge on early extinguishment of
debt, net of taxes of $1,784.................. 2,875 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.................................... $147,187 $ 15,019 $ 37,759 $ 47,982
======== ======== ======== ========
Preferred stock dividends....................... 1,500 1,000 875 --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income available to common shareholders... $145,687 $ 14,019 $ 36,884 $ 47,982
======== ======== ======== ========
Basic net income per share:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ 1.37 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
Extraordinary item, net of taxes.............. (0.03) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.................................... $ 1.34 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
======== ======== ======== ========
Diluted net income per share:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ 1.34 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
Extraordinary item, net of taxes.............. (0.03) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.................................... $ 1.31 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
======== ======== ======== ========
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic......................................... 108,676 111,988 182,206 276,430
======== ======== ======== ========
Diluted....................................... 110,975 112,171 182,206 276,430
======== ======== ======== ========
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT, PARENT
COMPANY INVESTMENT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001,
THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000, AND
THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED APRIL 29, 2000 AND APRIL 24, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS)
ACCUMULATED
COMMON STOCK TREASURY STOCK ADDITIONAL OTHER
------------------- ------------------- PAID IN COMPREHENSIVE ACCUMULATED
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL LOSS DEFICIT
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------------- ------------
Balance at April 25, 1998.............. 276,430
Comprehensive Income:
Net income...........................
Translation adjustment...............
Total Comprehensive Income.............
Net Parent settlements.................
Dividend...............................
---------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at April 24, 1999. 27248,948 248,948
Net Parent settlements.................
Recapitalization and settlement of
Parent company investment............ (164,442) -- -- -- $(72,100) $(12,764) $(268,547)
Deferred tax asset..................... 72,100
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 37,759
Translation adjustment............... 10,311
Total Comprehensive Income.............
Preferred stock dividend............... (875)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at April 29, 2000.............. 111,988 -- -- -- -- (2,453) (231,663)
Elimination of foreign subsidiaries one
month reporting lag effective April
30, 2000............................. 1,137
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 15,019
Translation adjustment............... (3,818)
Total Comprehensive Income.............
Preferred stock dividend............... (1,000)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 30, 2000........... 111,988 -- -- -- -- (6,271) (216,507)
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 147,187
Translation adjustment............... (3,132)
Changes in fair value of derivatives
accounted for as hedges............ (3,920)
Total Comprehensive Income.............
Preferred stock dividend............... (1,500)
Purchase of treasury stock............. 6,719 $(27,132)
Stock options exercised................ (93) 375 (177)
Sale of common stock................... (138) 561 (36)
Cost of public equity offering......... (2,965)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 29, 2001........... 111,988 -- 6,488 $(26,196) $ -- $(13,323) $ (73,998)
======================================================================================
Balance at April 25, 1998.............. $229,089 $ 229,089
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 47,982 47,982
Translation adjustment............... 19,660 19,660
---------
Total Comprehensive Income............. 67,642
---------
Net Parent settlements................. (42,851) (42,851)
Dividend............................... (4,932) (4,932)
Net Parent settlements................. (252,883) (252,883)
Recapitalization and settlement of
Parent company investment............ 3,935 (349,476)
Deferred tax asset..................... 72,100
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 37,759
Translation adjustment............... 10,311
---------
Total Comprehensive Income............. 48,070
---------
Preferred stock dividend............... (875)
---------------------------------------
Balance at April 29, 2000.............. -- (234,116)
Elimination of foreign subsidiaries one
month reporting lag effective April
30, 2000............................. 1,137
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 15,019
Translation adjustment............... (3,818)
---------
Total Comprehensive Income............. 11,201
---------
Preferred stock dividend............... (1,000)
---------------------------------------
Balance at December 30, 2000........... -- (222,778)
Comprehensive Income:
Net income........................... 147,187
Translation adjustment............... (3,132)
Changes in fair value of derivatives
accounted for as hedges............ (3,920)
---------
Total Comprehensive Income............. 140,135
---------
Preferred stock dividend............... (1,500)
Purchase of treasury stock............. (27,132)
Stock options exercised................ 198
Sale of common stock................... 525
Cost of public equity offering......... (2,965)
---------------------------------------
Balance at December 29, 2001........... $ -- $(113,517)
======================
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001,
THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000, AND
THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED APRIL 29, 2000 AND APRIL 24, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ ---------- ----------
(52 WEEKS) (35 WEEKS) (53 WEEKS) (52 WEEKS)
Operating activities:
Net income................................................ $147,187 $ 15,019 $ 37,759 $ 47,982
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization............................. 13,243 6,607 9,286 9,586
Amortization of deferred financing costs.................. 2,097 1,282 1,112 --
Deferred tax (benefit) provision.......................... (71,069) 104 8,541 9,279
Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative instruments.......... 1,125 (5,815) 499 --
Accounting for equity investment.......................... 17,344 17,604 -- --
Elimination of foreign subsidiaries one month reporting
lag....................................................... -- 1,206 -- --
Allowance for doubtful accounts........................... 6,330 198 (385) 118
Reserve for inventory obsolescence, other................. 2,718 3,993 3,360 1,923
Foreign currency exchange rate gain....................... (6,496) -- -- --
Extraordinary charges from early extinguishment of debt... 2,875 -- -- --
Other items, net.......................................... 191 (954) (2,492) 38
Changes in cash due to:
Receivables............................................. 231 (2,746) 13,424 (7,277)
Inventories............................................. (11,895) (8,902) (5,177) (1,849)
Prepaid expenses........................................ (5,605) (3,592) (801) (1,454)
Due from related parties................................ 1,158 241 (14,765) 3,693
Accounts payable........................................ 5,201 (303) (1,512) 3,083
Accrued liabilities..................................... 1,985 6,862 5,281 (10,076)
Deferred revenue........................................ 7,290 1,043 (1,753) (716)
Income taxes............................................ 7,654 (2,975) (2,492) 3,571
-------- -------- -------- --------
Cash provided by operating activities................... 121,564 28,872 49,885 57,901
-------- -------- -------- --------
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures...................................... (3,834) (3,626) (1,874) (2,474)
Advances and interest in equity investment................ (17,344) (15,604) -- --
Acquisitions.............................................. (97,877) -- -- --
Acquisitions of minority interest......................... -- (2,400) (15,900) --
Other items, net.......................................... (1,063) 3 (1,867) (565)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Cash used for investing activities...................... (120,118) (21,627) (19,641) (3,039)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings.......... 748 (34) (5,455) 856
Proceeds from borrowings.................................. 60,042 -- 491,260 --
Repurchase of common stock................................ -- -- (324,476) --
Payment of dividends...................................... (1,500) (879) (2,796) (10,368)
Payments on long-term debt................................ (50,813) (7,060) (3,530) (1,081)
Deferred financing cost................................... (2,406) -- (15,861) --
Net Parent settlements.................................... -- -- (131,030) (37,076)
Purchase of treasury stock................................ (27,132) -- -- --
Cost of public equity offering............................ (1,017) -- -- --
Proceeds from sale of common stock........................ 525
Proceeds from stock options exercised..................... 198 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities........ (21,355) (7,973) 8,112 (47,669)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents............................................... (1,254) 1,186 (13,828) 493
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents........ (21,163) 458 24,528 7,686
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of fiscal
year/period............................................... 44,501 44,043 19,515 11,829
-------- -------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of fiscal year/period........ $ 23,338 $ 44,501 $ 44,043 $ 19,515
======== ======== ======== ========
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Weight Watchers International, Inc. (the "Company") operates and franchises
territories offering weight loss and control programs through the operation of
classroom type meetings to the general public in the United States, Canada,
Mexico, the United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South
Africa, and Brazil.
RECAPITALIZATION:
On September 29, 1999, the Company entered into a recapitalization and stock
purchase agreement (the "Transaction") with its former parent, H.J. Heinz
Company ("Heinz"). In connection with the Transaction, the Company effectuated a
stock split of 58,747.6 shares for each share outstanding. The Company then
redeemed 164,442 shares of common stock from Heinz for $349,500. The number of
shares of the Company's common stock that was authorized and outstanding prior
to the Transaction has been adjusted to reflect the stock split. The $349,500
consisted of $324,500 of cash and $25,000 of the Company's redeemable Series A
Preferred Stock. After the redemption, Artal Luxembourg S.A. ("Artal") purchased
94% of the Company's remaining common stock from Heinz for $223,700. The
recapitalization and stock purchase was financed through borrowings under credit
facilities amounting to approximately $237,000 and the issuance of Senior
Subordinated Notes amounting to $255,000, due 2009. The balance of the
borrowings was utilized to refinance debt incurred prior to the Transaction
relating to the transfer of ownership and acquisition of the minority interest
in the Weight Watchers businesses that operate in Australia and New Zealand. The
acquisition of the minority interest resulted in approximately $15,900 of
goodwill. In connection with the Transaction, the Company incurred approximately
$8,300 in transaction costs and $15,900 in deferred financing costs. For U.S.
Federal and State tax purposes, the Transaction was treated as a taxable sale
under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a
result, for tax purposes, the Company recorded a step-up in the tax basis of net
assets. For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance of approximately
$72,100 was established against the corresponding deferred tax asset of
$144,200.
WEIGHCO ACQUISITION:
On January 16, 2001, the Company acquired certain business assets of Weighco
Enterprises, Inc., Weighco of Northwest, Inc. and Weighco of Southwest, Inc.
("Weighco"), for an aggregate purchase price of $83,800. See Note 3.
STOCK SPLIT:
On October 29, 2001, the Company's board of directors declared a
4.70536-for-one stock split, which became effective concurrent with the
effective date, November 15, 2001, of the registration statement filed by the
Company in connection with its initial public offering ("IPO"). All common
shares and per share amounts have been retroactively restated for the stock
split. In addition, stock options and the respective exercise prices have been
amended to reflect this split.
COMMON STOCK OFFERING:
On November 15, 2001, the Company traded 17,400 shares of its common stock
on the New York Stock Exchange at an initial price to the public of $24.00 per
share. The Company did not receive any
F-6
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)
of the proceeds from the sale of shares of the Company's common stock pursuant
to this initial public offering.
Simultaneous with the Transaction, the Company entered into a Registration
Rights Agreement with Artal, under which the Company is obligated at the request
of Artal, to register its common stock with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and pay all costs associated with such registration. As a result, all
costs incurred in connection with the Company's common stock offering have been
recorded in shareholders' deficit.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR:
The Company changed its fiscal year from the last Saturday of April to the
Saturday closest to December 31st effective with the eight months commencing
April 30, 2000.
The following table presents certain financial information for the eight
months ended December 30, 2000 and December 18, 1999.
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
-----------------------
DECEMBER DECEMBER
2000 1999
(35 WEEKS) (34 WEEKS)
---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
Revenues, net.......................................... $273,175 $236,974
Gross profit........................................... $133,892 $114,592
Income before income taxes and minority interest....... $ 21,023 $ 39,020
Provision for income taxes............................. $ 5,857 $ 15,150
Income before minority interest........................ $ 15,166 $ 23,870
Minority interest...................................... $ 147 $ 694
Net Income............................................. $ 15,019 $ 23,176
|
CONSOLIDATION:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In order to facilitate
timely reporting in prior periods, certain foreign subsidiaries ended their
fiscal years one month prior to the Company's fiscal year end with no material
impact on the consolidated financial statements. The one-month lag was
eliminated effective April 30, 2000. The effect on net income of these
subsidiaries for the period March 31, 2000 through April 29, 2000 was $1,137 and
was adjusted to opening accumulated deficit at April 30, 2000.
USE OF ESTIMATES:
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and
F-7
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.
TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES:
For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency.
Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at the exchange rate
in effect at each year-end. Income statement accounts are translated at the
average rate of exchange prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments
arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are
included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less.
INVENTORIES:
Inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of
cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis, net of reserves for obsolescence
and shrinkage.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting
purposes, equipment is depreciated on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets (5 to 10 years). Leasehold improvements are
amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the term of the lease
or the useful life of the related assets (5 to 10 years). Expenditures for new
facilities and improvements that substantially extend the useful life of an
asset are capitalized. Ordinary repairs and maintenance are expensed as
incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related
depreciation are removed from the accounts and any related gains or losses are
included in income.
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG LIVED ASSETS:
The Company follows the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." This statement requires that certain
assets be reviewed for impairment and, if impaired, remeasured at fair value
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
the asset may not be recoverable.
In October 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,"
which supercedes SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 provides updated guidance concerning
the recognition and measurement of an impairment loss for certain types of
long-lived assets. SFAS No. 144 is effective for the Company beginning
December 30, 2001. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 144 to
have a material impact on the Company's fiscal 2002 financial statements.
F-8
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INTANGIBLES:
Goodwill, trademarks and other intangibles arising from acquisitions,
including the acquisition of previously franchised areas, are being amortized on
a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 3 to 40 years. Amortization of
goodwill, trademarks and other intangibles for the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000, and the fiscal
years ended April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 was $10,511, $4,515, $6,304 and
$4,228, respectively.
During 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and SFAS
No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." Effective December 30, 2001,
the Company will no longer be required to amortize indefinite life goodwill and
intangible assets as a charge to earnings for acquisitions completed prior to
June 30, 2001. For acquisitions completed after June 30, 2001, the provisions of
SFAS No. 141 and 142 were effective immediately.
In addition, the Company will be required to conduct an annual review of
goodwill and other intangible assets for potential impairment. The Company
estimates that the adoption of these standards will reduce amortization expense
for fiscal 2002 by approximately $6,400, net of taxes.
The Company accounts for software costs under the AICPA Statement of
Position ("SOP") No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use". SOP No. 98-1 requires capitalization of
certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internally
used software. Software costs are amortized over 3 to 5 years.
REVENUE RECOGNITION:
The Company earns revenue by conducting meetings, selling products and aids
in its own facilities, by collecting commissions from franchisees operating
under the Weight Watchers name and by collecting royalties related to licensing
agreements. Revenue is recognized when registration fees are paid, services are
rendered, products are sold and commissions and royalties are earned. Deferred
revenue, consisting of prepaid lecture income, is amortized into income over the
period earned.
ADVERTISING COSTS:
Advertising costs consist primarily of national and local direct mail,
television, and spokesperson's fees. All costs related to advertising are
expensed in the period incurred. Total advertising expenses for the fiscal year
ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000, and the
fiscal years ended April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 were $66,749, $25,792,
$48,027 and $48,800, respectively.
INCOME TAXES:
The Company provides for taxes based on current taxable income and the
future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting
and income tax carrying values of its assets and liabilities. Under SFAS
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", assets and liabilities acquired in
purchase business combinations are assigned their fair values and deferred taxes
are provided for lower or higher tax bases.
F-9
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING:
The Company enters into forward and swap contracts to hedge transactions
denominated in foreign currencies to reduce the currency risk associated with
fluctuating exchange rates. These contracts are used primarily to hedge certain
intercompany cash flows and for payments arising from some of the Company's
foreign currency denominated obligations. In addition, the Company enters into
interest rate swaps to hedge a substantial portion of its variable rate debt.
Effective December 31, 2000, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," and its related amendment,
SFAS No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging
Activities". These standards require that all derivative financial instruments
be recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as either
assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of derivatives will be recorded
each period in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss),
depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedge
transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on
derivative instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
will be included in earnings in the periods in which earnings are affected by
the hedged item. As of December 31, 2000, the adoption of these new standards
resulted in an adjustment of $5,086 ($3,204 net of taxes) to accumulated other
comprehensive loss.
INVESTMENTS:
The Company uses the cost method to account for investments in which the
Company holds 20% or less of the investee's voting stock and the Company does
not have significant influence. Where the Company holds 50% or less of the
investee's voting stock or where the Company has the ability to exercise
significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, the
investment is accounted for under the equity method.
DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS:
Deferred financing costs consist of costs associated with the establishment
of the Company's credit facilities resulting from the Transaction. During the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the Company incurred additional deferred
financing costs of $2,406 associated with the Weighco acquisition and
refinancing of its credit facilities. Such costs are being amortized using the
interest rate method over the term of the related debt. Amortization expense for
the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30,
2000 and the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000 was $2,097, $1,282 and $1,112,
respectively. In connection with the refinancing, the Company recognized an
extraordinary charge on the early extinguishment of debt of $2,875, net of
taxes. See Note 5.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
Other comprehensive income represents the change in shareholders' deficit
resulting from transactions other than shareholder investments and
distributions. The Company's comprehensive income includes net income, changes
in the fair value of derivative instruments and the effects of foreign currency
translations.
F-10
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset
Retirement Obligations." SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and
reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived
assets and the associated asset retirement costs. SFAS No. 143 is effective for
the Company beginning December 29, 2002. The Company does not expect the
adoption of SFAS No. 143 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
In June 2001, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") reached a consensus on
Issue No. 00-14, "Accounting for Certain Sales Incentives," which is effective
no later than periods beginning after December 15, 2001. EITF Issue No 00-14
addresses the recognition, measurement and statement of earnings classification
for certain sales incentive. EITF Issue No. 00-14 is effective for the Company
beginning December 30, 2001. The Company has determined that the impact of
adoption or subsequent application of EITF Issue No. 00-14 will not have a
material effect on its consolidated results of operations.
RECLASSIFICATION:
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current
year presentation.
3. ACQUISITIONS
On September 4, 2001, the Company completed the acquisition of Weight
Watchers of Oregon, Inc., for an aggregate purchase price of $13,500.
Substantially all of the purchase price in excess of the net assets acquired was
recorded as goodwill. The acquisition has been accounted for under the
provisions of SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations". SFAS No. 141 requires that
all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for by the
purchase method of accounting, thereby eliminating the pooling-of-interests
methods of accounting.
On January 16, 2001, the Company completed the acquisition of Weighco, for
an aggregate purchase price of $83,800 plus acquisition costs of $577. Assets
acquired include inventory ($1,884) and property and equipment ($1,801). The
excess of investment over the net book value of assets acquired at the date of
acquisition resulted in goodwill of $80,692. The acquisition was financed
through additional borrowings of $60,000 obtained pursuant to the Company's
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2001, and cash from
operations.
These acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting and accordingly, earnings have been included in the consolidated
operating results of the Company since the date of acquisition.
The following table presents unaudited pro forma financial information that
reflects the consolidated results of operations of the Company, including
Weighco, as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the period.
This pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the
F-11
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
3. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of
future results of operations of the consolidated companies.
PRO FORMA
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 30,
2000
------------------
Revenue.................................................... $306,509
Net income................................................. $ 17,257
Per share information:
Basic and diluted earnings per share....................... $ 0.15
|
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The components of property and equipment were:
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
------------ ------------ ---------
Leasehold improvements..................................... $18,059 $19,218 $17,954
Equipment.................................................. 36,071 31,921 30,900
------- ------- -------
54,130 51,139 48,854
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization............ 43,494 43,006 41,911
------- ------- -------
10,636 8,133 6,943
Construction in progress................................... 89 12 58
------- ------- -------
$10,725 $ 8,145 $ 7,001
======= ======= =======
|
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment for the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000,
and the fiscal years ended April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 was $2,732, $2,162,
$2,982 and $3,487, respectively.
F-12
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 30, 2000 APRIL 29, 2000
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE
BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE
-------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ---------
EURO 100.0 million 13% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2009............................ $ 88,380 13.00% $ 94,240 13.00% $ 91,160 13.00%
US $150.0 million 13% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2009............................ 150,000 13.00% 150,000 13.00% 150,000 13.00%
Term A Loan due 2005........................ 63,639 6.95% 65,625 9.81% 71,875 9.22%
Term B Loan due 2007........................ 108,000 8.25% 74,438 10.95% 74,813 10.04%
Transferable Loan Certificate due 2007...... 64,000 8.25% 86,347 10.95% 86,782 10.04%
-------- -------- --------
474,019 470,650 474,630
Less Current Portion........................ 15,699 14,120 14,120
-------- -------- --------
$458,320 $456,530 $460,510
======== ======== ========
|
In connection with the Transaction, the Company entered into a credit
facility ("Credit Facility") with The Bank of Nova Scotia, Credit Suisse First
Boston and certain other lenders providing (i) a $75,000 term loan A facility
("Term Loan A"), (ii) a $75,000 term loan B facility ("Term Loan B"), (iii) an
$87,000 transferable loan certificate ("TLC") and (iv) a revolving credit
facility with borrowings up to $30,000 ("Revolving Credit Facility"). The Credit
Facility was amended and restated on January 16, 2001 to provide for an
additional $50,000 in borrowings in connection with the acquisition of Weighco
(see Note 3) as follows: (i) Term Loan A was increased by $15,000, (ii) the
Revolving Credit Facility was increased by $15,000 to $45,000 and (iii) a new
$20,000 term loan D facility ("Term Loan D"). On December 21, 2001, the Amended
and Restated Credit Facility dated January 16, 2001 was refinanced as follows:
(i) Term Loan B, Term Loan D and the TLC in the amount of $71,000, $19,000 and
$82,000, respectively were repaid and replaced with a new Term Loan B of
$108,000 and a new TLC of $64,000. No additional borrowings were incurred.
Borrowings under the Credit Facility are paid quarterly and bear interest at a
rate equal to LIBOR plus (a) in the case of Term Loan A and the Revolving Credit
Facility, 1.75% or, at the Company's option, the alternate base rate, as
defined, plus 0.75% and, (b) in the case of Term Loan B and the TLC, 2.50% or,
at the Company's option, the alternate base rate plus 1.50%. At December 29,
2001, the interest rates were 3.73% for Term Loan A, 4.40% for Term Loan B, and
4.43% for the TLC. All assets of the Company collateralize the Credit Facility.
In addition, as part of the Transaction, the Company issued $150,000 USD
denominated and 100,000 EUR denominated principal amount of 13% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Notes") to qualified institutional buyers. At
December 29, 2001, the 100,000 EUR notes translated into 88,380 USD denominated
equivalent. The impact of the change in foreign exchange rates related to euro
denominated debt is reflected in the income statement. Interest is payable on
the Notes semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The Company uses
interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts in association with
its debt. The Notes are uncollateralized senior subordinated obligations of the
Company, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior
indebtedness of the Company, including the Credit Facility. The notes are
guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company.
F-13
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
5. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things,
restrict the Company's ability to dispose of assets, incur additional
indebtedness, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise
restrict the Company's corporate activities. In addition, under the Credit
Facility, the Company is required to comply with specified financial ratios and
tests, including minimum fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios and
maximum leverage ratios.
The aggregate amounts of existing long-term debt maturing in each of the
next five years and thereafter are as follows:
2002. $ 15,699
2003........................................................ 20,161
2004........................................................ 17,630
2005........................................................ 17,029
2006........................................................ 1,720
2007 and thereafter......................................... 401,780
--------
$474,019
========
|
6. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company issued one million shares of Series A Preferred Stock in
conjunction with the Transaction. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of 6% payable annually in
arrears. The liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock is $25 per
share. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid out of the Company
assets available for distribution to shareholders an amount in cash equal to the
$25 liquidation preference per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends prior
to the distribution of any assets to holders of shares of common stock.
Except as required by law, the holders of the preferred stock have no voting
rights with respect to their shares of preferred stock, except that (1) the
approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock,
voting as a class, is required to amend, repeal or change any of the provisions
of the Company's certificate of incorporation in any manner that would alter or
change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of preferred
stock in a way that would affect them adversely and (2) the consent of each
holder of Series A Preferred Stock is required for any amendment that reduces
the dividend payable on or the liquidation value of the Series A Preferred
Stock.
On March 1, 2002, the Company redeemed all of the Company's Series A
Preferred Stock held by Heinz for a redemption price of $25,000 plus accrued and
unpaid dividends.
7. TREASURY STOCK
On April 18, 2001, the Company entered into a Put/Call Agreement with Heinz,
pursuant to which Heinz acquired the right and option to sell during the period
ending on or before May 15, 2002, and the Company acquired the right and option
to purchase after that date and on or before August 15, 2002, 6,719 shares of
the common stock of the Company owned by Heinz. Under this agreement, during the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, Heinz has sold all of its shares to the
Company at fair value for an aggregate purchase price of $27,132, which was
funded with cash from operations. Heinz no longer holds any common stock of the
Company.
F-14
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
8. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share ("EPS") computations are calculated utilizing the
weighed average number of common shares outstanding during the periods
presented. Diluted EPS includes the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding and the effect of common stock equivalents. The following table sets
forth the computation of basic and diluted EPS.
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
Numerator:
Net income.................................... $147,187 $ 15,019 $ 37,759 $ 47,982
Preferred stock dividends..................... 1,500 1,000 875 --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS-income
available to common shareholders.......... $145,687 $ 14,019 $ 36,884 $ 47,982
======== ======== ======== ========
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS-
extraordinary item, net of taxes.......... $ 2,875 $ -- $ -- $ --
======== ======== ======== ========
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS-income
before extraordinary item................. $148,562 $ 14,019 $ 36,884 $ 47,982
======== ======== ======== ========
Denominator:
Denominator for basic EPS-weighted-average
shares.................................... 108,676 111,988 182,206 276,430
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options............................. 2,299 183 -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Denominator for diluted EPS-weighted-average
shares.................................... 110,975 112,171 182,206 276,430
======== ======== ======== ========
EPS:
Basic EPS:
Income before extraordinary item............ $ 1.37 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
Extraordinary item, net of taxes............ (0.03) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.............................. $ 1.34 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
======== ======== ======== ========
Diluted EPS:
Income before extraordinary item.......... $ 1.34 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
Extraordinary item, net of taxes.......... (0.03) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income.............................. $ 1.31 $ 0.13 $ 0.20 $ 0.17
======== ======== ======== ========
|
9. STOCK PLANS
WEIGHT WATCHERS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS:
On December 16, 1999, the board of directors adopted the 1999 Stock Purchase
and Option Plan of Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the
"Plan"). The Plan is designed to promote the long-term financial interests and
growth of the Company and its subsidiaries by attracting and
F-15
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
9. STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
retaining management with the ability to contribute to the success of the
business. The Plan is to be administered by the board of directors or a
committee thereof.
Under the stock purchase component of the plan discussed above, 1,639 shares
of common stock were sold to 45 members of the Company's management group at a
price of $2.13 to $4.04 per share.
Under the option component of the Plan, grants may take the following forms
in the committee's sole discretion: Incentive Stock Options, Other Stock Options
(other than incentive options), Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock,
Purchase Stock, Dividend Equivalent Rights, Performance Units, Performance
Shares and Other Stock--Based Grants. The maximum number of shares available for
grant under this plan was 5,647 shares of authorized common stock as of the
effective date of the Plan. In 2001, the number of shares available for grant
was increased to 7,058 shares.
Pursuant to the option component of the Plan, the board of directors
authorized the Company to enter into agreements under which certain members of
management received Non-Qualified Time and Performance Stock Options providing
them the opportunity to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at an
exercise price of $2.13 to $4.04. The options are exercisable based on the terms
outlined in the agreement. The exercise price was equivalent to the fair market
value at the date of grant.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions:
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
------------- ------------- ----------
Dividened yield......................................... 0% 0% 0%
Volatility.............................................. 34.6% 0% 0%
Risk-free interest rate................................. 5.1%-5.4% 5.9%-6.3% 6.5%-6.7%
Expected term (years)................................... 7.5 10 10
|
F-16
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
9. STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
A summary of the Company's stock option activity is as follows:
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 30, 2000 APRIL 29, 2000
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE PRICE SHARES EXERCISE PRICE SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
--------- -------------- --------- -------------- --------- --------------
Options outstanding,
Beginning of year............... 5,301 $ 2.13 4,934 $2.13 -- $ --
Granted......................... 731 $ 3.89 494 $2.13 4,934 $2.13
Exercised....................... (93) $ 2.13 -- $ -- -- $ --
Cancelled....................... (268) $ 2.13 (127) $2.13 -- $ --
------ ----- -----
Options outstanding, end of
year............................ 5,671 $ 2.35 5,301 $2.13 4,934 $2.13
Options exercisable, end of
year............................ 2,479 $ 2.19 1,325 $2.13 164 $2.13
Options available for grant, end
of year......................... 1,387 346 713
Weighted-average fair value of
options granted during the
year............................ $ 1.89 $0.98 $1.03
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at
December 29, 2001, December 30, 2000 and April 29, 2000 was 8.3, 8.9 and
9.5 years, respectively.
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES:
In April 2000, the board of directors adopted the WeightWatchers.com Stock
Incentive Plan of Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Subsidiaries, pursuant
to which selected employees were granted options to purchase shares of common
stock of WeightWatchers.com, Inc. that are owned by the Company. The number of
shares available for grant under this plan is 400 shares of authorized common
stock of WeightWatchers.com, Inc. All options vest over a period of time,
however, vesting of certain options may be accelerated if the Company achieves
specified performance levels.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions:
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
------------ ------------ ---------
Dividend yield..................................... 0% 0% 0%
Volatility......................................... 0% 0% 0%
Risk-free interest rate............................ 5.1%-5.4% 5.9%-6.3% 6.5%
Expected term (years).............................. 10 10 10
|
F-17
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
9. STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
A summary of the Company's stock option activity is as follows:
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 29, 2001 DECEMBER 30, 2000 APRIL 29, 2000
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE PRICE SHARES EXERCISE PRICE SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
--------- -------------- --------- -------------- --------- --------------
Options outstanding,
Beginning of year............... 173 $0.50 159 $0.50 -- $ --
Granted....................... -- $ -- 14 $0.50 159 $0.50
Exercised..................... -- $ -- -- $ -- -- $ --
Cancelled..................... (9) $0.50 -- $ -- -- $ --
--- ----- ---
Options outstanding, end of
year............................ 164 $0.50 173 $0.50 159 $0.50
Options exercisable, end of
year............................ 84 $0.50 43 $0.50 -- $0.50
Options available for grant, end
of year......................... 236 227 241
Weighted-average fair value of
options......................... $ -- $0.23 $0.16
granted during the year
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at
December 29, 2001, December 30, 2000 and April 29, 2000 was 8.3, 9.3 and
10 years, respectively.
The pro forma effect of SFAS No. 123 on the Company's financial statements
would have been as follows under the 1999 Stock Purchase and Option Plan of
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Subsidiaries and the WeightWatchers.com
Stock Incentive Plan of Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
EIGHT
MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
----------------- ------------ ---------
Net Income:
As reported.............................................. $ 147,187 $15,019 $37,759
Pro forma................................................ $ 146,629 $14,984 $37,170
EPS:
As reported.............................................. $ 1.34 $ 0.13 $ 0.20
Pro forma................................................ $ 1.34 $ 0.12 $ 0.20
|
HEINZ INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS--PRIOR TO THE TRANSACTION:
Certain qualifying employees of the Company were granted options to purchase
Heinz common stock under Heinz's stock option plans. These options under the
Plan have been granted at not less than market prices on the date of grant.
Stock options granted have a maximum term of ten years. Vesting occurs from one
to three years after the date of grant. Beginning in fiscal 1998, in order to
place greater emphasis on creation of shareholder value, performance-accelerated
stock options were
F-18
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
9. STOCK PLANS (CONTINUED)
granted to certain key executives. These options vest eight years after the
grant date, subject to acceleration if predetermined share price goals are
achieved.
The pro forma effect of SFAS No. 123 on the Company's financial statements
would have been as follows:
APRIL 24,
1999
---------
Net Income:
As reported............................................... $47,982
Pro forma................................................. 47,621
EPS:
As reported............................................... $ 0.17
Pro forma................................................. $ 0.17
|
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions:
APRIL 24,
1999
---------
Dividend yield.............................................. 2.5%
Volatility.................................................. 22.0%
Risk-free interest rate..................................... 5.1%
Expected term (years)....................................... 5
|
10. INCOME TAXES
The following tables summarizes the (benefit) provision for U.S. federal,
state and foreign taxes on income:
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
Current:
U.S federal..................................... $ 27,550 $ 234 $ 5,727 $11,997
State........................................... 7,203 200 2,464 3,247
Foreign......................................... 11,394 5,319 11,591 11,837
-------- ------ ------- -------
$ 46,147 $5,753 $19,782 $27,081
-------- ------ ------- -------
Deferred:
U.S federal..................................... $(59,665) $ -- $ 7,800 $ 6,368
State........................................... (5,494) -- 368 312
Foreign......................................... (4,186) 104 373 2,599
-------- ------ ------- -------
$(69,345) $ 104 $ 8,541 $ 9,279
-------- ------ ------- -------
Total tax (benefit) provision..................... $(23,198) $5,857 $28,323 $36,360
======== ====== ======= =======
|
F-19
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
10. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The components of income before income taxes, minority interest and
extraordinary item consist of the following:
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
Domestic.......................................... $ 92,903 $ 9,399 $33,538 $48,199
Foreign........................................... 34,068 11,624 33,378 37,636
-------- ------- ------- -------
$126,971 $21,023 $66,916 $85,835
======== ======= ======= =======
|
The difference between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the Company's
consolidated effective tax rate are as follows:
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
U.S. federal statutory rate........................ 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Foreign income taxes............................... 0.8 4.0 1.7 3.5
States' income taxes (net of federal benefit)...... 0.9 0.6 2.6 2.7
Goodwill amortization.............................. 0.2 1.0 0.4 0.8
Other.............................................. (1.6) 1.3 2.6 0.4
Valuation allowance................................ (53.6) (14.0) -- --
----- ----- ---- ----
Effective tax rate................................. (18.3%) 27.9% 42.3% 42.4%
===== ===== ==== ====
|
F-20
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
10. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The deferred tax assets and deferred tax (liabilities) recorded on the
balance sheet are as follows:
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29,
2001 2000 2000
------------ ------------ ---------
Depreciation/amortization.................................. $ 509 $ 333 $ 304
Provision for estimated expenses........................... 1,756 2,702 1,771
Operating loss carryforwards............................... 4,186 953 4,369
Transaction expenses....................................... -- -- 2,933
WW.com loan................................................ 12,765 6,513 --
Other...................................................... 411 143 216
Amortization............................................... 129,837 139,642 135,329
Less: Valuation allowance.................................. -- (71,903) (71,979)
-------- -------- -------
Total deferred tax assets.................................. $149,464 $ 78,383 $72,943
======== ======== =======
Transaction expenses....................................... $ (2,266) $ (4,374) $ --
Deferred income............................................ (5,799) (5,764) (4,985)
Other...................................................... (3,514) (3,497) (3,231)
-------- -------- -------
Total deferred tax liabilities............................. $(11,579) $(13,635) $(8,216)
======== ======== =======
Net deferred tax assets.................................... $137,885 $ 64,748 $64,727
======== ======== =======
|
On September 29, 1999 the Company effected a recapitalization and stock
purchase agreement with its former parent, Heinz. For U.S. tax purposes, the
Transaction was treated as a taxable sale under IRC section 338(h)(10),
resulting in a step-up in the tax basis of net assets and, recognition of a
deferred tax asset in the amount of $144,200. At the time of the Transaction,
the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the
deferred tax asset would not be utilized. Therefore, a valuation allowance of
$72,100 was established against the corresponding deferred tax asset. Based on
the Company's performance since the Transaction, the Company determined that the
valuation allowance is no longer required. Accordingly, the provision for taxes
for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 includes a one-time reversal
(credit) of the remaining balance of the valuation allowance of $71,903 related
to the Transaction.
As of December 29, 2001, various foreign subsidiaries of the Company had net
operating loss carry forwards of approximately $13,953, which can be carried
forward indefinitely.
As of December 29, 2001, the Company's undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries are no longer considered to be reinvested permanently. The Company
will record a deferred tax liability or asset, if any, based on the expected
type of taxable or deductible amounts in future years, taking into account any
related foreign tax credits and withholding taxes. No deferred tax liability or
asset was required to be recorded for undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries as of December 29, 2001.
F-21
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
WEIGHTWATCHERS.COM:
On September 29, 1999, the Company entered into a subscription agreement
with WeightWatchers.com, Artal and Heinz under which Artal, Heinz and the
Company purchased common stock of WeightWatchers.com for a nominal amount. The
Company owns approximately 19.8% of WeightWatchers.com's common stock while
Artal owns approximately 72.2% of WeightWatchers.com's common stock. The Company
accounts for its investment in Weighwatchers.com under the equity method of
accounting.
Under warrant agreements dated November 24, 1999, October 1, 2000, May 3,
2001, and September 10, 2001, the Company has received warrants to purchase an
additional 6,395 shares of WeightWatchers.com's common stock in connection with
the loans that the Company has made to WeightWatchers.com under the note
described below. These warrants will expire from November 24, 2009 to
September 10, 2011 and may be exercised at a price of $7.14 per share of
WeightWatchers.com's common stock until their expiration. The exercise price and
the number of shares of WeightWatchers.com's common stock available for purchase
upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted from time to time upon the
occurrence of certain events.
On October 1, 2000, the Company amended its loan agreement with
WeightWatchers.com, increasing the aggregate principal amount from $10,000 to
$23,500. On that date, the unpaid principal and accumulated interest was rolled
over into the new loan. The Company further amended the agreement on May 3, 2001
and on September 10, 2001, increasing the aggregate amount to $28,500 and
$34,500, respectively. The principal amount may be advanced at any time or from
time to time prior to July 31, 2003. The note bears interest at 13% per year,
beginning on January 1, 2002, which interest shall be paid semi-annually
starting on March 31, 2002. All principal outstanding under this note will be
payable in six semi-annual installments, starting on March 31, 2004. The note
may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part, without penalty. During the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000,
and the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000, the Company advanced
WeightWatchers.com $17,400, $14,800 and $2,000, respectively. The Company's
investment in WeightWatchers.com has been reduced by the equity losses
apportioned to the Company based upon its ownership interest, which are
classified in other expenses, net. The remaining loan balances have been
reviewed for impairment. As a result of such review, the Company has recorded a
full valuation allowance against the remaining loan balances.
The Company has guaranteed the performance of WeightWatchers.com's lease of
its office space at 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York. The annual rent is
$459,000 plus increases for operating expenses and real estate taxes. The lease
expires in September 2003.
NELLSON AGREEMENT:
On November 30, 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with Nellson
Neutraceutical, Inc. ("Nellson"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Artal, to
purchase nutrition bar products manufactured by Nellson for sale at the
Company's meetings. Under the agreement, Nellson agrees to produce sufficient
nutrition bar products to fill the Company's purchase orders within 30 days of
receipt. The Company is not bound to purchase a minimum quantity of nutrition
bar products. The term of the agreement runs through December 31, 2004, and the
Company has the option to renew the agreement for successive
F-22
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
one-year periods by providing written notice to Nellson. Management believes the
provisions of the agreement are comparable to those the Company would receive
from a third party. Total purchases from Nellson for the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000, and the fiscal year
ended April 29, 2000 were $18,706, $4,936 and $4,301, respectively.
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT:
Simultaneously with the closing of the Company's acquisition by Artal, the
Company entered into a management agreement with The Invus Group, Ltd.
("Invus"), the independent investment advisor to Artal. Under this agreement,
Invus provides the Company with management, consulting and other services in
exchange for an annual fee equal to the greater of $1,000 or one percent of the
Company's EBITDA (as defined in the indentures relating to the Company's senior
subordinated notes), plus any related out-of-pocket expenses. This agreement is
terminable at the option of Invus at any time or by the Company at any time
after Artal owns less than a majority of the Company's voting stock.
Administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight
months ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000 were
$1,926, $683 and $583, respectively.
HEINZ LICENSING AGREEMENT:
At the closing of the Transaction, the Company granted to Heinz an exclusive
worldwide, royalty-free license to use the Custodial Trademarks (or any portion
covering food and beverage products) in connection with Heinz licensed products.
Heinz will pay the Company an annual fee of $1,200 for five years in exchange
for the Company serving as the custodian of the Custodial Trademarks.
PRIOR TO THE TRANSACTION:
Certain of Heinz' general and administrative expenses were allocated to the
Company. Total costs allocated include charges for salaries of corporate
officers and staff and other Heinz corporate overhead. Total costs charged to
the Company for these services were $1,000 and $2,156 for the fiscal years ended
April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999, respectively.
In addition, Heinz charged the Company for its share of group health
insurance costs for eligible Company employees based upon location specific
costs, overall insurance costs and loss experience incurred during a calendar
year. In addition, various other insurance coverages were also provided to the
Company through Heinz' consolidated programs. Workers compensation, auto,
property, product liability and other insurance coverages are charged directly
based on the Company's loss experience. Amounts charged to the Company for
insurance costs were $3,800 and $4,339 for the fiscal years ended April 29, 2000
and April 24, 1999, respectively, and are recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Total costs charged to the Company by Heinz for other miscellaneous services
were $93 and $520 for the fiscal years ended April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999,
respectively, and were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses
in the accompanying statement of operations.
The Company maintained a cash management arrangement with Heinz. On a daily
basis, all available domestic cash was deposited and disbursements were
withdrawn. Heinz charged the Company
F-23
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
interest on the average daily balance maintained in an intercompany account. Net
interest expense related to this arrangement included in the statements of
operations was $1,700 and $3,081 for the fiscal years ended April 29, 2000 and
April 24, 1999, respectively. The interest rate charged to or received by the
Company was 5.5% in the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000 and 6.25% in the fiscal
year ended April 24, 1999.
Substantially all of the due from related parties of $133,783 at April 24,
1999 represents a note receivable from an affiliate of Heinz which was repaid in
June 1999. Interest income reflected in the statements of operations related to
this note receivable was $10,000 for the fiscal year ended April 24, 1999. The
interest rate charged by the Company was LIBOR plus 25 basis points.
Short-term borrowings due to an affiliate of Heinz of $16,250 at April 24,
1999 represented a note payable due April 28, 1999. Interest expense related to
the note payable was $35 for the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000 and $1,000 for
the fiscal year ended April 24, 1999.
Pension costs and postretirement costs were also charged to the Company
based upon eligible employees participating in the Plans.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
WEIGHT WATCHERS SPONSORED PLANS:
Effective September 29, 1999, the net assets of the Heinz sponsored employee
savings plan were transferred to the Weight Watchers sponsored plan upon
execution of the Transaction. The Company sponsors the Weight Watchers Savings
Plan (the "Savings Plan") for salaried and hourly employees. The Savings Plan is
a defined contribution plan which provides for employer matching contributions
up to 100% of the first 3% of an employee's eligible compensation. The Savings
Plan also permits employees to contribute between 1% and 13% of eligible
compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions for the fiscal year end
December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year
ended April 29, 2000 were $823, $433 and $316, respectively.
The Company sponsors the Weight Watchers Profit Sharing Plan (the "Profit
Sharing Plan") for all full-time salaried employees who are eligible to
participate in the Savings Plan (except for certain senior management
personnel). The Profit Sharing Plan provides for a guaranteed monthly employer
contribution on behalf of each participant based on the participant's age and a
percentage of the participant's eligible compensation. The Profit Sharing Plan
has a supplemental employer contribution component, based on the Company's
achievement of certain annual performance targets, which are determined annually
by the Company's board of directors. The Company also reserves the right to make
additional discretionary contributions to the Profit Sharing Plan.
For certain senior management personnel, the Company sponsors the Weight
Watchers Executive Profit Sharing Plan. Under the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") definition, this plan is considered a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plan. There is a promise of payment by the Company made on the employees' behalf
instead of an individual account with a cash balance. The account is valued at
the end of each fiscal month, based on an annualized interest rate of prime plus
2%, with an annualized cap of 15%.
F-24
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The Company is currently applying for a determination letter to qualify the
Savings Plan under Section 401(a) of the IRS Code. It is the Company's opinion
that the IRS will issue a favorable determination letter as to the qualified
status of the Savings Plan.
HEINZ SPONSORED PLANS--PRIOR TO THE TRANSACTION:
Domestic employees participated in certain defined pension plans, a defined
contribution 401(k) savings plan and, for employees affected by certain IRS
limits, a section 415 Excess Plan, all of which are sponsored by Heinz. The
Company also provided post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits
for employees who meet the eligibility requirements of the Heinz plans. Retirees
share in the cost of these benefits based on age and years of service.
Company contributions to the Heinz Savings Plan include a qualified
age-related contribution and a matching of the employee's contribution, up to a
specified amount.
The following amounts were included in the Company's results of operations:
APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2000 1999
--------- ---------
Defined Benefit Pension Plans.............................. $421 $1,456
Defined Benefit Postretirement Medical..................... $253 $ 577
Savings Plan............................................... $994 $2,170
|
In addition, foreign employees participated in certain Company sponsored
pension plans and such charges, which are included in the results of operations,
were not material.
13. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company announced a
reorganization and restructuring program. The reorganization plan was designed
to strengthen the Company's classroom business and improve profitability and
global growth.
Charges related to the restructuring were recognized to reflect the exit
from the Personal Cuisine Food Option in United States company-owned locations,
the relocation of classes from certain fixed retail outlets to traveling
locations, and other initiatives involving the exit of certain under-performing
business and product lines.
Restructuring and related costs recorded in fiscal 1997 totaled $51,694
pretax. Pretax charges of $49,700 were classified as classroom operating
expenses and $1,994 as selling, general and
F-25
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
13. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (CONTINUED)
administrative expenses. The major components of the fiscal 1997 charges and the
remaining accrual balances were as follows:
EMPLOYEE EXIT COSTS
TERMINATION -------------------------
NON-CASH AND ACCRUED
ASSET SEVERANCE EXIT IMPLEMENTATION
WRITE-DOWNS COSTS COSTS COSTS TOTAL
----------- ----------- -------- -------------- --------
Initial charge--1997.................. $ 27,402 $ 4,723 $19,569 -- $ 51,694
Amounts utilized--1997................ (27,402) (339) (46) -- (27,787)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--April 26,
1997................................ -- 4,384 19,523 -- 23,907
Implementation costs--1998............ -- -- -- $ 999 999
Amounts utilized--1998................ -- (3,709) (8,553) (999) (13,261)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--April 25,
1998................................ -- 675 10,970 -- 11,645
Implementation costs--1999............ -- -- -- 32 32
Amounts utilized--1999................ -- (186) (3,769) (32) (3,987)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--April 24,
1999................................ -- 489 7,201 -- 7,690
Amounts utilized--2000................ -- -- (2,904) -- (2,904)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--April 29,
2000................................ -- 489 4,297 -- 4,786
Amounts utilized--April 30 -
December 30, 2000................... -- (489) (1,812) -- (2,301)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--
December 30, 2000................... -- -- 2,485 -- 2,485
Amounts utilized--2001................ -- -- (2,202) -- (2,202)
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Accrued restructuring costs--
December 29, 2001................... $ -- $ -- $ 283 $ -- $ 283
======== ======= ======= ======= ========
|
Asset write-downs of $16,900 consisted primarily of fixed assets and other
long-term asset impairments that were recorded as a direct result of the
Company's decision to exit businesses or facilities. Such assets were written
down based on management's estimate of fair value. Write-downs of $10,502 were
also recognized for estimated losses from disposals of classroom inventories,
packaging materials and other assets related to product line rationalizations
and process changes as a direct result of the Company's decision to exit
businesses or facilities.
Employee severance costs include charges related to both voluntary
terminations and involuntary terminations. As part of the voluntary termination
agreements, enhanced retirement benefits were offered to the affected employees.
These amounts were included in the Employee Termination and Severance costs
component of the restructuring charge.
Exit costs consist primarily of contract and lease termination costs
associated with the Company's decision to exit the activities described above.
The remaining accrued exit costs will be utilized in 2002.
F-26
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
14. CASH FLOW INFORMATION
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
Net cash paid during the year for:
Interest expense................................ $54,556 $31,639 $31,402 $2,748
Income taxes.................................... $39,474 $ 8,405 $13,601 $5,380
Noncash investing and financing activities were as
follows:
Deferred tax asset recorded as a component of
shareholders' deficit in conjunction with the
recapitalization of the Company............... -- -- $72,100 --
Redeemable preferred stock issued to Heinz...... -- -- $25,875 --
Reduction of existing receivable in connection
with the acquisition of minority interest..... -- $ 1,124 -- --
Fair value of assets acquired in connection with
the acquisitions of Weighco and Weight
Watchers of Oregon............................ $ 3,709 -- -- --
Liabilities incurred in connection with the
public equity offering........................ $ 1,950 -- -- --
Liability incurred in connection with a
noncompete agreement.......................... $ 1,200 -- -- --
|
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
LEGAL:
Due to the nature of its activities, the Company is, at times, subject to
pending and threatened legal actions which arise during the normal course of
business. In the opinion of management, based in part upon advice of legal
counsel, the disposition of such matters is not expected to have a material
effect on the Company's results of operations and consolidated financial
condition.
LEASE COMMITMENTS:
Minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, primarily
for office and rental facilities at December 29, 2001, consist of the following:
2002........................................................ $13,000
2003........................................................ 9,056
2004........................................................ 5,913
2005........................................................ 3,891
2006........................................................ 2,424
2007 and thereafter......................................... 15,882
-------
Total....................................................... $50,166
=======
|
F-27
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
Total rent expense charged to operations under these leases for the fiscal
year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30, 2000, and the
fiscal years ended April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 was $14,818, $8,155,
$12,300 and $11,000, respectively.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS:
The Company is a party to a repurchase agreement related to the 10% minority
interest in the classroom operation of Finland. Pursuant to this agreement, the
Company may elect or be required to repurchase the minority shareholders'
interest in this operation. If the Company repurchases the minority interest
within five years of the original sale, the repurchase price is based on the
original sales price times the increase in the consumer price index since the
date of the sale. If the Company repurchases the minority interest after five
years from the original sale, the repurchase price is based on a multiple of the
average operating income during the last three years.
FRANCHISE PROFIT SHARING FUND:
In October 2000, the Company reached an agreement with certain franchisees
regarding the sharing of profits of prior and future product sales. The
settlement provided for a payment of approximately $3,836, to be paid out
through 2001, and releases the Company from any future obligations to the
franchisees under profit sharing arrangements dating back to 1969.
The Company's franchise agreement with certain North American franchisees
provides for an annual franchise profit sharing distribution based upon
specified formulas. Profit sharing expense under this arrangement for the fiscal
years ended December 29, 2001, April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 was $40, $400
and $750, respectively.
F-28
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
16. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC DATA
The Company is engaged principally in one line of business, weight control.
The following table presents information about the Company by geographic area.
There were no material amounts of sales or transfers among geographic areas and
no material amounts of United States export sales.
EXTERNAL SALES
------------------------
EIGHT MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
United States................................... $397,434 $150,199 $207,256 $189,366
United Kingdom.................................. 97,594 55,945 90,778 76,143
Continental Europe.............................. 97,421 48,306 66,524 65,119
Australia and New Zealand....................... 31,421 18,725 35,016 33,980
-------- -------- -------- --------
$623,870 $273,175 $399,574 $364,608
======== ======== ======== ========
|
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
------------------------
DECEMBER 29, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 29, APRIL 24,
2001 2000 2000 1999
------------ ------------ --------- ---------
United States................................... $230,696 $142,641 $142,675 $149,054
United Kingdom.................................. 2,909 2,737 949 1,198
Continental Europe.............................. 2,025 1,914 1,973 2,422
Australia and New Zealand....................... 16,260 18,402 21,132 7,878
-------- -------- -------- --------
$251,890 $165,694 $166,729 $160,552
======== ======== ======== ========
|
17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
The Company's significant financial instruments include cash and cash
equivalents, short and long-term debt, current and noncurrent notes receivable,
currency exchange agreements and guarantees.
In evaluating the fair value of significant financial instruments, the
Company generally uses quoted market prices of the same or similar instruments
or calculates an estimated fair value on a discounted cash flow basis using the
rates available for instruments with the same remaining maturities. As of
December 29, 2001, the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company
approximated the recorded value. Based on the current interest rates, management
believes that the carrying amount of the Company's debt approximates fair market
value.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING:
The Company enters into forward and swap contracts to hedge transactions
denominated in foreign currencies to reduce currency risk associated with
fluctuating exchange rates. These contracts are used primarily to hedge certain
intercompany cash flows and for payments arising from some of the Company's
foreign currency denominated obligations. In addition, the Company enters into
interest rate swaps to hedge a substantial portion of its variable rate debt. As
of December 29, 2001,
F-29
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 30, 2000 and April 29, 2000, the Company held currency and interest
rate swap contracts to purchase certain foreign currencies totaling $204,276,
$158,090 and $139,428, respectively. The Company also held separate currency and
interest rate swap contracts to sell foreign currencies of $207,730, $163,454
and $138,942, respectively.
As of December 29, 2001, losses of $1,137 ($716 net of taxes) for qualifying
hedges, were reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the ineffective portion of changes
in fair values of cash flow hedges was not material. In addition, fair value
adjustments for non-qualifying hedges resulted in a reduction of net income of
$697 ($1,125 before taxes) for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001. The
Company does not anticipate any reclassification to earnings from accumulated
other comprehensive loss within the next twelve months.
18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
The change in the Company's fiscal year end resulted in the elimination of
the one month lag for certain foreign subsidiaries and is effective retroactive
to April 30, 2000 which results in the quarterly data presented herein to differ
from that previously reported on the July 29, 2000 and October 28, 2000
Form 10-Q's. The change from the previous Form 10-Q's for revenue is an increase
of $469 and a decrease of $6,469 for the quarters ended July 29, 2000 and
October 28, 2000, respectively. The change for operating income is an increase
of $2,374 and an increase of $2,443 for the quarters ended July 29, 2000 and
October 28, 2000, respectively. The change for net income is an increase of
$1,736 and an increase of $1,816 for the quarters ended July 29, 2000 and
October 28, 2000, respectively.
F-30
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
In addition, the Company reclassified certain expenses from other expense,
net to selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of the
fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 which resulted in the quarterly data
presented herein to differ from that reported previously on Form 10-Q's.
FOR THE FISCAL QUARTERS ENDED
---------------------------------------------------
MARCH 31, JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 29, DECEMBER 29,
2001 2001 2001 2001
--------- -------- ------------- ------------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001
Revenues........................................ $171,951 $162,325 $144,064 $145,530
Operating income................................ $ 48,245 $ 57,496 $ 49,148 $ 39,800
Net income...................................... $ 23,238 $ 26,078 $ 16,118 $ 81,753
Basic EPS:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ 0.20 $ 0.23 $ 0.15 $ 0.80
Extraordinary item, net of taxes.............. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ (0.03)
Net income.................................. $ 0.20 $ 0.23 $ 0.15 $ 0.77
Diluted EPS:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ 0.20 $ 0.23 $ 0.14 $ 0.78
Extraordinary item, net of taxes.............. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ (0.03)
Net income.................................. $ 0.20 $ 0.23 $ 0.14 $ 0.75
|
FOR THE FISCAL
QUARTERS ENDED TWO MONTHS
---------------------- ENDED
JULY 29, OCTOBER 28, DECEMBER 30,
2000 2000 2000
-------- ----------- ------------
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000
Revenues................................................... $103,073 $107,582 $62,520
Operating income........................................... $ 35,803 $ 26,830 $ 9,849
Net income (loss).......................................... $ 13,705 $ 10,908 $(9,594)
Basic EPS.................................................. $ 0.12 $ 0.09 $ (0.09)
Diluted EPS................................................ $ 0.12 $ 0.09 $ (0.09)
|
FOR THE FISCAL QUARTERS ENDED
------------------------------------------------
JULY 24, OCTOBER 23, JANUARY 22, APRIL 29,
1999 1999 2000 2000
-------- ----------- ----------- ---------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 29, 2000
Revenues............................................ $92,174 $84,031 $90,507 $132,862
Operating income.................................... $27,669 $ 9,775 $13,922 $ 33,262
Net income.......................................... $17,095 $ 2,239 $ 912 $ 17,513
Basic EPS........................................... $ 0.06 $ 0.01 $ 0.00 $ 0.15
Diluted EPS......................................... $ 0.06 $ 0.01 $ 0.00 $ 0.15
|
Basic and diluted EPS are computed independently for each of the periods
presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly EPS amounts may not agree to
the total for the year.
F-31
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
ACQUISITION:
On January 18, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of one of its
franchisees, Weight Watchers of North Jersey, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the
Asset Purchase Agreement executed on December 31, 2001 among Weight Watchers of
North Jersey, Inc., the Company and Weight Watchers North America, Inc. a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Transaction will be accounted for by
the purchase method of accounting. Substantially all of the purchase price in
excess of the net assets acquired will be recorded as goodwill. The purchase
price for the acquisition was $46,500. The acquisition was financed through
additional borrowings pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated December 21, 2001.
REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK:
On March 1, 2002, the Company redeemed all of the Company's Series A
Preferred Stock for $25,000, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The redemption
was financed through additional borrowings of $12,000 obtained from the
Company's Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and cash from operations.
20. GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES
The Company's payment obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the
following wholly-owned subsidiaries: 58 WW Food Corp.; Waist Watchers, Inc.;
Weight Watchers Camps, Inc.; W.W. Camps and Spas, Inc.; Weight Watchers
Direct, Inc.; W/W Twentyfirst Corporation; W.W. Weight Reduction
Services, Inc.; W.W.I. European Services Ltd.; W.W. Inventory Service Corp.;
Weight Watchers North America, Inc.; Weight Watchers UK Holdings Ltd.; Weight
Watchers International Holdings Ltd.; Weight Watchers (U.K.) Limited; Weight
Watchers (Exercise) Ltd.; Weight Watchers (Accessories & Publications) Ltd.;
Weight Watchers (Food Products) Limited; Weight Watchers New Zealand Limited;
BLTC Pty Ltd.; LLTC Pty Ltd.; Weight Watchers Asia Pacific Finance Limited
Partnership (APF); Weight Watchers International Pty Limited; Fortuity Pty Ltd;
and Gutbusters Pty Ltd. (collectively, the "Guarantor Subsidiaries"). The
obligations of each Guarantor Subsidiary under its guarantee of the Notes are
subordinated to such subsidiary's obligations under its guarantee of the new
senior credit facility.
Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for Weight
Watchers International, Inc. ("Parent Company"), the Guarantor Subsidiaries and
the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (primarily companies incorporated in European
countries other than the United Kingdom). In the Company's opinion, separate
financial statements and other disclosures concerning each of the Guarantor
Subsidiaries would not provide additional information that is material to
investors. Therefore, the Guarantor Subsidiaries are combined in the
presentation below.
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for by the Parent Company on the
equity method of accounting. Earnings of subsidiaries are, therefore, reflected
in the Parent Company's investments in subsidiaries' accounts. The elimination
entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and
transactions.
F-32
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 29, 2001
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.............. $ 6,230 $ 8,804 $ 8,304 $ -- $ 23,338
Receivables, net....................... 2,638 9,229 1,752 -- 13,619
Inventories............................ -- 21,902 4,303 -- 26,205
Prepaid expenses....................... 1,263 11,970 2,711 -- 15,944
Deferred income taxes.................. -- 4,773 -- -- 4,773
Intercompany (payables) receivables.... (157,902) 147,317 10,585 -- --
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS................. (147,771) 203,995 27,655 -- 83,879
Investment in consolidated
subsidiaries........................... 416,812 -- -- (416,812) --
Property and equipment, net.............. 1,221 8,132 1,372 -- 10,725
Notes and other receivables,
noncurrent............................. 325 -- -- -- 325
Goodwill, net............................ 26,769 206,881 652 -- 234,302
Trademarks and other intangible assets,
net.................................... 874 5,962 27 -- 6,863
Deferred income taxes.................... 35,253 101,028 -- -- 136,281
Deferred financing costs................. 9,164 -- -- -- 9,164
Other noncurrent assets.................. 462 (537) 1,384 -- 1,309
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL ASSETS......................... $ 343,109 $525,461 $31,090 $(416,812) $ 482,848
========= ======== ======= ========= =========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings due to related
party................................ $ 2,924 $ (36) $ -- $ -- $ 2,888
Portion of long-term debt due within
one year............................. 15,219 480 -- -- 15,699
Accounts payable....................... 1,287 14,077 2,334 -- 17,698
Salaries and wages..................... 6,951 4,611 3,571 -- 15,133
Accrued interest....................... 7,739 71 -- -- 7,810
Accrued restructuring costs............ -- 283 -- -- 283
Foreign currency contract payable...... 2,811 -- -- -- 2,811
Other accrued liabilities.............. 8,112 11,561 3,856 -- 23,529
Income taxes........................... (11,694) 18,544 2,289 -- 9,139
Deferred revenue....................... -- 11,121 1,899 -- 13,020
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES............ 33,349 60,712 13,949 -- 108,010
Long-term debt........................... 394,800 63,520 -- -- 458,320
Deferred income taxes.................... 2,481 109 579 -- 3,169
Other.................................... -- 624 246 -- 870
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER
LIABILITIES........................ 397,281 64,253 825 -- 462,359
Redeemable preferred stock............... 25,996 -- -- -- 25,996
Shareholders' (deficit) equity........... (113,517) 400,496 16,316 (416,812) (113,517)
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS'
(DEFICIT) EQUITY................... $ 343,109 $525,461 $31,090 $(416,812) $ 482,848
========= ======== ======= ========= =========
|
F-33
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.................... $ 26,699 $ 11,191 $ 6,611 $ -- $ 44,501
Receivables, net............................. 7,390 5,941 1,347 -- 14,678
Notes receivable, current.................... 2,104 -- 2 -- 2,106
Foreign currency contract receivable......... 5,364 -- -- -- 5,364
Inventories.................................. -- 11,867 3,177 -- 15,044
Prepaid expenses............................. 961 7,809 2,329 -- 11,099
Deferred income taxes........................ 2,846 (2,198) -- -- 648
Intercompany (payables) receivables.......... (10,921) 3,147 7,774 -- --
-------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS....................... 34,443 37,757 21,240 -- 93,440
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries........ 175,876 -- -- (175,876) --
Property and equipment, net.................... 1,272 5,679 1,194 -- 8,145
Notes and other receivables, noncurrent........ 5,601 -- -- -- 5,601
Goodwill, net.................................. 28,367 121,814 720 -- 150,901
Trademarks and other intangible assets, net.... 1,876 4,761 11 -- 6,648
Deferred income taxes.......................... (44,713) 111,920 -- -- 67,207
Deferred financing costs....................... 13,513 -- -- -- 13,513
Other noncurrent assets........................ 163 271 328 -- 762
-------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL ASSETS............................... $216,398 $282,202 $23,493 $(175,876) $ 346,217
======== ======== ======= ========= =========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings due to related party... $ 1,730 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 1,730
Portion of long-term debt due within one
year....................................... 13,250 870 -- -- 14,120
Accounts payable............................. 932 8,379 2,678 -- 11,989
Salaries and wages........................... 3,568 3,533 3,443 -- 10,544
Accrued interest............................. 9,069 593 -- -- 9,662
Accrued restructuring costs.................. -- 2,485 -- -- 2,485
Other accrued liabilities.................... 9,420 10,540 3,255 -- 23,215
Income taxes................................. 1,677 (414) 2,397 -- 3,660
Deferred revenue............................. -- 4,843 993 -- 5,836
-------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.................. 39,646 30,829 12,766 -- 83,241
Long-term debt................................. 371,053 85,477 -- -- 456,530
Deferred income taxes.......................... 2,481 -- 626 -- 3,107
Other.......................................... -- -- 121 -- 121
-------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER
LIABILITIES.............................. 373,534 85,477 747 -- 459,758
Redeemable preferred stock..................... 25,996 -- -- -- 25,996
Shareholders' (deficit) equity................. (222,778) 165,896 9,980 (175,876) (222,778)
-------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
EQUITY................................... $216,398 $282,202 $23,493 $(175,876) $ 346,217
======== ======== ======= ========= =========
|
F-34
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF APRIL 29, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................. $ 10,984 $ 22,465 $10,594 $ -- $ 44,043
Receivables, net.......................... 6,006 5,606 1,265 -- 12,877
Notes receivable, current................. 2,791 -- -- -- 2,791
Inventories............................... -- 7,827 1,501 -- 9,328
Prepaid expenses.......................... 748 6,240 1,372 -- 8,360
Deferred income taxes..................... 2,846 (2,752) -- -- 94
Intercompany (payables) receivables....... (32,114) 27,742 4,372 -- --
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.................... (8,739) 67,128 19,104 -- 77,493
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries..... 162,320 -- -- (162,320) --
Property and equipment, net................. 1,809 3,974 1,218 -- 7,001
Notes and other receivables, noncurrent..... 7,045 -- -- -- 7,045
Goodwill, net............................... 25,833 125,977 755 -- 152,565
Trademarks and other intangible assets,
net....................................... 1,960 5,193 10 -- 7,163
Deferred income taxes....................... (9,854) 77,428 -- -- 67,574
Deferred financing costs.................... 14,749 (83) -- -- 14,666
Other noncurrent assets..................... 163 365 172 -- 700
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL ASSETS............................ $ 195,286 $279,982 $21,259 $(162,320) $ 334,207
========= ======== ======= ========= =========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings due to related
party................................... $ 1,489 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 1,489
Portion of long-term debt due within one
year.................................... 13,250 870 -- -- 14,120
Accounts payable.......................... 1,438 9,084 1,840 -- 12,362
Salaries and wages........................ 2,301 4,256 3,568 -- 10,125
Accrued interest.......................... 3,521 561 -- -- 4,082
Accrued restructuring costs............... -- 4,786 -- -- 4,786
Foreign currency contract payable......... 486 -- -- -- 486
Other accrued liabilities................. 6,387 9,049 4,147 -- 19,583
Income taxes.............................. (1,846) 5,965 2,667 -- 6,786
Deferred revenue.......................... -- 3,824 808 -- 4,632
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES............... 27,026 38,395 13,030 -- 78,451
Long-term debt.............................. 374,598 85,912 -- -- 460,510
Deferred income taxes....................... 1,903 390 648 -- 2,941
Other....................................... -- -- 546 -- 546
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER
LIABILITIES........................... 376,501 86,302 1,194 -- 463,997
Redeemable preferred stock.................. 25,875 2,507 254 (2,761) 25,875
Shareholders' (deficit) equity.............. (234,116) 152,778 6,781 (159,559) (234,116)
--------- -------- ------- --------- ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
EQUITY................................ $ 195,286 $279,982 $21,259 $(162,320) $ 334,207
========= ======== ======= ========= =========
|
F-35
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Revenues, net........................ $ 4,194 $522,255 $97,421 $ -- $623,870
Cost of revenues..................... 821 231,402 54,213 -- 286,436
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Gross profit....................... 3,373 290,853 43,208 -- 337,434
Marketing expenses................... -- 57,117 12,599 -- 69,716
Selling, general and administrative
expenses........................... 17,780 39,735 15,514 -- 73,029
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Operating (loss) income............ (14,407) 194,001 15,095 -- 194,689
Interest expense (income)............ 40,714 14,692 (869) -- 54,537
Other expense (income), net.......... 14,983 3,592 (5,394) -- 13,181
Equity in income of consolidated
subsidiaries....................... 109,285 -- -- (109,285) --
Franchise commission income (loss)... 47,823 (42,084) (5,739) -- --
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Income before income taxes and
minority interest and
extraordinary item............... 87,004 133,633 15,619 (109,285) 126,971
(Benefit from) provision for income
taxes.............................. (63,058) 34,431 5,429 -- (23,198)
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Income before minority interest.... 150,062 99,202 10,190 (109,285) 150,169
Minority interest.................... -- -- 107 -- 107
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Income before extraordinary item... 150,062 99,202 10,083 (109,285) 150,062
Extraordinary charge on early
extinguishment of debt, net of
taxes.............................. 2,875 -- -- -- 2,875
-------- -------- ------- --------- --------
Net income......................... $147,187 $ 99,202 $10,083 $(109,285) $147,187
======== ======== ======= ========= ========
|
F-36
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Revenues, net........................ $ 20,794 $204,074 $48,307 $ -- $273,175
Cost of revenues..................... 4,571 105,444 29,268 -- 139,283
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Gross profit....................... 16,223 98,630 19,039 -- 133,892
Marketing expenses................... 2,784 18,994 5,208 -- 26,986
Selling, general and administrative
expenses........................... 15,844 12,877 5,703 -- 34,424
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Operating (loss) income............ (2,405) 66,759 8,128 -- 72,482
Interest expense (income)............ 24,696 12,640 (211) -- 37,125
Other expense (income), net.......... 15,527 (1,171) (22) -- 14,334
Equity in income of consolidated
subsidiaries....................... 26,621 -- -- (26,621) --
Franchise commission income (loss)... 20,144 (17,647) (2,497) -- --
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes and
minority interest................ 4,137 37,643 5,864 (26,621) 21,023
(Benefit from) provision for income
taxes.............................. (10,882) 14,558 2,181 -- 5,857
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before minority interest.... 15,019 23,085 3,683 (26,621) 15,166
Minority interest.................... -- -- 147 -- 147
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Net income......................... $ 15,019 $ 23,085 $ 3,536 $(26,621) $ 15,019
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
|
F-37
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 29, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Revenues, net........................ $ 32,836 $300,215 $66,523 $ -- $399,574
Cost of revenues..................... 4,911 155,251 41,227 -- 201,389
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Gross profit....................... 27,925 144,964 25,296 -- 198,185
Marketing expenses................... 7,417 35,707 8,329 -- 51,453
Selling, general and administrative
expenses........................... 24,487 21,926 7,346 -- 53,759
Transaction costs.................... 8,247 98 -- -- 8,345
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Operating (loss) income............ (12,226) 87,233 9,621 -- 84,628
Interest expense (income)............ 27,642 4,607 (1,170) -- 31,079
Other (income) expense, net.......... (12,418) (1,418) 469 -- (13,367)
Equity in income of consolidated
subsidiaries....................... 44,441 -- -- (44,441) --
Franchise commission income (loss)... 21,686 (18,500) (3,186) -- --
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes and
minority interest................ 38,677 65,544 7,136 (44,441) 66,916
Provision for income taxes........... 918 24,090 3,315 -- 28,323
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before minority interest.... 37,759 41,454 3,821 (44,441) 38,593
Minority interest.................... -- 834 -- -- 834
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Net income......................... $ 37,759 $ 40,620 $ 3,821 $(44,441) $ 37,759
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
|
F-38
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 24, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Revenues, net......................... $42,288 $257,202 $65,118 $ -- $364,608
Cost of revenues...................... 3,685 135,095 40,145 -- 178,925
------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Gross profit........................ 38,603 122,107 24,973 -- 185,683
Marketing expenses.................... 8,815 35,381 8,660 -- 52,856
Selling, general and administrative
expenses............................ 23,720 20,353 7,428 -- 51,501
------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Operating income.................... 6,068 66,373 8,885 -- 81,326
Interest expense (income)............. 2,922 (4,739) (5,351) -- (7,168)
Other expense, (income) net........... 1,925 802 (68) -- 2,659
Equity in income of consolidated
subsidiaries........................ 37,310 -- -- (37,310) --
Franchise commission income (loss).... 8,697 (6,072) (2,625) -- --
------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes and
minority interest................. 47,228 64,238 11,679 (37,310) 85,835
Provision for income taxes............ 7,944 22,860 5,556 -- 36,360
------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Income before minority interest..... 39,284 41,378 6,123 (37,310) 49,475
Minority interest..................... -- 1,108 385 -- 1,493
------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Net income.......................... $39,284 $ 40,270 $ 5,738 $(37,310) $ 47,982
======= ======== ======= ======== ========
|
F-39
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 147,187 $ 99,202 $10,083 $(109,285) $ 147,187
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
provided by (used for) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.................... 2,311 10,346 586 -- 13,243
Amortization of deferred financing costs......... 2,097 -- -- -- 2,097
Deferred tax (benefit) provision................. (77,663) 6,594 -- -- (71,069)
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments........ 1,125 -- -- -- 1,125
Accounting for equity investment................. 17,344 -- -- -- 17,344
Allowance for doubtful accounts.................. 6,123 207 -- -- 6,330
Reserve for inventory obsolescence, other........ -- 2,718 -- -- 2,718
Foreign currency exchange rate (gain) loss....... (6,501) 29 (24) -- (6,496)
Extraordinary charges from early extinguisment of
debt........................................... 2,875 -- -- -- 2,875
Other items, net................................. -- 46 145 -- 191
Changes in cash due to:
Receivables.................................... 4,279 (3,539) (509) -- 231
Inventories.................................... -- (10,531) (1,364) -- (11,895)
Prepaid expense................................ (301) (4,740) (564) -- (5,605)
Intercompany receivables/payables.............. 151,062 (146,455) (4,607) -- --
Due from related parties....................... 1,194 (36) -- -- 1,158
Accounts payable............................... 180 5,173 (152) -- 5,201
Accrued liabilities............................ 1,352 (609) 1,242 -- 1,985
Deferred revenue............................... -- 6,295 995 -- 7,290
Income taxes................................... (11,493) 19,057 90 -- 7,654
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Cash provided by (used for) operating
activities................................... 241,171 (16,243) 5,921 (109,285) 121,564
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures............................. (269) (2,724) (841) -- (3,834)
Advances and interest to equity investment....... (17,344) -- -- -- (17,344)
Acquisitions..................................... -- (97,877) -- -- (97,877)
Other items, net................................. 310 (1,276) (97) -- (1,063)
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Cash used for investing activities............. (17,303) (101,877) (938) -- (120,118)
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Financing activities:
Net increase in short-term borrowings............ $ 175 $ 573 $ -- $ -- $ 748
Proceeds from borrowings......................... 60,042 -- -- -- 60,042
Parent company investment in subsidiaries........ (240,936) -- -- 240,936 --
Payment of dividends............................. (1,500) (4,893) (3,732) 8,625 (1,500)
Payments on long-term debt....................... (28,466) (22,347) -- -- (50,813)
Deferred financing costs......................... (2,406) -- -- -- (2,406)
Net Parent (settlements) advances................ -- 142,449 995 (143,444) --
Purchase of treasury stock....................... (27,132) -- -- -- (27,132)
Cost of public equity offering................... (1,017) -- -- -- (1,017)
Proceeds from sale of common stock............... 525 -- -- -- 525
Proceeds from stock options exercised............ 198 -- -- -- 198
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Cash (used for) provided by financing
activities................................... (240,517) 115,782 (2,737) 106,117 (21,355)
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents...................................... (3,820) (49) (553) (3,168) (1,254)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
equivalents...................................... (20,469) (2,387) 1,693 -- (21,163)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of fiscal
year............................................. 26,699 11,191 6,611 -- 44,501
--------- --------- ------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of fiscal year...... $ 6,230 $ 8,804 $ 8,304 $ -- $ 23,338
========= ========= ======= ========= =========
|
F-40
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating activities:
Net income........................................... $ 15,019 $ 23,085 $ 3,536 $(26,621) $ 15,019
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided
by (used for) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization........................ 1,930 4,266 411 -- 6,607
Bond issuance costs.................................. 1,282 -- -- -- 1,282
Deferred tax provision............................... -- 104 -- -- 104
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments............ (5,815) -- -- -- (5,815)
Accounting for equity investment..................... 17,604 -- -- -- 17,604
Elimination of foreign subsidiaries one month
reporting lag...................................... 1,137 86 1,120 (1,137) 1,206
Allowance for doubtful accounts...................... -- 198 -- -- 198
Reserve for inventory obsolescence, other............ -- 3,981 12 -- 3,993
Other items, net..................................... (532) (422) -- (954)
Changes in cash due to:.............................. --
Receivables........................................ (2,096) (566) (84) -- (2,746)
Inventories........................................ -- (7,214) (1,688) -- (8,902)
Prepaid expense.................................... (213) (2,422) (957) -- (3,592)
Intercompany receivables/payables.................. (21,193) 24,595 (3,402) -- --
Due from related parties........................... 241 -- -- -- 241
Accounts payable................................... (1,072) (69) 838 -- (303)
Accrued liabilities................................ 9,327 (1,450) (1,015) -- 6,862
Deferred revenue................................... -- 858 185 -- 1,043
Income taxes....................................... 38,960 (41,643) (292) -- (2,975)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash provided by (used for) operating activities... 55,111 3,277 (1,758) (27,758) 28,872
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures................................. (100) (3,017) (509) -- (3,626)
Advances and interest to equity investment........... (15,604) -- -- -- (15,604)
Acquisitions of minority interest.................... (2,400) -- -- -- (2,400)
Other items, net..................................... (148) 147 4 -- 3
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash used for investing activities................. (18,252) (2,870) (505) -- (21,627)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings..... 566 (600) -- -- (34)
Parent company investment in subsidiaries............ (13,556) -- -- 13,556 --
Payment of dividends................................. (879) (8,834) (1,968) 10,802 (879)
Payments on long-term debt........................... (6,625) (435) -- -- (7,060)
Net Parent advances.................................. -- -- 421 (421) --
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash used for financing activities................. (20,494) (9,869) (1,547) 23,937 (7,973)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents..................................... (650) (1,812) (173) 3,821 1,186
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents... 15,715 (11,274) (3,983) -- 458
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period......... 10,984 22,465 10,594 -- 44,043
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period............... $ 26,699 $ 11,191 $ 6,611 $ -- $ 44,501
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
|
F-41
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 29, 2000
(IN THOUSANDS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating activities:
Net income............................. $ 37,759 $ 40,620 $ 3,821 $(44,441) $ 37,759
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
cash provided by (used for) operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization.......... 2,326 6,028 932 -- 9,286
Bond issuance costs.................... 1,112 -- -- -- 1,112
Deferred tax provision................. 3,785 4,685 71 -- 8,541
Unrealized loss on derivative
instruments.......................... 499 -- -- -- 499
Allowance for doubtful accounts........ (352) (29) (4) -- (385)
Reserve for inventory obsolescence,
other................................ -- 3,332 28 -- 3,360
Other items, net....................... -- (2,492) -- -- (2,492)
Changes in cash due to:
Receivables.......................... 5,205 (1,295) 9,514 -- 13,424
Inventories.......................... -- (5,453) 276 -- (5,177)
Prepaid expense...................... 108 (1,691) 782 -- (801)
Due from related parties............. (15,149) 384 -- -- (14,765)
Accounts payable..................... 807 (1,272) (1,047) -- (1,512)
Accrued liabilities.................. 4,039 (1,845) 3,087 -- 5,281
Deferred revenue..................... (1,827) 74 -- (1,753)
Income taxes......................... 90,650 (97,918) 4,776 -- (2,492)
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Cash provided by (used for) operating
activities......................... 130,789 (58,773) 22,310 (44,441) 49,885
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures................... (299) (1,004) (571) -- (1,874)
Acquisitions of minority interest...... -- (15,900) -- -- (15,900)
Other items, net....................... (2,067) 116 84 -- (1,867)
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Cash used for investing activities... (2,366) (16,788) (487) -- (19,641)
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in short-term
borrowings........................... -- 1,235 (6,690) -- (5,455)
Parent company investment in
subsidiaries......................... (34,693) -- -- 34,693 --
Proceeds from borrowings............... 404,260 87,000 -- -- 491,260
Repurchase of common stock............. (324,476) -- -- -- (324,476)
Payment of dividends................... (2,797) (3,120) (4,494) 7,615 (2,796)
Payments on long-term debt............. (3,312) (218) -- -- (3,530)
Deferred financing costs............... (15,861) -- -- -- (15,861)
Net Parent (settlements) advances...... (138,998) 14,552 (7,175) 591 (131,030)
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Cash (used for) provided by financing
activities......................... (115,877) 99,449 (18,359) 42,899 8,112
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
and cash equivalents..................... (1,488) (13,799) (83) 1,542 (13,828)
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents.............................. 11,058 10,089 3,381 -- 24,528
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
fiscal year.............................. (74) 12,376 7,213 -- 19,515
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of fiscal
year..................................... $ 10,984 $ 22,465 $ 10,594 $ -- $ 44,043
========= ======== ======== ======== =========
|
F-42
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 24, 1999
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NON-
PARENT GUARANTOR GUARANTOR
COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating activities:
Net income.............................. $39,284 $ 40,270 $ 5,738 $(37,310) $ 47,982
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization........... 2,378 6,609 599 -- 9,586
Deferred tax provision.................. 1,735 4,345 3,199 -- 9,279
Allowance for doubtful accounts......... 84 30 4 -- 118
Reserve for inventory obsolescence,
other................................. -- 1,824 99 1,923
Other items, net........................ -- 153 (115) -- 38
Changes in cash due to:
Receivables........................... (7,387) 1,318 (1,208) -- (7,277)
Inventories........................... -- (1,772) (77) -- (1,849)
Prepaid expense....................... (20) (1,141) (293) -- (1,454)
Intercompany receivables/payables..... 38,494 (35,474) (3,020) -- --
Due from related parties.............. (177) 80 3,790 -- 3,693
Accounts payable...................... (288) 3,698 (327) -- 3,083
Accrued liabilities................... 1,003 (2,572) (8,507) -- (10,076)
Deferred revenue...................... -- (1,450) 734 -- (716)
Income taxes.......................... (36,393) 38,362 1,602 -- 3,571
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash provided by operating
activities........................ 38,713 54,280 2,218 (37,310) 57,901
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures.................... (271) (1,612) (591) -- (2,474)
Other items, net........................ (278) (286) (1) -- (565)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash used for investing
activities........................ (549) (1,898) (592) -- (3,039)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in short-term
borrowings............................ -- 1,262 (406) -- 856
Payment of dividends.................... (5,435) (14,446) (3,670) 13,183 (10,368)
Payments on long-term debt.............. (1,081) -- -- -- (1,081)
Net Parent (settlements) advances....... (31,483) (32,903) 3,316 23,994 (37,076)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash used for financing
activities........................ (37,999) (46,087) (760) 37,177 (47,669)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
and cash equivalents.................... (135) 281 214 133 493
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents............................. 30 6,576 1,080 -- 7,686
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
fiscal year............................. (104) 5,800 6,133 -- 11,829
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of fiscal
year.................................... $ (74) $ 12,376 $ 7,213 $ -- $ 19,515
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
|
F-43
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Weight Watchers International, Inc.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index
appearing under Item 14(a) (1) on page F-1 present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of Weight Watchers
International, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 29, 2001, December 30, 2000
and April 29, 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, the eight months ended December 30,
2000, and for each of the two years in the period ended April 29, 2000, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in
the index appearing under Item 14(a)(2) on page F-1, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction
with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements
and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted
our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 19, 2002, except as to the last paragraph
of Note 19, which is as of March 1, 2002
F-44
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)
CHARGED
BALANCE AT TO COSTS BALANCE AT
BEGINNING AND END OF
OF PERIOD EXPENSES DEDUCTIONS(1) PERIOD
---------- -------- ------------- ----------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2001
Allowance for doubtful accounts................. $ 797 $6,330 $(6,401) $ 726
Inventory reserves, other....................... 2,532 2,718 (2,541) 2,709
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000
Allowance for doubtful accounts................. $ 609 $ 198 $ (10) $ 797
Inventory reserves, other....................... 1,557 3,993 (3,018) 2,532
FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 29, 2000
Allowance for doubtful accounts................. $ 994 $ (385) $ -- $ 609
Inventory reserves, other....................... 1,436 3,360 (3,239) 1,557
FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 24, 1999
Allowance for doubtful accounts................. $ 876 $ 118 $ -- $ 994
Inventory reserves, other....................... 3,961 1,923 (4,448) 1,436
|
(1) Primarily represents the utilization of established reserves, net of
recoveries.
F-45
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
his behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Date: March 27, 2002
By: /s/ LINDA HUETT
-----------------------------------------
Linda Huett
President and Director
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
By: /s/ LINDA HUETT
-----------------------------------------
Linda Huett
President and Director
Date: March 27, 2002 (Principal Executive Officer)
By: /s/ THOMAS S. KIRITSIS
-----------------------------------------
Thomas S. Kiritsis
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting
Date: March 27, 2002 Officer)
By: /s/ RAYMOND DEBBANE
-----------------------------------------
Raymond Debbane
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
By: /s/ JONAS M. FAJGENBAUM
-----------------------------------------
Jonas M. Fajgenbaum
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
|
II-1
By: /s/ SACHA LAINOVIC
-----------------------------------------
Sacha Lainovic
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. SOBECKI
-----------------------------------------
Christopher J. Sobecki
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
By: /s/ SAM K. REED
-----------------------------------------
Sam K. Reed
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
By: /s/ MARSHA JOHNSON EVANS
-----------------------------------------
Marsha Johnson Evans
Date: March 27, 2002 Director
|
II-2
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
**2. -- Recapitalization and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated
July 22, 1999, among Weight Watchers International, Inc.,
H.J. Heinz Company and Artal International S.A. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
*3.1 -- Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Weight
Watchers International, Inc.
*3.2 -- Amended and Restated By-laws of Weight Watchers
International, Inc.
*3.3 -- Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, as
Amended and Restated, of Weight Watchers International,
Inc., to Create a New Series of Preferred Stock Designated
as Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, adopted as
of November 14, 2001.
**4.1 -- Senior Subordinated Dollar Notes Indenture, dated as of
September 29, 1999, between Weight Watchers International,
Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**4.2 -- Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2000, given by 58
WW Food Corp., Waist Watchers, Inc., Weight Watchers Camps
and Spas, Inc., Weight Watchers Direct, Inc., W/
W Twentyfirst Corporation, W.W. Weight Reductions Services,
Inc., W.W.I. European Services, Ltd., W.W. Inventory
Service Corp., Weight Watchers North America, Inc., Weight
Watchers UK Holdings Ltd., Weight Watchers International
Holdings, Ltd., Weight Watchers U.K. Limited, Weight
Watchers (Accessories & Publications) Ltd., Weight Watchers
(Food Products) Limited, Weight Watchers New Zealand
Limited, Weight Watchers International Pty Limited, Fortuity
Pty Ltd. and Gutbusters Ltd. is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 with Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**4.3 -- Senior Subordinated Euro Notes Indenture, dated as of
September 29, 1999, between Weight Watchers International
Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**4.4 -- Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2000, given by 58
WW Food Corp., Waist Watchers, Inc., Weight Watchers Camps
and Spas, Inc., Weight Watchers Direct, Inc., W/
W Twentyfirst Corporation, W.W. Weight Reductions Services,
Inc., W.W.I. European Services, Ltd., W.W. Inventory
Service Corp., Weight Watchers North America, Inc., Weight
Watchers UK Holdings Ltd., Weight Watchers International
Holdings, Ltd., Weight Watchers U.K. Limited, Weight
Watchers (Accessories & Publications) Ltd., Weight Watchers
(Food Products) Limited, Weight Watchers New Zealand
Limited, Weight Watchers International Pty Limited, Fortuity
Pty Ltd. and Gutbusters Ltd. is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.4 with Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**4.5 -- Form of Rights Agreement between Weight Watchers
International Inc. and Equiserve Trust Company, N.A. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 with
Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9,
2001.
|
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
**4.6 -- Specimen of stock certificate representing Weight Watchers
International Inc.'s common stock, no par value is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 with
Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9,
2001.
*10.1 -- Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 21, 2001, among Weight Watchers International,
Inc., WW Funding Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston, BHF
(USA) Capital Corporation and Fortis (USA) Finance LLC, The
Bank of Nova Scotia and various financial institutions.
**10.2 -- Preferred Stock Stockholders's Agreement, dated as of
September 29, 1999, among Weight Watchers International,
Inc., Artal Luxembourg S.A. and H.J. Heinz Company is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.3 -- Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999,
among Weight Watchers International, Inc., Artal Luxembourg
S.A. and H.J. Heinz Company is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.4 -- License Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
WW Foods, LLC and Weight Watchers International, Inc. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.5 -- License Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and H.J. Heinz Company
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed
with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on
March 2, 2000.
**10.6 -- License Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
WW Foods, LLC and H.J. Heinz Company is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Amendment No. 1 to
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File
No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.7 -- LLC Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
H.J. Heinz Company and Weight Watchers International, Inc.
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed
with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on
March 2, 2000.
**10.8 -- Operating Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and H.J. Heinz Company
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 filed
with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on
March 2, 2000.
**10.9 -- Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999,
among WeightWatchers.com, Inc., Weight Watchers
International, Inc., Artal Luxembourg S.A. and H.J. Heinz
Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9
filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on
March 2, 2000.
**10.10 -- Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 29, 1999,
among WeightWatchers.com, Weight Watchers International,
Inc., H.J. Heinz Company and Artal Luxembourg S.A. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
|
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
**10.11 -- Stockholders' Agreement, dated September 29, 1999, among
WeightWatchers.com, Weight Watchers International, Inc.,
Artal Luxembourg S.A., H.J. Heinz Company is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 filed with Amendment
No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.12 -- Letter Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and The Invus Group,
Ltd. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12
filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on
March 2, 2000.
*10.13 -- Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2001,
between Weight Watchers International, Inc. and The Invus
Group, Ltd.
**10.14 -- Agreement of Lease, dated as of August 1, 1995, between
Industrial & Research Associates Co. and Weight Watchers
International, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as
filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.15 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1997, between Junto
Investments and Weight Watchers North America, Inc. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as filed on March 2, 2000.
**10.16 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1995, between 89
State Line Limited Partnership and Weight Watchers North
America, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-92005) as
filed on March 2, 2000.
*10.17 -- Weight Watchers Savings Plan, dated as of October 3, 1999,
as amended.
**10.18 -- Weight Watchers Executive Profit Sharing Plan, dated as of
October 4, 1999 is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.18 filed with Registrant's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 29, 2000.
**10.19 -- 1999 Stock Purchase and Option Plan of Weight Watchers
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.19 filed with Registrant's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 29,
2000.
**10.20 -- Weight Watchers.com Stock Incentive Plan of Weight Watchers
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.20 filed with Registrant's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 29,
2000.
**10.21 -- Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1999, between
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and Weight Watchers International,
Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20
filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on
October 29, 2001.
**10.22 -- Warrant Certificate of WeightWatchers.com No. 1, dated as of
November 24, 1999 is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.22 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as
filed on October 29, 2001.
**10.23 -- Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2000, between
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and Weight Watchers International,
Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2
filed with Weight Watchers International, Inc.'s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
October 28, 2000.
|
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
**10.24 -- Warrant Certificate of WeightWatchers.com, Inc. No. 2, dated
as of October 1, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 filed with Weight Watchers International,
Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended October 28, 2000.
**10.25 -- Warrant Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2001, between
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and Weight Watchers International,
Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2
filed with Weight Watchers International, Inc.'s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30,
2001.
**10.26 -- Warrant Certificate of WeightWatchers.com, Inc., No. 3,
dated as of May 3, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Weight Watchers International,
Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended June 30, 2001.
**10.27 -- Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2001 between
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and Weight Watchers International,
Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29
filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on
October 29, 2001.
**10.28 -- Warrant Certificate Weightwatchers.com, Inc. No. 4, dated as
of September 10, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.30 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement of Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as
filed on October 29, 2001.
**10.29 -- Second and Amended Restated Note, dated as of September 10,
2001, by WeightWatchers.com, Inc. to Weight Watchers
International, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 filed with Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as
filed on October 29, 2001.
**10.30 -- Put/Call Agreement, dated April 18, 2001, between Weight
Watchers International, Inc. and H.J. Heinz Company is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with
Weight Watchers International, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001.
**10.31 -- Second Amended and Restated Collateral Assignment and
Security Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2001, by
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. in favor of Weight Watchers
International, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit No. 10.31 filed with Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on October 29, 2001.
**10.32 -- Termination Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2001, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Artal Luxembourg
S.A. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit No. 10.32 filed with Amendment No. 2 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9, 2001.
**10.33 -- Amended and Restated Co-Pack Agreement, dated as of
September 13, 2001, between Weight Watchers International,
Inc. and Nellson Nutraceutical, Inc. is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit No. 10.33 filed with Amendment
No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on October 29, 2001.
**10.34 -- Amended and Restated Intellectual Property License
Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2001, between Weight
Watchers International, Inc. and WeightWatchers.com, Inc. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.34 filed
with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on
November 9, 2001.
|
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
**10.35 -- Service Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2001, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and WeightWatchers.com,
Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit No. 10.35 filed with Amendment No. 2 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9, 2001.
**10.36 -- Corporate Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2001, between
Weight Watchers International, Inc. and WeightWatchers.com,
Inc. and Artal Luxembourg S.A. is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit No. 10.36 filed with Amendment No. 2 to
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9, 2001.
**10.37 -- Guaranty of Sublease, dated as of September 12, 2000, by
Weight Watchers International, Inc. of the Agreement of
Sublease between RDR Associates, Inc. and
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit No. 10.37 filed with Amendment No. 2 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9, 2001.
**10.38 -- Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 29,
1999, among Weight Watchers International, Inc., H.J. Heinz
Company and Artal Luxembourg S.A. is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit No. 10.38 filed with Amendment No. 2 to
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-69362) as filed on November 9, 2001.
**21 -- Subsidiaries of Weight Watchers International, Inc. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 filed with
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-69362) as filed on October 29,
2001.
|
* Filed herewith.
** Previously filed.
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation shall be Weight Watchers International,
Inc.
ARTICLE II
The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to transact any or
all lawful business, not required to be specifically stated in these Articles of
Incorporation, for which corporations may be incorporated under the Virginia
Stock Corporation Act, as amended from time to time, and any legislation
succeeding thereto (the "VSCA").
All references herein to "Articles of Incorporation" shall mean these
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as subsequently amended or
restated in accordance herewith and with the VSCA.
ARTICLE III
The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation shall have
authority to issue shall be 250,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, no par value
per share (hereinafter called "Preferred Stock"), and 1,000,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, no par value per share (hereinafter called "Common Stock").
The following is a description of each of such classes of stock, and a
statement of the preferences, limitations, voting rights and relative rights in
respect of the shares of each such class:
A. PREFERRED STOCK
1. AUTHORITY TO FIX RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK. The Board of
Directors shall have authority, by resolution or resolutions, at any
time and from time to time to divide and establish any or all of the
unissued shares of Preferred Stock not then allocated to any series of
Preferred Stock into one or more series, and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of
each such series, the number of shares that shall constitute such
series and the following relative rights and preferences of the shares
of each series so established:
(a) the annual or other periodic dividend, if any,
payable on shares of such series, the time of payment thereof,
whether any such dividends shall be cumulative or
non-cumulative, the relative rights of priority, if any, of
payment of dividends on the shares of that series and the date
or dates from which any cumulative dividends shall commence to
accrue;
(b) the rights of the shares of that series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of
priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series;
(c) whether or not the shares of that series shall be
redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such
redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which
they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in
case of redemption, which amount may vary under different
conditions and at different redemption prices;
(d) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for
the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and if
so, the amount of such sinking fund;
(e) whether that series shall have voting rights
(including multiple or fractional votes per share) in addition
to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of
such voting rights;
(f) the terms and conditions, if any, on which shares
of such series may be converted into shares of stock of the
Corporation of any other class or classes or into shares of
any other series of the same or any other class or classes,
including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in
such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
(g) whether, and if so the extent to which, shares of
such series may participate with the Common Stock in any
dividends in excess of the preferential dividend fixed for
shares of such series or in any distribution of the assets of
the Corporation, upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
thereof, in excess of the preferential amount fixed for shares
of such series; and
(h) any other preferences and relative, optional or
other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences or rights, of shares of such
series not fixed and determined by law or in this Article III.
2. DISTINCTIVE DESIGNATIONS OF SERIES. Each series of
Preferred Stock shall be so designated as to distinguish the shares
thereof from the shares of all other series. Different series of
Preferred Stock shall not be considered to constitute different voting
groups of shares for the purpose of voting by voting groups except as
required by the VSCA or as otherwise specified by the Board of
Directors, as reflected in articles of
2
amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, with respect to any series
at the time of the creation thereof.
3. RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. So long as any
shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not
declare and pay or set apart for payment any dividends (other than
dividends payable in Common Stock or other stock of the Corporation
ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends) or make any
other distribution on such junior stock if, at the time of making such
declaration, payment or distribution, the Corporation shall be in
default with respect to any dividend payable on, or any obligation to
redeem, any shares of Preferred Stock.
B. COMMON STOCK
1. VOTING RIGHTS. Subject to the provisions of the VSCA or of
the Bylaws of the Corporation as from time to time in effect with
respect to the closing of the transfer books or the fixing of a record
date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote, and except
as otherwise provided by the VSCA or in articles of amendment to the
Articles of Incorporation establishing any series of Preferred Stock
pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of Part A of this Article III,
the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
shall possess exclusive voting power for the election of directors and
for all other purposes, with each holder of record of shares of Common
Stock of the Corporation being entitled to one vote for each share of
such stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.
2. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the rights of the holders of
Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive
such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any
corporation or property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon
by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of
the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a
per share basis in all such dividends and other distributions.
3. RIGHTS UPON DISSOLUTION. Except as required by the VSCA or
the Articles of Incorporation with respect to any rights upon
dissolution of the Preferred Stock or any one or more series thereof,
the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to
receive, pro rata according to the number of shares of Common Stock
owned of record by each of them, the net assets of the Corporation upon
dissolution and the full amount of any dividends or other distributions
paid by the Corporation.
C. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. REDEEMED OR REACQUIRED SHARES. Shares of any series of
Preferred Stock that have been redeemed or otherwise reacquired by the
Corporation (whether through the operation of a sinking fund, upon
conversion or otherwise) shall have the status of authorized and
unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be redesignated and reissued
as a part of such series (except as otherwise provided in Part D of
this Article III with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or unless
prohibited by the articles of amendment
3
creating any other series) or of any other series of Preferred Stock.
Shares of Common Stock that have been reacquired by the Corporation
shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock
and may be reissued.
2. NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. No holder of shares of stock of any
class of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any right to
subscribe for or purchase (a) any shares of stock of any class of the
Corporation, or any warrants, options or other instruments that shall
confer upon the holder thereof the right to subscribe for or purchase
or receive from the Corporation any shares of stock of any class,
whether or not such shares of stock, warrants, options or other
instruments are issued for cash or services or property or by way of
dividend or otherwise, or (b) any other security of the Corporation
that shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of
stock of the Corporation of any class or classes, or to which shall be
attached or appurtenant any warrant, option or other instrument that
shall confer upon the holder of such security the right to subscribe
for or purchase or receive from the Corporation any shares of its stock
of any class or classes, whether or not such securities are issued for
cash or services or property or by way of dividend or otherwise, other
than such right, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its sole
discretion, may from time to time determine. If the Board of Directors
shall offer to the holders of shares of stock of any class of the
Corporation, or any of them, any such shares of stock, options,
warrants, instruments or other securities of the Corporation, such
offer shall not, in any way, constitute a waiver or release of the
right of the Board of Directors subsequently to dispose of other
securities of the Corporation without offering the same to such
holders.
3. AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS STATUTE. Effective May 8, 2003, the
Corporation shall not be governed by Article 14 of the VSCA.
4. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION STATUTE. The provisions of
Article 14.1 of the VSCA shall not apply to acquisitions of shares of
any class of capital stock of the Corporation.
D. SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK. There is hereby established a series of
the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock, to be designated as the
"Series A Preferred Stock, no par value per share." The designation and
number, and relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Series
A Preferred Stock, insofar as not already fixed by any other provision
of these Articles of Incorporation, shall be as follows:
1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The number of shares constituting
the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 1,000,000, and the liquidation
preference of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $25.00 per share
(the "Liquidation Value").
2. RANK. The Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to
dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution,
rank (a) senior to the Corporation's Common Stock and to all other
classes and series of stock of the Corporation now or hereafter
authorized, issued or outstanding which by their terms expressly
provide that
4
they are junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such
matters (collectively with the Common Stock, the "Junior Securities");
(b) on a parity with each other class of capital stock or series of
preferred stock issued by the Corporation after the date hereof, the
terms of which specifically provide that such class or series will rank
on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such
matters or which do not specify their rank (collectively referred to as
"Parity Securities"); and (c) junior to each other class of capital
stock or other series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation
after the date hereof, the terms of which specifically provide that
such class or series will rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock
with respect to such matters (collectively referred to as "Senior
Securities").
3. DIVIDENDS.
(a) The holders of shares of the Series A Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared and out of
funds legally available therefor, dividends in cash on each share of
Series A Preferred Stock at an annual rate equal to 6% of the
Liquidation Value. Such dividends shall be cumulative and shall accrue
and be payable annually on July 31 of each year (each such date being a
"Dividend Payment Date"), to holders of record at the close of business
on the date specified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at
the time such dividend is declared (the "Record Date"), in preference
to dividends on the Junior Securities, commencing on the Dividend
Payment Date next succeeding the Issue Date. Any such Record Date shall
be 15 days prior to the relevant Dividend Payment Date. With respect to
any dividend that has been declared, if on the applicable Dividend
Payment Date the Corporation is in default under its Senior Credit
Agreement or any of its other Debt Agreements or if the payment of such
dividend in cash would result in such a default, the payment of such
declared dividend with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock on
such date shall be deferred to the next Dividend Payment Date or other
payment date provided pursuant to Section 3(d) below on which no
default exists or would occur. Such unpaid dividends shall accrue
interest at a rate of 6% per annum until paid in full. All dividends
paid with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to
this Section 3 shall be paid pro rata to the holders entitled thereto.
(b) In the case of dividend payments made on the
first Dividend Payment Date with respect to shares of Series A
Preferred Stock issued on the Issue Date, dividends shall accrue and be
cumulative from the Issue Date.
(c) Each fractional share of Series A Preferred Stock
outstanding shall be entitled to a ratably proportionate amount of all
dividends accruing with respect to each outstanding share of Series A
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Part D, and all such
dividends with respect to such outstanding fractional shares shall be
cumulative and shall accrue (whether or not declared), and shall be
payable in the same manner and at such times as provided for in Section
3(a) of this Part D with respect to dividends on each outstanding share
of Series A Preferred Stock. Each fractional share of Series A
Preferred Stock outstanding shall also be entitled to a ratably
proportionate
5
amount of any other distributions made with respect to each outstanding
share of Series A Preferred Stock, and all such distributions shall be
payable in the same manner and at the same time as distributions on
each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock.
(d) Accrued but unpaid dividends for any past
dividend periods may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid on
any date fixed by the Board of Directors, whether or not a regular
Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on the books of the
Corporation on such record date as may be fixed by the Board of
Directors, which record date shall be not less than 10 days and not
more than 30 days prior to the payment date thereof. Holders of Series
A Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends, whether
payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of the full cumulative
dividends provided for herein.
(e)(i) So long as any shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not make any
payment on account of, or set apart for payment money for a sinking or
other similar fund for, the purchase, redemption or retirement of, any
Junior Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable
for or convertible into any Junior Securities, whether directly or
indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations or shares of the
Corporation or other property (other than dividends or distributions
payable in additional shares of Junior Securities to holders of Junior
Securities), and shall not permit any Person directly or indirectly
controlled by the Corporation to purchase or redeem any Junior
Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable for or
convertible into any Junior Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Corporation may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, cancel or
retire for value Junior Securities or options, warrants, equity
appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Junior
Securities (A) held by any existing or former employees or management
of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation or their
assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the
repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase
agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or
(B) issued in connection with the incurrence of debt under a Debt
Agreement or the issuance of Senior Securities (other than securities
issued to any Permitted Holder).
(ii) No full dividends shall be declared by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation or paid or set apart for payment by the
Corporation on any Parity Securities for any period unless full
cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are declared and
paid (in cash) or declared and a sum set apart sufficient for such
payment (in cash) on the Series A Preferred Stock for all dividend
payment periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such
full dividends on such Parity Securities. If any dividends are not paid
in full, as aforesaid, upon the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and
any other Parity Securities, all dividends declared upon shares of
Series A Preferred Stock and any other Parity Securities shall be
declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share of
the Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities shall in all
cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per
share on the Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities bear
to each other.
6
4. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.
(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then
outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders an amount in
cash equal to 100% of the Liquidation Value for each share outstanding,
plus an amount in cash equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends
thereon to the date of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, before
any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of
any of the Junior Securities. If the assets of the Corporation are not
sufficient to pay in full the liquidation payments payable to the
holders of outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any
Parity Securities, then the holders of all such shares shall share
ratably in such distribution of assets in accordance with the amount
which would be payable on such distribution if the amounts to which the
holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the
holders of outstanding shares of such Parity Securities are entitled
were paid in full.
(b) For the purposes of this Section 4, neither the
voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of
stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all
of the property or assets of the Corporation nor the consolidation or
merger of the Corporation with any one or more other Person shall be
deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, unless such voluntary sale, conveyance,
exchange or transfer shall be in connection with a plan of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
5. REDEMPTION.
(a) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Corporation may redeem,
in whole or in part, the Series A Preferred Stock, at any time or from
time to time, in the manner provided in Section 6(a) of this Part D (an
"Optional Redemption"). Any Optional Redemption shall be at a price per
share equal to 100% of the Liquidation Value thereof plus 100% of the
sum of accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (including an amount equal
to a prorated dividend from the last Dividend Payment Date immediately
prior to the redemption date).
(b) REDEMPTION UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL OR A PERMITTED
HOLDER PUBLIC SALE. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or a
Permitted Holder Public Sale (each a "Trigger Event"), the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at the option of the holders
thereof, in whole or in part and in the manner provided in Section 6(b)
of this Part D, at a redemption price per share payable in cash equal
to 100% of the Liquidation Value plus accrued and unpaid dividends to
the date of redemption (including an amount equal to a prorated
dividend from the last Dividend Payment Date immediately prior to the
redemption date). After the occurrence of the Trigger Event, the
Corporation shall redeem the number of shares specified in the holders'
notices of election to redeem pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Part D
on the date fixed for
7
redemption. The Corporation's obligations pursuant to Section 5(b) of
this Part D shall be suspended during any period when such redemption
would be prohibited by the Corporation's Senior Credit Agreement or any
of its other Debt Agreements.
6. PROCEDURE FOR REDEMPTION.
(a) If the Corporation elects to redeem Series A
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5(a) of this Part D, the
Corporation shall give written notice (an "Optional Redemption Notice")
thereof by overnight courier or by facsimile transmission to each
holder of Series A Preferred Stock at its address or facsimile number,
as the case may be, as it appears in the records of the Corporation.
Such notice shall set forth: (i) the redemption price; (ii) the
redemption date (which date shall be no earlier than five days and no
later than 60 days from the date the Optional Redemption Notice is
sent); (iii) the procedures to be followed by such holder, including
the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be
surrendered for payment of the redemption price and (iv) that dividends
on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption
date. If less than all shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be
redeemed at any time, selection of such shares for redemption shall be
made on a pro rata basis.
(b) At any time prior to and in any event no later
than five days after the occurrence of a Change in Control and no later
than 25 days prior to the occurrence of a Permitted Holder Public Sale,
the Corporation shall give written notice of such Trigger Event by
overnight courier or by facsimile transmission to each holder of Series
A Preferred Stock at its address or facsimile number, as the case may
be, as it appears in the records of the Corporation, which notice shall
describe such Trigger Event. Such notice shall also set forth: (i) each
holder's right to require the Corporation to redeem shares of Series A
Preferred Stock held by such holder as a result of such Trigger Event;
(ii) the redemption price; (iii) the redemption date (which date shall
be no later than 45 days from the date of the occurrence of such
Trigger Event); (iv) the procedures to be followed by such holder in
exercising its right of redemption, including the place or places where
certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the
redemption price and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed
will cease to accrue on the redemption date. In the event a holder of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall elect to require the
Corporation to redeem any or all of such shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, such holder shall deliver, within 15 days of the sending to it
of the Corporation's notice described in this Section 6(b), a written
notice (the "Holder's Election Notice') stating such holder's election
and specifying the number of shares to be redeemed pursuant to Section
5(b) of this Part D.
(c) If an Optional Redemption Notice has been sent by
the Corporation as provided in Section 6(a) of this Part D, or notice
of election has been delivered by the holders as provided in Section
6(b) of this Part D, and provided that on or before the applicable
redemption date funds necessary for such redemption shall have been set
aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in
trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares entitled to
redemption, so as to be and to
8
continue to be available therefor, then, from and after the redemption
date (unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the redemption
price, in which case such rights shall continue until the redemption
price is paid), dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so
called for or entitled to redemption shall cease to accrue, and said
shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall not have
the status of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and all rights of the
holders thereof as shareholders of the Corporation (except the right to
receive the applicable redemption price and any accrued and unpaid
dividends from the Corporation to the date of redemption) shall cease.
Upon surrender of the certificates for any shares so redeemed (properly
endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of the
Corporation shall so require and a notice by the Corporation shall so
state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the
applicable redemption price as aforesaid. In case fewer than all the
shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new
certificate or certificates shall be issued representing the unredeemed
shares without cost to the holder thereof.
7. REACQUIRED SHARES. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock that
have been issued and reacquired in any manner shall (upon compliance
with any applicable provisions of the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia) have the status of authorized and unissued shares of the
class of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series and may be
redesignated and reissued as part of any series of Preferred Stock
other than the Series A Preferred Stock.
8. VOTING RIGHTS. Except as required by law or set forth
below, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting
rights with respect to their shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The
approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, voting as a class, shall be required to amend, repeal
or change any of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation in any manner that would alter or change the powers,
preferences or special rights of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
so as to affect them adversely; provided that without the consent of
each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, no amendment may reduce the
dividend payable on or the Liquidation Value of the Series A Preferred
Stock.
9. CERTAIN COVENANTS. Any holder of Series A Preferred Stock
may proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of such
holders by any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any provision in this Part D or in aid of the exercise
of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
10. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Part D, the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
"affiliate" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act
or any successor provision. The terms "affiliated" and "non-affiliated"
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
9
"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York
are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
"Change in Control" shall mean
(a) any "person" or "group" of related persons (as such terms
are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than
one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as
defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Corporation (unless the Permitted Holders shall hold a
higher percentage thereof or have the ability to elect or designate for
election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation);
(b) the adoption by the shareholders of the Corporation of a
plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;
or
(c) the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with
another Person that is not an affiliate of the Corporation prior
thereto or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all
the assets or property of the Corporation in one transaction or series
of related transactions to a Person who is not an affiliate of the
Corporation prior thereto.
"Debt Agreement" shall mean any instrument or agreement
governing indebtedness (whether now outstanding or hereinafter
incurred) of the Corporation.
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.
"Issue Date" shall mean the first date on which shares of
Series A Preferred Stock are issued.
"Junior Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2 of this Part D.
"Parity Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2 of this Part D.
"Permitted Holder" shall mean Artal Luxembourg S.A. and any of
its affiliates, but in the case of any affiliate, only for so long as
it continues to be an affiliate of Artal Luxembourg S.A.
"Permitted Holder Public Sale" shall mean a sale for cash by a
Permitted Holder of all or part of the Common Stock in a registered,
secondary public offering.
"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, limited
liability company or other entity.
"Senior Credit Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2001, among the Corporation,
WW Funding Corp.,
10
various financial institutions, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as
Administrative Agent, BHF (USA) Capital Corporation, as Documentation
Agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Syndication Agent, as amended
by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2001, and
the term "Senior Credit Agreement" shall also include any further
amendments, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof
and any credit facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of
the loans or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility that increases the amount borrowable
thereunder.
"Senior Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2 of this Part D.
"Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other
entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity
securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such
Person.
"Trigger Event" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5(b) of this Part D.
"Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of capital
stock of such corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to
vote in the election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
1. The number of directors shall be as specified in the Bylaws
of the Corporation but such number may be increased or decreased from
time to time in such manner as may be prescribed in the Bylaws,
provided that in no event shall the number of directors exceed 15. The
directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I,
Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be
possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting
the entire Board of Directors. Class I directors shall be elected
initially for a one-year term, Class II directors initially for a
two-year term and Class III directors initially for a three-year term.
At each annual meeting of shareholders, beginning in 2002, successors
to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting
shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is
changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the
classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as
nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number
of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. The foregoing
provisions of this Section 1 shall not apply to those directors who may
be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock.
2. Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock
then outstanding, at any time that Artal Luxembourg S.A. ("Artal") or a
Majority Transferee owns a majority of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the
then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting
Shares"), voting together as a single voting group. At all other times,
directors may be removed only for
11
cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast by the then outstanding Voting Shares, voting
together as a single voting group. For purposes of the Articles of
Incorporation, "Majority Transferee" shall mean a transferee from Artal
or any other Majority Transferee of a majority of the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock that pursuant to an instrument of transfer or
related agreement has been granted rights under such provision of the
Articles of Incorporation by Artal or such transferring Majority
Transferee.
3. Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock
then outstanding and to any limitations set forth in the VSCA,
newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the number
of directors and any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from
death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be
filled solely (a) by the Board of Directors or (b) at a meeting of
shareholders by the shareholders entitled to vote on the election of
directors. If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a
quorum of the Board, they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the directors remaining in office. Any director
elected by the Board of Directors to fill any vacancy shall hold office
until the next annual meeting of shareholders. In such event, the
director elected by the shareholders at the annual meeting shall hold
office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the
class of directors to which such person has been elected.
4. No provision of any agreement, plan or related document
contemplated by Section 13.1-646 of the VSCA and approved by the Board
of Directors shall be considered to be a limitation on the authority or
power of the Board of Directors but, if so considered, is hereby
authorized by these Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE V
1. Except as expressly otherwise required in the Articles of
Incorporation, to be approved, action on a matter involving (a) an
amendment or restatement of the Articles of Incorporation for which the
VSCA requires shareholder approval, (b) a plan of merger or share
exchange for which the VSCA requires shareholder approval, (c) a sale
of assets other than in regular course of business or (d) the
dissolution of the Corporation shall be approved by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the then
outstanding Voting Shares, voting together as a single group, unless in
submitting any such matter to the shareholders the Board of Directors
shall require a greater vote; provided that directors shall be elected
by a plurality of the votes cast by shares entitled to vote in the
election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
2. At any time that Artal or a Majority Transferee owns a
majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the
then outstanding Voting Shares, voting together as a single voting
group, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal any
provision of Article IV, Section 2 or 3 of this Article V or Section 1
of Article VII. At all other times, the affirmative vote of at least 80
percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the then
12
outstanding Voting Shares, voting together as a single voting group,
shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of
Article IV, Section 2 or 3 of this Article V or Section 1 of Article
VII.
3. In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers
conferred by the VSCA, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized
and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation;
provided, however, that the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors
under the powers hereby conferred may be altered, amended or repealed
by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders having the requisite
voting power with respect thereto, provided further that, in the case
of any such action by shareholders, the affirmative vote of at least 80
percent of the votes entitled to be cast by the then outstanding Voting
Shares, voting together as a single voting group, shall be required in
order for the shareholders to amend, alter, change or repeal any
provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any additional Bylaw.
ARTICLE VI
1. Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee
of the Corporation, or who, at the request of the Corporation, serves
or has served in any such capacity with another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other
enterprise shall be indemnified by the Corporation against any and all
liability and reasonable expense that may be incurred by him in
connection with or resulting from any claim, action or proceeding
(whether brought in the right of the Corporation or any such other
corporation, entity, plan or otherwise), in which he may become
involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of his being or having
been a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or such other
corporation, entity or plan while serving at the request of the
Corporation, whether or not he continues to be such at the time such
liability or expense is incurred, unless such person engaged in willful
misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law.
As used in this Article VI: (a) the terms "liability" and
"expense" shall include, but shall not be limited to, counsel fees and
disbursements and amounts of judgments, fines or penalties against, and
amounts paid in settlement by, a director, officer or employee; (b) the
terms "director," "officer" and employee," unless the context otherwise
requires, include the estate or personal representative of any such
person; (c) a person is considered to be serving an employee benefit
plan as a director, officer or employee of the plan at the
Corporation's request if his duties to the Corporation also impose
duties on, or otherwise involve services by, him to the plan or, in
connection with the plan, to participants in or beneficiaries of the
plan; (d) the term "occurrence" means any act or failure to act, actual
or alleged, giving rise to a claim, action or proceeding; and (e)
service as a trustee or as a member of a management or similar
committee of a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company
shall be considered service as a director, officer or employee of the
trust, partnership, joint venture or limited liability company.
13
The termination of any claim, action or proceeding, civil or
criminal, by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a
director, officer or employee did not meet the standards of conduct set
forth in this Section 1. The burden of proof shall be on the
Corporation to establish, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the
relevant standards of conduct set forth in this Section 1 have not been
met.
2. Any indemnification under Section 1 of this Article VI
shall be made unless (a) the Board of Directors, acting by a majority
vote of those directors who were directors at the time of the
occurrence giving rise to the claim, action or proceeding involved and
who are not at the time parties to such claim, action or proceeding
(provided there are at least two such directors), finds that the
director, officer or employee has not met the relevant standards of
conduct set forth in such Section 1, or (b) if there are not at least
two such directors, the Corporation's principal Virginia legal counsel,
as last designated by the Board of Directors as such prior to the time
of the occurrence giving rise to the claim, action or proceeding
involved, or in the event for any reason such Virginia counsel is
unwilling to so serve, then Virginia legal counsel mutually acceptable
to the Corporation and the person seeking indemnification, deliver to
the Corporation their written advice that, in their opinion, such
standards have not been met.
3. Expenses incurred with respect to any claim, action or
proceeding of the character described in Section 1 of this Article VI
shall, except as otherwise set forth in this Section 3, be advanced by
the Corporation prior to the final disposition thereof upon receipt of
an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if
it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification
under this Article VI. No security shall be required for such
undertaking and such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to
the recipient's final ability to make repayment. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Corporation may refrain from, or suspend, payment of
expenses in advance if at any time before delivery of the final finding
described in Section 2 of this Article VI, the Board of Directors or
Virginia legal counsel, as the case may be, acting in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Section 2 of this Article VI, finds by a
preponderance of the evidence then available that the officer, director
or employee has not met the relevant standards of conduct set forth in
Section 1 of this Article VI.
4. No amendment or repeal of this Article VI shall adversely
affect or deny to any director, officer or employee the rights of
indemnification provided in this Article VI with respect to any
liability or expense arising out of a claim, action or proceeding based
in whole or substantial part on an occurrence the inception of which
takes place before or while this Article VI, as set forth in these
Articles of Incorporation, is in effect. The provisions of this Section
4 shall apply to any such claim, action or proceeding whenever
commenced, including any such claim, action or proceeding commenced
after any amendment or repeal of this Article VI.
5. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article VI
shall be in addition to any rights to which any such director, officer
or employee may otherwise be
14
entitled by contract or as a matter of law.
6. In any proceeding brought by or in the right of the
Corporation or brought by or on behalf of shareholders of the
Corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable
to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages with
respect to any transaction, occurrence or course of conduct, whether
prior or subsequent to the effective date of this Article VI, except
for liability resulting from such person's having engaged in willful
misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any federal or
state securities law.
ARTICLE VII
1. A special meeting of the shareholders for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise provided by law, may be called by order of
the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors or, at
any time that Artal or any Artal Transferee owns at least 20 percent of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, by Artal or any such Artal
Transferee. For purposes of this Section 1, "Artal Transferee" shall
mean a transferee from Artal or any other Artal Transferee of at least
20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock that pursuant
to an instrument of transfer or related agreement has been granted
rights under this Section 1 by Artal or any Artal Transferee.
2. For such periods as the Corporation shall have fewer than
300 shareholders of record, any action required or permitted by the
VSCA to be taken at a shareholders' meeting may be taken without a
meeting and without prior notice, if the action is taken by the written
consent of shareholders who would be entitled to vote at a meeting of
holders of outstanding shares and who have voting power to cast not
less than the minimum number (or the applicable minimum numbers, in the
case of voting by groups) of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted.
3. As used in the Articles of Incorporation, the word "own"
shall mean "beneficially own" as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 (or
any successor provision thereto) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
15
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ARTICLE I
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1.1. PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation
(hereinafter called the "Articles") of Weight Watchers International, Inc.
(hereinafter called the "Corporation"), all meetings of the shareholders of the
Corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the
Commonwealth of Virginia, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Board").
Section 1.2. ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation for the
election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting shall be held in each year on such day as may
be fixed by the Board, at such hour as may be specified in the notice thereof.
Section 1.3. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise provided by law or the Articles, not less than 10
nor more than 60 days' notice in writing of the place, day, hour and purpose or
purposes of each meeting of the shareholders, whether annual or special, shall
be given to each shareholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at
such meeting, either by the delivery thereof to such shareholder personally or
by the mailing thereof to such shareholder in a postage prepaid envelope
addressed to such shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the Corporation. Notice of a shareholders' meeting to act on an
amendment of the Articles, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale
of all, or substantially all of the Corporation's assets, otherwise than in the
usual and regular course of business, or the dissolution of the Corporation
shall be given not less than 25 nor more than 60 days before the date of the
meeting and shall be accompanied, as appropriate, by a copy of the proposed
amendment, plan of merger or share exchange or sale agreement. Notice of any
meeting of shareholders shall not be required to be given to any shareholder who
shall attend the meeting in person or by proxy, unless attendance is for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the
meeting was not lawfully called or convened, or who shall waive notice thereof
in a writing signed by the
shareholder before, at or after such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting
need not be given, except when expressly required by law.
Section 1.4. QUORUM.
Shares representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a
matter by all classes or series that are entitled to vote thereon and be counted
together collectively, represented in person or by proxy at any meeting of the
shareholders, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business thereat
with respect to such matter, unless otherwise provided by law or the Articles.
In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting or any adjournment or
adjournments thereof, the chairman of such meeting or the holder of shares
representing a majority of the votes cast on the matter of adjournment, either
in person or by proxy, may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum
is obtained. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum has been obtained,
any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally called.
Section 1.5. ORGANIZATION AND ORDER OF BUSINESS.
At all meetings of the shareholders, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors or, in the chairman's absence, such director of the Corporation as
designated in writing by the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as
chairman. In the absence of all of the foregoing persons, or, if present, with
their consent, a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting, may
appoint any person to act as chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation shall
act as secretary at all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence of the
Secretary, the chairman may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.
The chairman shall have the right and authority to prescribe such
rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are
necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without
limitation, the establishment of procedures for the dismissal of business not
properly presented, the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time
allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation,
restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the
commencement thereof and the opening and closing of the voting polls.
At each annual meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting (a) by or at
the direction of the Board or (b) by any shareholder of the Corporation who
shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 1.5. In addition to any other applicable
requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be
given, either by personal delivery or by United States certified mail, postage
prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i)
with respect to the Corporation's first annual meeting following the initial
public offering of shares of its common stock, not later than the close of
business on the tenth business day following the date on which notice of such
meeting is first given to shareholders, (ii) not less than 120 days nor more
than 150 days before the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation's
proxy statement in connection with the last annual meeting of shareholders or
(iii)
-2-
if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the applicable
annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the
previous year's annual meeting, not less than 60 days before the date of the
applicable annual meeting. A shareholder's notice to the Secretary shall set
forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual
meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the
annual meeting, including the complete text of any resolutions to be presented
at the annual meeting, and the reasons for conducting such business at the
annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's
stock transfer books, of such shareholder proposing such business, (c) a
representation that such shareholder is a shareholder of record and intends to
appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to bring the business before the
meeting specified in the notice, (d) the class, series and number of shares of
stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by the shareholder and (e) any
material interest of the shareholder in such business. The Secretary of the
Corporation shall deliver each such shareholder's notice that has been timely
received to the Board or a committee designated by the Board for review.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time that Artal Luxembourg S.A. ("Artal")
or a Majority Transferee owns a majority of the then outstanding shares of
common stock, no par value (the "Common Stock"), of the Corporation, notice by
Artal or a Majority Transferee shall be timely and complete if delivered in
writing or orally at any time prior to the annual meeting. Notwithstanding
anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an
annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 1.5. The chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant,
determine that the business was not brought before the meeting in accordance
with the procedures prescribed by this Section 1.5. If the chairman should so
determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the business not properly
brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this Section 1.5, a shareholder seeking to have a
proposal included in the Corporation's proxy statement shall comply with the
requirements of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), including, but not limited to, Rule 14a-8 or its
successor provision. For purposes of these Bylaws, "Majority Transferee" shall
mean a transferee from Artal or any other Majority Transferee of a majority of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock that pursuant to an instrument of
transfer or related agreement has been granted rights under such provision by
Artal or such transferring Majority Transferee. For purposes of these Bylaws,
the word "own" shall mean "beneficially own" as determined pursuant to Rule
13d-3 (or any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act.
Section 1.6. VOTING.
Unless otherwise provided by law or the Articles, at each meeting of
the shareholders each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting may vote
either in person or by proxy in writing. Unless demanded by a shareholder
present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting of the shareholders and
entitled to vote thereon or so directed by the chairman of the meeting, the vote
on any matter need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be
signed by the shareholder voting or his proxy, and it shall show the number of
shares voted.
Section 1.7. WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION.
A shareholder or a shareholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact may
execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for him as proxy.
Execution may be accomplished
-3-
by the shareholder or such shareholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact or
authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing
such shareholder's signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable
means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.
Section 1.8. ELECTRONIC AUTHORIZATION.
The Secretary may approve procedures to enable a shareholder or a
shareholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact to authorize another person or
persons to act for him as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission
of a telegram, cablegram, internet transmission, telephone transmission or other
means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the
proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or
like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to
receive such transmission, provided that any such transmission must either set
forth or be submitted with information from which the judges or inspectors of
election can determine that the transmission was authorized by the shareholder
or the shareholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact. If it is determined that
such transmissions are valid, the judges or inspectors shall specify the
information upon which they relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or
other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to
this Section 1.8 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or
transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or
transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication
or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original
writing or transmission.
Section 1.9. JUDGES.
One or more judges or inspectors of election for any meeting of
shareholders may be appointed by the chairman of such meeting, for the purpose
of receiving and taking charge of proxies and ballots and deciding all questions
as to the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and ballots and the
number of votes properly cast.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1. GENERAL POWERS AND NUMBER.
The property, business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
under the direction of the Board as from time to time constituted. The Board
shall consist of seven directors, but the number of directors may be increased
to any number, not more than 15 directors as set forth in the Articles, or
decreased to any number, not fewer than three directors, by amendment of these
Bylaws, provided that no decrease in the number of directors shall shorten or
terminate the term of any incumbent director. No director need be a shareholder.
Section 2.2. NOMINATION AND ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
At each annual meeting of shareholders, the shareholders entitled to
vote shall elect the directors. No person shall be eligible for election as a
director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 2.2. Nominations of persons for election to the
-4-
Board may be made by the Board or any committee designated by the Board or by
any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors at the applicable
meeting of shareholders who complies with the notice procedures set forth in
this Section 2.2. Such nominations, other than those made by the Board or any
committee designated by the Board, may be made only if written notice of a
shareholder's intent to nominate one or more persons for election as directors
at the applicable meeting of shareholders has been given, either by personal
delivery or by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary
of the Corporation and received (i) with respect to the Corporation's first
annual meeting following the initial public offering of shares of its common
stock, not later than the close of business on the tenth business day following
the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders, (ii)
not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days before the first anniversary of
the date of the Corporation's proxy statement in connection with the last annual
meeting of shareholders, (iii) if no annual meeting was held in the previous
year or the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than
30 days from the date of the previous year's annual meeting, not less than 60
days before the date of the applicable annual meeting, or (iv) with respect to
any special meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors, not
later than the close of business on the seventh day following the date on which
notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders. Each such shareholder's
notice shall set forth (a) as to the shareholder giving the notice, (i) the name
and address, as they appear on the Corporation's stock transfer books, of such
shareholder, (ii) a representation that such shareholder is a shareholder of
record and intends to appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to nominate
the person or persons specified in the notice, (iii) the class and number of
shares of stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such shareholder and
(iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such
shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person
or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by
such shareholder; and (b) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to
nominate for election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and, if
known, residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or
employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of stock of the
Corporation that are beneficially owned by such person, (iv) any other
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors or is otherwise required by
the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated
under the Exchange Act and (v) the written consent of such person to be named in
the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. The
Secretary of the Corporation shall deliver each such shareholder's notice that
has been timely received to the Board or a committee designated by the Board for
review. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time that Artal or any Artal
Transferee owns a majority of the then outstanding Common Stock, notice by Artal
or any Artal Transferee shall be timely and complete if delivered in writing or
orally at least five business days prior to the date the Corporation mails its
proxy statement in connection with such meeting of shareholders. Any person
nominated for election as director by the Board or any committee designated by
the Board shall, upon the request of the Board or such committee, furnish to the
Secretary of the Corporation all such information pertaining to such person that
is required to be set forth in a shareholder's notice of nomination. The
chairman of the meeting of shareholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine
that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by
this Section 2.2. If the chairman should so determine, he shall so declare to
the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. For purposes of
these Bylaws, "Artal Transferee" shall mean a transferee from Artal or any other
-5-
Artal Transferee that pursuant to a negotiated instrument of transfer or related
agreement has been granted rights by Artal or such transferring Artal Transferee
under the provisions of Article II of the Corporate Agreement, dated as of
November 5, 2001, between the Corporation and Artal.
Section 2.3. COMPENSATION.
Each director, in consideration of such director's serving as such,
shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum or such
fees for attendance at Board and Committee meetings, or both, in cash or other
property, including securities of the Corporation, as the Board shall from time
to time determine, together with reimbursements for the reasonable expenses
incurred by such director in connection with the performance of such director's
duties. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation, or any subsidiary or affiliated corporation, in any other capacity
and receiving proper compensation therefor. If the Board adopts a resolution to
that effect, any director may elect to defer all or any part of the annual and
other fees hereinabove referred to for such period and on such terms and
conditions as shall be permitted by such resolution.
Section 2.4. PLACE OF MEETINGS.
The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or
without the Commonwealth of Virginia as it may from time to time by resolution
determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers
of notice thereof.
Section 2.5. ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING.
As soon as practicable after each annual election of directors, the
newly constituted Board shall meet for the purposes of organization. At such
organizational meeting, the newly constituted Board shall elect officers of the
Corporation and transact such other business as shall come before the meeting.
Any organizational meeting may be held at any time or place designated by the
Board from time to time.
Section 2.6. REGULAR MEETINGS.
Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and place as may
from time to time be specified in a resolution adopted by the Board then in
effect, and, unless otherwise required by such resolution, or by law, notice of
any such regular meeting need not be given.
Section 2.7. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary at the request of any two
or more of the directors then in office. Notice of a special meeting shall be
mailed to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of
business, not later than the third day before the day on which such meeting is
to be held, or shall be sent addressed to him at such place by facsimile,
telegraph, cable or wireless, or be delivered personally or by telephone, not
later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Neither
the business to be transacted at, nor the
-6-
purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the
notice of such meeting, unless required by the Articles.
Section 2.8. QUORUM.
At each meeting of the Board the presence of a majority of the number
of directors fixed by these Bylaws shall be necessary to constitute a quorum.
The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum
shall be present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise
provided by law or by these Bylaws. Any meeting of the Board may be adjourned by
a majority vote of the directors present at such meeting. Notice of any
adjourned meeting need not be given.
Section 2.9. WAIVERS OF NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws or in any resolution adopted
by the Board to the contrary, notice of any meeting of the Board need not be
given to any director if such notice shall be waived in writing signed by such
director before, at or after the meeting, or if such director shall be present
at the meeting. Any meeting of the Board shall be a legal meeting without any
notice having been given or regardless of the giving of any notice or the
adoption of any resolution in reference thereto, if every member of the Board
shall be present thereat. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws,
waivers of notice of any meeting of the Board need not contain any statement of
the purpose of the meeting.
Section 2.10. TELEPHONE MEETINGS.
Members of the Board or any committee may participate in a meeting of
the Board or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other means of
communication whereby all directors participating may simultaneously hear each
other during the meeting, and participation by such means shall constitute
presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.11. ACTIONS WITHOUT MEETINGS.
Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board or of a
committee may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action, shall be signed, either before or after such action, by all of the
directors or all of the members of the committee, as the case may be. Such
consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote.
Section 2.12. CREATION OF COMMITTEES.
In addition to the executive committee authorized by Article III of
these Bylaws, to the extent permitted by law, the Board may from time to time by
resolution adopted by a majority of the number of directors then in office
create such other committees of directors as the Board shall deem advisable and
with such limited authority, functions and duties as the Board shall by
resolution prescribe. The Board shall have the power to change the members of
any such committee at any time, to fill vacancies, and to discharge any such
committee, either with or without cause, at any time.
-7-
ARTICLE III
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Section 3.1. HOW CONSTITUTED AND POWERS.
The Board, by resolution adopted pursuant to Article II, Section 2.12
hereof, may designate one or more directors to constitute an executive
committee, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. The executive
committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall
have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board.
Section 3.2. ORGANIZATION, ETC.
The executive committee may choose a chairman and secretary. The
executive committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings and report
the same from time to time to the Board.
Section 3.3. MEETINGS.
Meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member of the
committee. Notice of each such meeting, which need not specify the business to
be transacted thereat, shall be mailed to each member of the committee,
addressed to his or her residence or usual place of business, at least two days
before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such place
by telegraph, telex or telecopy or be delivered personally or by telephone, not
later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held.
Section 3.4. QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.
A majority of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for
transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at a meeting
at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the executive committee. The
members of the executive committee shall act only as a committee, and the
individual members shall have no powers as such.
Section 3.5. REMOVAL.
Any member of the executive committee may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time, by the Board.
Section 3.6. VACANCIES.
Any vacancy in the executive committee shall be filled by the Board.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.1. NUMBER, TERM, ELECTION.
The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board of
Directors, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may appoint such
other officers and such
-8-
assistant officers and agents with such powers and duties as the Board may find
necessary or convenient to carry on the business of the Corporation. Such
officers and assistant officers shall serve until their successors shall be
elected and qualify, or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.
Section 4.2. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall, subject to the control of
the Board, have full authority and responsibility for directing the conduct of
the business, affairs and operations of the Corporation and shall preside at all
meetings of the Board and of the shareholders. The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as may
from time to time be prescribed by the Board.
Section 4.3. PRESIDENT.
The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation
and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be
prescribed by the Board or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The
President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, contracts
and other instruments, except in cases where the signing and the execution
thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some
other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law otherwise
to be signed or executed.
Section 4.4. VICE PRESIDENTS.
Each Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and perform such
duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President or any officer to whom the Chairman of the
Board of Directors or the President may have delegated such authority. Any Vice
President of the Corporation may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation
deeds, contracts and other instruments, except in cases where the signing and
execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws
to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law
otherwise to be signed or executed.
Section 4.5. TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may
from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President or any officer to whom the Chairman of the Board of
Directors or the President may have delegated such authority. If the Board shall
so determine, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful performance of
the duties of the office of the Treasurer, in such sum as the Board may
determine to be proper, the expense of which shall be borne by the Corporation.
To such extent as the Board shall deem proper, the duties of the Treasurer may
be performed by one or more assistants, to be appointed by the Board.
-9-
Section 4.6. SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall keep the minutes of meetings of shareholders, of
the Board, and, when requested, of committees of the Board, and shall attend to
the giving and serving of notices of all meetings thereof. The Secretary shall
keep or cause to be kept such stock transfer and other books, showing the names
of the shareholders of the Corporation, and all other particulars regarding
them, as may be required by law. The Secretary shall also perform such other
duties and exercise such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by
the Board, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any officer
to whom the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President may have
delegated such authority. To such extent as the Board shall deem proper, the
duties of the Secretary may be performed by one or more assistants, to be
appointed by the Board.
ARTICLE V
REMOVALS AND RESIGNATIONS
Section 5.1. REMOVAL OF OFFICERS.
Any officer, assistant officer or agent of the Corporation may be
removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board in its absolute
discretion. Any officer or agent appointed otherwise than by the Board of
Directors may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by any
officer having authority to appoint such an officer or agent, except as may be
otherwise provided in these Bylaws. Any such removal shall be without prejudice
to the recovery of damages for breach of the contract rights, if any, of the
officer, assistant officer or agent removed. Election or appointment of an
officer, assistant officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.
Section 5.2. RESIGNATION.
Any director, officer or assistant officer of the Corporation may
resign as such at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the
Board, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the
Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein
or, if no time is specified therein, at the time of delivery thereof, and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective.
Section 5.3. VACANCIES.
Any vacancy in the office of any officer or assistant officer caused by
death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled by the Board for
the unexpired portion of the term.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, DEPOSITS, ETC.
Section 6.1. EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS.
Except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws, the Board (i)
may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to execute and
deliver any contract, agreement or
-10-
other instrument in writing in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and
(ii) may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation so
authorized by the Board to delegate such authority by written instrument to
other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Any such authorization
by the Board may be general or specific and shall be subject to such limitations
and restrictions as may be imposed by the Board. Any such delegation of
authority by an officer, employee or agent may be general or specific, may
authorize re-delegation, and shall be subject to such limitations and
restrictions as may be imposed in the written instrument of delegation by the
person making such delegation.
Section 6.2. LOANS.
No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no
negotiable paper shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the Board.
When authorized by the Board, any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation
may effect loans and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank,
trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual,
and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes,
bonds or other certificates or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation and
when so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer any securities or other
property of the Corporation as security for any such loans or advances. Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 6.3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC..
All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money out of the
funds of the Corporation and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the
Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall
from time to time be determined by the Board.
Section 6.4. DEPOSITS.
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited
from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust
companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by
the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to whom
such power may from time to time be delegated by the Board.
Section 6.5. VOTING OF SECURITIES.
Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the President may from time to
time appoint an attorney or attorneys, or agent or agents of the Corporation, in
the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes that the
Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities
in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities
may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other
securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing,
in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other
corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed
as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute
or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under
its corporate seal, or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments
as such officer may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
-11-
ARTICLE VII
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 7.1. SHARES.
Shares of the Corporation may but need not be represented by
certificates.
When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall
issue such certificates in such form as shall be required by the Virginia Stock
Corporation Act (the "VSCA") and as determined by the Board, to every
shareholder for the fully paid shares owned by such shareholder. Each
certificate shall be signed by, or shall bear the facsimile signature of, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President and the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation and may bear the corporate seal of the
Corporation or its facsimile. All certificates for the Corporation's shares
shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.
The name and address of the person to whom shares (whether or not
represented by a certificate) are issued, with the number of shares and date of
issue, shall be entered on the share transfer books of the Corporation. Such
information may be stored or retained on discs, tapes, cards or any other
approved storage device relating to data processing equipment; provided that
such device is capable of reproducing all information contained therein in
legible and understandable form, for inspection by shareholders or for any other
corporate purpose.
When shares are not represented by certificates, then within a
reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation
shall send the shareholder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a
written statement of the information required by the VSCA to be included on
certificates.
Section 7.2. STOCK TRANSFER BOOKS AND TRANSFER OF SHARES.
The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall
keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the
Corporation, containing the name of each shareholder of record, together with
such shareholder's address and the number and class or series of shares held by
such shareholder. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on
the stock books of the Corporation by the holder in person or by his attorney
thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the
Secretary or the transfer agent, but, except as hereinafter provided in the case
of loss, destruction or mutilation of certificates, no transfer of stock shall
be entered until the previous certificate, if any, given for the same shall have
been surrendered and canceled. Transfer of shares of the Corporation represented
by certificates shall be made on the stock transfer books of the Corporation
only upon surrender of the certificates for the shares sought to be transferred
by the holder of record thereof or by such holder's duly authorized agent,
transferee or legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of
authority to transfer with the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated
transfer agent or other agent. All certificates surrendered for transfer shall
be canceled before new certificates for the transferred shares shall be issued.
Except as otherwise provided by law, no transfer of shares shall be valid as
against the Corporation, its shareholders or creditors, for any purpose, until
it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry
showing from and to whom transferred.
-12-
Section 7.3. HOLDER OF RECORD.
Except as otherwise required by the VSCA, the Corporation may treat the
person in whose name shares of stock of the Corporation (whether or not
represented by a certificate) stand of record on its books or the books of any
transfer agent or other agent designated by the Board as the absolute owner of
the shares and the person exclusively entitled to receive notification and
distributions, to vote, and to otherwise exercise the rights, powers and
privileges of ownership of such shares.
Section 7.4. RECORD DATE.
For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of
shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board may fix in advance a date
as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any
case to be not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the particular
action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a
determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders
has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a new record date, which it shall do
if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed
for the original meeting.
Section 7.5. LOST, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.
In case of loss, destruction or mutilation of any certificate of stock,
another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, destruction or
mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the Corporation in such
form and in such sum as the Board may direct; provided that a new certificate
may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the Board, it
is proper so to do.
Section 7.6. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR; REGULATIONS.
The Corporation may, if and whenever the Board so determines, maintain
in the Commonwealth of Virginia or any other state of the United States, one or
more transfer offices or agencies and also one or more registry offices which
offices and agencies may establish rules and regulations for the issue, transfer
and registration of certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the
Corporation in respect of which a transfer agent and registrar shall have been
designated shall be valid unless countersigned by such transfer agent and
registered by such registrar. The Board may also make such additional rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of shares represented by certificates and shares without
certificates.
ARTICLE VIII
SEAL
The seal of the Corporation shall be a flat-face circular die, of which
there may be any number of counterparts of facsimiles, in such form as the Board
of Directors shall from time to time adopt as the corporate seal of the
Corporation.
-13-
EMERGENCY BYLAWS
Section 1. DEFINITIONS.
As used in these Emergency Bylaws, (a) the term "period of emergency"
shall mean any period during which a quorum of the Board cannot readily be
assembled because of some catastrophic event.
(b) the term "incapacitated" shall mean that the individual to whom
such term is applied shall not have been determined to be dead but shall be
missing or unable to discharge the responsibilities of his office; and
(c) the term "senior officer" shall mean the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary,
and any other person who may have been so designated by the Board before the
emergency.
Section 2. APPLICABILITY.
These Emergency Bylaws, as from time to time amended, shall be
operative only during any period of emergency. To the extent not inconsistent
with these Emergency Bylaws, all provisions of the regular Bylaws of the
Corporation shall remain in effect during any period of emergency.
No officer, director or employee shall be liable for actions taken in
good faith in accordance with these Emergency Bylaws.
Section 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
(a) A meeting of the Board may be called by any director or senior
officer of the Corporation. Notice of any meeting of the Board need be given
only to such of the directors as it may be feasible to reach at the time and by
such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication or radio, and
at a time less than twenty-four hours before the meeting if deemed necessary by
the person giving notice.
(b) At any meeting of the Board, three directors in attendance shall
constitute a quorum. Any act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting
at which a quorum shall be present shall be the act of the Board. If less than
three directors should be present at a meeting of the Board, any senior officer
of the Corporation in attendance at such meeting shall serve as a director for
such meeting, selected in order of rank and within the same rank in order of
seniority.
(c) In addition to the Board's powers under the regular Bylaws of the
Corporation to fill vacancies on the Board, the Board may elect any individual
as a director to replace any director who may be incapacitated to serve until
the latter ceases to be incapacitated or until the termination of the period of
emergency, whichever first occurs. In considering officers of the Corporation
for election to the Board, the rank and seniority of individual officers shall
not be pertinent.
-14-
(d) The Board, during as well as before any such emergency, may change
the principal office or designate several alternative offices or authorize the
officers to do so.
Section 4. APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.
In addition to the Board's powers under the regular Bylaws of the
Corporation with respect to the election of officers, the Board may elect any
individual as an officer to replace any officer who may be incapacitated to
serve until the latter ceases to be incapacitated.
Section 5. AMENDMENTS.
These Emergency Bylaws shall be subject to repeal or change by further
action of the Board or by action of the shareholders, except that no such repeal
or change shall modify the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 2 with
regard to action or inaction prior to the time of such repeal or change. Any
such amendment of these Emergency Bylaws may make any further or different
provision that may be practical and necessary for the circumstances of the
emergency.
-15-
Exhibit 3.3
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED,
OF
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
TO CREATE A NEW SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK
DESIGNATED AS
SERIES B JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13.1-639 OF THE VIRGINIA STOCK CORPORATION ACT
I.
The name of the corporation is Weight Watchers International, Inc. (the
"Corporation").
II.
Pursuant to Section 13.1-639 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act and
the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Articles of
Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated (the "Articles of
Incorporation"), the Articles of Incorporation are hereby amended to create a
new series of shares of Preferred Stock, no par value, designated as "Series B
Junior Participating Preferred Stock," by adding the following additional Part E
after the last paragraph of Article III:
E. SERIES B JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK. There is hereby established a
series of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock, to be designated and to
have the relative rights, preferences and limitations, insofar as not already
fixed by any other provision of the Articles of Incorporation, as follows:
1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of
shares constituting such series shall be 10,000,000.
2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares
of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the
holders of shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Stock and any other
stock of the Company ranking junior to the Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the
fifteenth day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such date
being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or
fraction of a share of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an
amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $0.01
or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times
the aggregate per share amount of all cash
dividends plus 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all
non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in
shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the
immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or
fraction of a share of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the
event the Corporation shall at any time after November 19, 2001 (the "Rights
Declaration Date"), (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares
of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine
the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such
case the amount to which holders of shares of Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b)
of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.
(b) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock immediately after it declares a
dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in
shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution
shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, a dividend of $0.01 per share on the Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.
(c) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series
B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares
is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in
which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue
of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly
dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which
events, such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear
interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the
time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of
Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a
dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more
than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
3. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
2
(a) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
each share of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the
holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the
shareholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time
after the Rights Declaration Date (x) declare any dividend on Common Stock
payable in shares of Common Stock, (y) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or
(z) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then
in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to
such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the
numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of
shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of
shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted
to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.
(i) If at any time dividends on any Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to
six quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall
mark the beginning of a period (herein called a "Default Period") that
shall extend until such time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all
previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend
period on all shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock then
outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment.
During each Default Period, all holders of Preferred Stock (including
holders of the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock) with
dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends
thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right
to elect two directors.
(ii) During any Default Period, such voting right of the holders
of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised
initially at a special meeting called pursuant to Section 3(b)(iii) of
this Part E or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at
annual meetings of shareholders, provided that neither such voting right
nor the right of the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock, if
any, to increase, in certain cases, the authorized number of directors
shall be exercised unless the holders of ten percent in number of shares
of Preferred Stock outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy. The
absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the
exercise by the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any
meeting at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting
right initially during an existing Default Period, they shall have the
right, voting as a class, to elect directors to fill such vacancies, if
any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two directors or,
if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two directors.
If the number that may be so elected at any special meeting does not
amount to the required number, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall
have the right to make such increase in the number of directors as shall
be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After
the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to
elect directors in any Default
3
Period and during the continuance of such period, the number of directors
shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of
Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity
securities ranking senior to or PARI PASSU with the Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.
(iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an
existing Default Period, have previously exercised their right to elect
directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any shareholder or
shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent of the
total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of
series, may request, the calling of a special meeting of the holders of
Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the President,
a Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of such
meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are
entitled to vote pursuant to this Section 3(b)(iii) shall be given to each
holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to
him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the
Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 20
days and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in default
of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request.
Such meeting may be called on similar notice by any shareholder or
shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent of the
total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 3(b)(iii), no such special meeting shall be
called during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date
fixed for the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
(iv) In any Default Period, the holders of Common Stock, and
other classes of stock of the Corporation if applicable, shall continue to
be entitled to elect the whole number of directors until the holders of
Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two directors
voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (X) the directors so
elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in office until
their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the
expiration of the Default Period, and (Y) any vacancy in the Board of
Directors may (except as provided in Section 3(b)(iii) of this Part E
above) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors
theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock that elected the
director whose office shall have become vacant. References in Section 3 of
this Part E to directors elected by the holders of a particular class of
stock shall include directors elected by such directors to fill vacancies
as provided in clause (Y) of the foregoing sentence.
(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a Default Period, (X) the
right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect directors
shall cease, (Y) the term of any directors elected by the holders of
Preferred Stock as a class shall terminate and (Z) the number of directors
shall be such number as may be provided for in the Articles of
Incorporation or the Bylaws, as amended and restated, irrespective of any
increase made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(b)(i) of this Part E
(such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner
provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws, as
4
amended and restated). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by
the provisions of clauses (Y) and (Z) in the preceding sentence may be
filled by a majority of the remaining directors.
(c) Except as set forth herein or as otherwise provided by law,
holders of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special
voting rights, and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent
they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for
taking any corporate action.
4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.
(a) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in
Section 2 of this Part E above are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued
and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid
in full, the Corporation shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions
on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions
on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the
Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock
on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total
amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any
time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity
stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or
winding up) to the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock or
rights, warrants or options to acquire such junior stock; or
(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of
stock ranking on a parity with the Series B Participating Preferred
Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by
publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of
such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other
relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes,
shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes.
5
(b) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under Section 4(a) of
this Part E, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such
manner.
5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner
whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition
thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but
unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued by the Board of
Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth
herein and in applicable law.
6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.
(a) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of
shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock
unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have received $1.00 per share, plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared,
to the date of such payment (the "Series B Liquidation Preference"). Following
the payment of the full amount of the Series B Liquidation Preference, no
additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series B
Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of
shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the "Common
Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series B
Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in
Section 6(c) of this Part E below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock
dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number
in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series B Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in
respect of all outstanding shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred
Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive their
ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the
ratio of the Adjustment Number to one with respect to such Preferred Stock and
Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.
(b) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series B Liquidation Preference and
the liquidation preferences of all other series of Preferred Stock, if any, that
rank on a parity with the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, then
such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series
B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and such parity shares in proportion to
their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are
not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common
Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the
holders of Common Stock.
(c) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Stock into a
6
smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect
immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment
Number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.
7. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall enter into
any consolidation, merger, statutory share exchange or other transaction in
which the shares of Common Stock are converted into, exchanged for or changed
into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such
case the shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the
same time be similarly converted into, exchanged for or changed in an amount per
share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to
100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each
share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation
shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding
Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding
sentence with respect to the conversion, exchange or change of shares of Series
B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such
amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.
8. NO REDEMPTION. The shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall not be redeemable.
9. RANKING. The Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
rank junior to all other series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock as to the
payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any
such other series shall provide otherwise.
10. AMENDMENT. At any time when any shares of Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Articles of Incorporation, as
amended and restated, and as amended hereby, shall not be amended in any manner
that would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights
of the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them
adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of
the then outstanding shares of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
voting separately as a class.
11. FRACTIONAL SHARES. Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock
may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in
proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights,
receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all
other rights of holders of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
7
III.
The foregoing amendment was duly adopted by the Corporation's Board of
Directors on November 14, 2001. No shareholder action was required.
[Signature page follows.]
8
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Dated: January __, 2002 By:
---------------------------------------
Robert W. Hollweg
Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
|
9
Exhibit 10.1
[EXECUTION COPY]
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT,
dated as of December 21, 2001
(amending and restating the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2001)
among
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as a Borrower,
WW FUNDING CORP.,
as the SP1 Borrower,
VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,
as the Lenders,
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
as the Syndication Agent,
a Lead Arranger and a Book Manager,
BHF (USA) CAPITAL CORPORATION, and
FORTIS (USA) FINANCE LLC,
as the Documentation Agents, and
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as the Administrative Agent,
a Lead Arranger and a Book Manager.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
PAGE
----
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS...........................................................3
SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms................................................................3
SECTION 1.2. Use of Defined Terms........................................................33
SECTION 1.3. Cross-References............................................................33
SECTION 1.4. Accounting and Financial Determinations.....................................33
SECTION 1.5. Currency Conversions........................................................33
ARTICLE II CONTINUATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING LOANS,
COMMITMENTS, BORROWING AND ISSUANCE
PROCEDURES, NOTES, LETTERS OF CREDIT AND
ADDITIONAL TLC PROVISIONS.................................................................34
SECTION 2.1. Loan Commitments............................................................34
SECTION 2.1.1. Continuation of Existing Term Loans; Term Loan Commitments..........34
SECTION 2.1.2. Revolving Loan Commitment and Swing Line Loan Commitment............34
SECTION 2.1.3. Letter of Credit Commitment.........................................35
SECTION 2.1.4. Lenders Not Permitted or Required to Make Loans.....................35
SECTION 2.1.5. Issuer Not Permitted or Required to Issue Letters of Credit.........36
SECTION 2.1.6. Designated Additional Loans.........................................36
SECTION 2.2. Reduction of the Commitment Amounts.........................................37
SECTION 2.2.1. Optional............................................................37
SECTION 2.2.2. Mandatory...........................................................37
SECTION 2.3. Borrowing Procedures and Funding Maintenance................................37
SECTION 2.3.1. Term Loans and Revolving Loans......................................37
SECTION 2.3.2. Swing Line Loans....................................................38
SECTION 2.4. Continuation and Conversion Elections.......................................39
SECTION 2.5. Funding.....................................................................40
SECTION 2.6. Issuance Procedures.........................................................40
SECTION 2.6.1. Other Lenders' Participation........................................41
SECTION 2.6.2. Disbursements; Conversion to Revolving Loans........................41
-i-
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
SECTION 2.6.3. Reimbursement.......................................................42
SECTION 2.6.4. Deemed Disbursements................................................42
SECTION 2.6.5. Nature of Reimbursement Obligations.................................43
SECTION 2.7. Notes.......................................................................43
SECTION 2.8. Registered Notes............................................................44
SECTION 2.9. Additional TLC Facility.....................................................44
ARTICLE III REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES................................................44
SECTION 3.1. Repayments and Prepayments; Application.....................................44
SECTION 3.1.1. Repayments and Prepayments..........................................44
SECTION 3.1.2. Application.........................................................48
SECTION 3.2. Interest Provisions.........................................................48
SECTION 3.2.1. Rates...............................................................48
SECTION 3.2.2. Post-Maturity Rates.................................................49
SECTION 3.2.3. Payment Dates.......................................................49
SECTION 3.3. Fees........................................................................50
SECTION 3.3.1. Commitment Fee......................................................50
SECTION 3.3.2. Administrative Agent's Fee..........................................50
SECTION 3.3.3. Letter of Credit Fee................................................50
ARTICLE IV CERTAIN LIBO RATE AND OTHER PROVISIONS....................................................51
SECTION 4.1. LIBO Rate Lending Unlawful..................................................51
SECTION 4.2. Deposits Unavailable........................................................51
SECTION 4.3. Increased LIBO Rate Loan Costs, etc.........................................51
SECTION 4.4. Funding Losses..............................................................52
SECTION 4.5. Increased Capital Costs.....................................................52
SECTION 4.6. Taxes.......................................................................53
SECTION 4.7. Payments, Computations, etc.................................................55
SECTION 4.8. Sharing of Payments.........................................................55
SECTION 4.9. Setoff......................................................................56
SECTION 4.10. Mitigation..................................................................56
-ii-
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND TO FUTURE CREDIT EXTENSIONS...............................57
SECTION 5.1. Conditions Precedent to the Effectiveness of This Agreement and
Making of Credit Extensions.................................................57
SECTION 5.2. All Credit Extensions.......................................................57
SECTION 5.2.1. Compliance with Warranties, No Default, etc.........................57
SECTION 5.2.2. Credit Extension Request............................................57
SECTION 5.2.3. Satisfactory Legal Form.............................................57
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................................................58
SECTION 6.1. Organization, etc...........................................................58
SECTION 6.2. Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc...................................58
SECTION 6.3. Government Approval, Regulation, etc........................................58
SECTION 6.4. Validity, etc...............................................................59
SECTION 6.5. Financial Information.......................................................59
SECTION 6.6. No Material Adverse Change..................................................59
SECTION 6.7. Litigation, Labor Controversies, etc........................................59
SECTION 6.8. Subsidiaries................................................................59
SECTION 6.9. Ownership of Properties.....................................................60
SECTION 6.10. Taxes.......................................................................60
SECTION 6.11. Pension and Welfare Plans...................................................60
SECTION 6.12. Environmental Warranties....................................................60
SECTION 6.13. Regulations U and X.........................................................61
SECTION 6.14. Accuracy of Information.....................................................61
SECTION 6.15. Seniority of Obligations, etc...............................................62
SECTION 6.16. Solvency....................................................................62
ARTICLE VII COVENANTS.................................................................................63
SECTION 7.1. Affirmative Covenants.......................................................63
SECTION 7.1.1. Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc........................63
SECTION 7.1.2. Compliance with Laws, etc...........................................64
SECTION 7.1.3. Maintenance of Properties...........................................65
-iii-
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
SECTION 7.1.4. Insurance...........................................................65
SECTION 7.1.5. Books and Records...................................................65
SECTION 7.1.6. Environmental Covenant..............................................66
SECTION 7.1.7. Future Subsidiaries.................................................66
SECTION 7.1.8. Future Leased Property and Future Acquisitions of Real
Property............................................................67
SECTION 7.1.9. Use of Proceeds, etc................................................68
SECTION 7.2. Negative Covenants..........................................................68
SECTION 7.2.1. Business Activities.................................................68
SECTION 7.2.2. Indebtedness........................................................68
SECTION 7.2.3. Liens...............................................................70
SECTION 7.2.4. Financial Condition.................................................71
SECTION 7.2.5. Investments.........................................................71
SECTION 7.2.6. Restricted Payments, etc............................................73
SECTION 7.2.7. Capital Expenditures, etc...........................................74
SECTION 7.2.8. Consolidation, Merger, etc..........................................75
SECTION 7.2.9. Asset Dispositions, etc.............................................75
SECTION 7.2.10. Modification of Certain Agreements..................................76
SECTION 7.2.11. Transactions with Affiliates........................................77
SECTION 7.2.12. Negative Pledges, Restrictive Agreements, etc.......................77
SECTION 7.2.13. Stock of Subsidiaries...............................................78
SECTION 7.2.14. Sale and Leaseback..................................................78
SECTION 7.2.15. Fiscal Year.........................................................78
SECTION 7.2.16. Designation of Senior Indebtedness..................................78
SECTION 7.3. Maintenance of Separate Existence...........................................78
ARTICLE VIII GUARANTY..................................................................................81
SECTION 8.1. The Guaranty................................................................81
SECTION 8.2. Guaranty Unconditional......................................................81
SECTION 8.3. Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances......................................82
-iv
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
SECTION 8.4. Waiver......................................................................82
SECTION 8.5. Postponement of Subrogation, etc............................................82
SECTION 8.6. Stay of Acceleration........................................................83
ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT.........................................................................83
SECTION 9.1. Listing of Events of Default................................................83
SECTION 9.1.1. Non-Payment of Obligations..........................................83
SECTION 9.1.2. Breach of Warranty..................................................83
SECTION 9.1.3. Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations................84
SECTION 9.1.4. Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations..................84
SECTION 9.1.5. Default on Other Indebtedness.......................................84
SECTION 9.1.6. Judgments...........................................................84
SECTION 9.1.7. Pension Plans.......................................................84
SECTION 9.1.8. Change in Control...................................................84
SECTION 9.1.9. Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.........................................85
SECTION 9.1.10. Impairment of Security, etc.........................................85
SECTION 9.1.11. Senior Subordinated Notes...........................................86
SECTION 9.1.12. Redemption..........................................................86
SECTION 9.2. Action if Bankruptcy, etc...................................................86
SECTION 9.3. Action if Other Event of Default............................................86
ARTICLE X THE AGENTS................................................................................87
SECTION 10.1. Actions.....................................................................87
SECTION 10.2. Funding Reliance, etc.......................................................87
SECTION 10.3. Exculpation.................................................................88
SECTION 10.4. Successor...................................................................88
SECTION 10.5. Credit Extensions by each Agent.............................................89
SECTION 10.6. Credit Decisions............................................................89
SECTION 10.7. Copies, etc.................................................................89
SECTION 10.8. Reliance by the Administrative Agent........................................89
-v-
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
PAGE
----
SECTION 10.9. Defaults....................................................................90
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................................................90
SECTION 11.1. Waivers, Amendments, etc....................................................90
SECTION 11.2. Notices.....................................................................91
SECTION 11.3. Payment of Costs and Expenses...............................................91
SECTION 11.4. Indemnification.............................................................92
SECTION 11.5. Survival....................................................................93
SECTION 11.6. Severability................................................................94
SECTION 11.7. Headings....................................................................94
SECTION 11.8. Execution in Counterparts...................................................94
SECTION 11.9. Governing Law; Entire Agreement.............................................94
SECTION 11.10. Successors and Assigns......................................................94
SECTION 11.11. Sale and Transfer of Loans and Notes; Participations in Loans, Notes
and Additional TLCs.........................................................95
SECTION 11.11.1. Assignments.........................................................95
SECTION 11.11.2. Participations......................................................97
SECTION 11.11.3. Register............................................................99
SECTION 11.12. Other Transactions..........................................................99
SECTION 11.13. Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction................................100
SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial.......................................................100
SECTION 11.15. Confidentiality............................................................101
SECTION 11.16. Judgment Currency..........................................................101
SECTION 11.17. Release of Security Interests..............................................101
|
SCHEDULE I - Disclosure Schedule
SCHEDULE II - Commitments and Percentages
SCHEDULE III - Notice Information, Domestic Offices and LIBOR Offices
EXHIBIT A-1 - Form of Revolving Note
EXHIBIT A-2 - Form of Swing Line Note
EXHIBIT A-3 - Form of Term A Note
EXHIBIT A-4 - Form of Additional TLC
-vi-
|
EXHIBIT A-5 - Form of Additional Term B Note
EXHIBIT A-6 - Form of Registered Note
EXHIBIT B-1 - Form of Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT B-2 - Form of Issuance Request
EXHIBIT B-3 - Form of Additional TLC Purchase Request
EXHIBIT C - Form of Continuation/Conversion Notice
EXHIBIT D - Form of Lender Assignment Agreement
EXHIBIT E - Form of Compliance Certificate
|
-vii-
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December
21, 2001 (amending and restating the Credit Agreement dated as of January 16,
2001), is among WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Virginia corporation
("WWI"), WW FUNDING CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "SP1 BORROWER", and
together with WWI, the "BORROWERS"), the various financial institutions as are
or may become parties hereto (collectively, the "Lenders"), CREDIT SUISSE FIRST
BOSTON ("CSFB"), as the syndication agent and as a lead arranger (in such
capacities, the "SYNDICATION AGENT" and a "LEAD ARRANGER", respectively), BHF
(USA) CAPITAL CORPORATION and FORTIS (USA) FINANCE LLC, as the documentation
agents (in such capacity, the "DOCUMENTATION AGENTS") and THE BANK OF NOVA
SCOTIA ("SCOTIABANK"), as (x) the administrative agent, paying agent and
registration agent for the Additional TLCs (as defined below) and (y) a lead
arranger (in such capacities, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" and a "LEAD ARRANGER",
respectively) and as Issuer (as defined below) for the Lenders.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated
as of January 16, 2001 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the "EXISTING
CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among the Borrowers, certain financial institutions and
other Persons from time to time party thereto (the "EXISTING LENDERS") and the
Agents, the Existing Lenders committed to make extensions of credit to the
Borrowers on the terms and conditions set forth therein and
(a) made term A loans (the "EXISTING TERM A LOANS"), term B
loans (the "EXISTING TERM B Loans"), term D loans (the "EXISTING TERM D
LOANS", together with the Existing Term A Loans and the Existing Term B
Loans, the "EXISTING TERM LOANS"), TLC facilities (the "EXISTING
TLCS"), revolving loans (the "EXISTING REVOLVING LOANS"), swing line
loans (the "EXISTING SWING LINE LOANS", and collectively with the
Existing Term Loans, the Existing TLCs and the Existing Revolving
Loans, the "EXISTING LOANS") to the Borrowers and
(b) issued or participated in letters of credit (the "EXISTING
LETTERS OF CREDIT") for the account of WWI;
WHEREAS, in connection with the ongoing working capital and general
corporate needs of the Borrowers, the Borrowers desire to, among other things,
continue the Existing Loans (other than the Existing Term B Loans, Existing TLCs
and Existing Term D Loans) as Loans under this Agreement, to continue the
Existing Letters of Credit as Letters of Credit under this Agreement and
maintain and obtain the Commitments to make Credit Extensions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Existing Credit
Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety to become effective and
binding on the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and Amendment
No.3 (the "AMENDMENT AGREEMENT") to the Existing Credit Agreement of even date
herewith, and the Lenders (including the Existing Lenders) have agreed (subject
to the terms of this Agreement) to amend and restate the Existing
Credit Agreement in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and it
has been agreed by the parties to the Existing Credit Agreement that (a) the
commitments which the Existing Lenders have agreed to extend to the Borrowers
under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be extended or advanced upon the
amended and restated terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, and (b)
the Existing Revolving Loans, the Existing Letters of Credit, Existing Swing
Line Loans, Existing Term A Loans and other Obligations (as defined in the
Existing Credit Agreement) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement
(other than the Existing Term B Loans, Existing TLCs and Existing Term D Loans)
shall be governed by and deemed to be outstanding under the amended and restated
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, with the intent that the terms
of this Agreement shall supersede the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement
(each of which shall hereafter have no further effect upon the parties thereto,
other than as referenced herein and other than for accrued fees and expenses,
and indemnification provisions, accrued and owing under the terms of the
Existing Credit Agreement on or prior to the date hereof or arising (in the case
of an indemnification) under the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement, in each
case to the extent provided for in the Existing Credit Agreement); PROVIDED,
that any Rate Protection Agreements with any one or more Existing Lenders (or
their respective Affiliates) shall continue unamended and in full force and
effect;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers desire to obtain or continue the following
financing facilities from the Lenders as set forth below:
(a) the Existing Term A Loans shall continue to remain outstanding as
Term A Loans hereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $63,638,390.86;
(b) the Existing Term B Loans, Existing Term D Loans and Existing TLCs,
shall be refinanced (the "REFINANCING") with a new term B facility consisting of
(i) a tranche of additional term B loans (the "ADDITIONAL TERM B LOANS")
hereunder in an aggregate principal amount of $108,000,000 and (ii) additional
Additional TLCs (the "ADDITIONAL TLCS") in an aggregate principal amount of
$64,000,000;
(c) a revolving loan commitment (to include availability for revolving
loans, swing line loans and letters of credit) pursuant to which Borrowings of
revolving loans are and will continue to be made to the Borrowers from time to
time as set forth herein;
(d) a letter of credit commitment pursuant to which the Issuer has
Existing Letters of Credit and will continue to issue letters of credit for the
account of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (as defined below) from
time to time;
WHEREAS, all Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and other Obligations
shall continue to be and shall be guaranteed pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty
executed and delivered by each Subsidiary party thereto required to do so under
the Existing Credit Agreement and secured pursuant to the Security Agreements
executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the applicable Subsidiaries pursuant
to the Existing Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders and the Issuer are willing, on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Amendment Agreement and hereinafter
set forth, to so amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement and to maintain
or extend such Commitments and make
-2-
such Loans to the Borrowers and issue or maintain (or participate in) Letters of
Credit for the account of the Borrowers;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and restate
the Existing Credit Agreement, and the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and
restated in its entirety as set forth herein:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
SECTION 1.1. DEFINED TERMS. The following terms (whether or not
underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals,
shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings
(such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms
thereof):
"ADDITIONAL TERM B LOAN" is defined in the FOURTH RECITAL.
"ADDITIONAL TERM B LOAN COMMITMENT" is defined in CLAUSE (B) of
SECTION 2.1.1.
"ADDITIONAL TERM B LOAN COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means $108,000,000.
"ADDITIONAL TERM B LOAN COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest
of:
(a) January 31, 2002, if the Additional Term B Loans have not
been made on or prior to such date;
(b) the date of the making of the Additional Term B Loans
(immediately after the making of such Additional Term B Loans on such
date); and
(c) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in CLAUSES (B) or (C), the Additional
Term B Loan Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further
action.
"ADDITIONAL TERM B LOAN LENDER" means any Lender which has a Percentage
of the Additional Term B Loan Commitment Amount.
"ADDITIONAL TLC" is defined in the FOURTH RECITAL.
"ADDITIONAL TLC COMMITMENT" is defined in CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 2.9.
"ADDITIONAL TLC COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means $64,000,000.
-3-
"ADDITIONAL TLC COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest of:
(a) January 31, 2002, if the Additional TLCs have not been
made on or prior to such date;
(b) the date of the making of the Additional TLCs (immediately
after the making of such Additional TLCs on such date); and
(c) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in CLAUSES (B) or (C), the Additional
TLC Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further action.
"ADDITIONAL TLC LENDER" means any Lender which has a Percentage of the
Additional TLC Commitment Amount.
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" is defined in the PREAMBLE and includes each
other Person as shall have subsequently been appointed as the successor
Administrative Agent pursuant to SECTION 10.4.
"AFFILIATE" of any Person means any other Person which, directly or
indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such
Person (excluding any trustee under, or any committee with responsibility for
administering, any Plan). A Person shall be deemed to be "controlled by" any
other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power
(a) to vote 15% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted
basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or
managing general partners; or
(b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.
"AGENTS" means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication
Agent and the Documentation Agents.
"AGREEMENT" means, on any date, this Credit Agreement, as amended and
restated hereby and as further amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or
otherwise modified from time to time and in effect on such date.
"ALTERNATE BASE RATE" means, on any date and with respect to all Base
Rate Loans, a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of
(a) the rate of interest most recently established by the
Administrative Agent at its Domestic Office as its base rate for U.S. Dollar
loans in the United States; and
(b) the Federal Funds Rate most recently determined by the
Administrative Agent plus 1/2 of 1%.
-4-
The Alternate Base Rate is not necessarily intended to be the lowest rate of
interest determined by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of
credit. Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Loans maintained
as Base Rate Loans will take effect simultaneously with each change in the
Alternate Base Rate. The Administrative Agent will give notice promptly to the
Borrowers and the Lenders of changes in the Alternate Base Rate.
"AMENDMENT AGREEMENT" is defined in the THIRD RECITAL.
"APPLICABLE MARGIN" means at all times,
(a) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of Existing
Loans and Existing TLCs, the applicable percentage set forth in the
Existing Credit Agreement;
(b) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of Additional
Term B Loans and Additional TLCs maintained as a
(i) Base Rate Loan, 1.50% per annum; and
(ii) LIBO Rate Loan, 2.50% per annum;
(c) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Loan and Swing Line Loans and each Term A Loan maintained as
a Base Rate Loan at the applicable percentage per annum set forth below
under the column entitled "Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans"; and
(d) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Loan, and Swing Line Loan and each Term A Loan maintained as
a LIBO Rate Loan, at the applicable percentage per annum set forth
below under the column entitled "Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate
Loans":
APPLICABLE MARGIN FOR REVOLVING LOANS, SWING LINE LOANS AND TERM A
LOANS:
Applicable Margin Applicable Margin
Debt to EBITDA Ratio for Base Rate Loans for Libo Rate Loans
-------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Greater than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 2.250% 3.250%
Less than 4.75 to 1.00 and greater than or equal 1.875% 2.875%
to 4.25 to 1.00
Less than 4.25 to 1.00 and greater than or equal 1.500% 2.500%
to 3.75 to 1.00
Less than 3.75 to 1.00 and greater than or equal 1.125% 2.125%
to 3.25 to 1.00
Less than 3.25 to 1.00 0.750% 1.750%
|
The Debt to EBITDA Ratio used to compute the Applicable Margin for
Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Term A Loans shall be the Debt to EBITDA
Ratio set forth in the Compliance Certificate most recently delivered by WWI to
the Administrative Agent pursuant to CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 7.1.1; changes in the
Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans, Swing Line
-5-
Loans, and Term A Loans resulting from a change in the Debt to EBITDA Ratio
shall become effective upon delivery by WWI to the Administrative Agent of a new
Compliance Certificate pursuant to CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 7.1.1. If WWI shall
fail to deliver a Compliance Certificate within the number of days after the end
of any Fiscal Quarter as required pursuant to CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 7.1.1
(without giving effect to any grace period), the Applicable Margin for Revolving
Loans, Swing Line Loans, and Term A Loans from and including the first day after
the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered to
but not including the date WWI delivers to the Administrative Agent a Compliance
Certificate shall conclusively equal the highest Applicable Margin for Revolving
Loans, Swing Line Loans, and Term A Loans set forth above.
The Applicable Margin for Designated New Term Loans shall be determined
pursuant to SECTION 2.1.6.
"ASSIGNEE LENDER" is defined in SECTION 11.11.1.
"AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR" or "A$" means the lawful money of Australia.
"AUSTRALIAN GUARANTY" means the Guaranty, dated September 29, 1999, by
WW Australia, FPL and GB in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended,
amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with its terms.
"AUSTRALIAN PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Australian Share Mortgage
Agreement, dated September 29, 1999, by WW Australia and FPL in favor of the
Administrative Agent, together with each Supplement thereto delivered pursuant
to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 7.1.7, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"AUSTRALIAN SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement, dated
September 29, 1999, by WW Australia, FPL and GB in favor of the Administrative
Agent, together with each Supplement thereto delivered pursuant to CLAUSE (A) of
SECTION 7.1.7, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"AUSTRALIAN SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that is organized under
the laws of Australia or any territory thereof.
"AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, relative to any Obligor, those of its
officers whose signatures and incumbency shall have been certified to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing from time to time.
"AVERAGE LIFE" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to
any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(x) the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date
of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal
payment of or redemption or similar payment with respect to such
Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment
-6-
by
(y) the sum of all such payments.
"BASE AMOUNT" is defined in SECTION 7.2.7.
"BASE RATE LOAN" means a Loan bearing interest at a fluctuating rate
determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
"BORROWERS" is defined in the PREAMBLE.
"BORROWING" means the Loans of the same type and, in the case of LIBO
Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by the relevant Lenders on the
same Business Day and pursuant to the same Borrowing Request in accordance with
SECTION 2.1.
"BORROWING REQUEST" means a loan request and certificate duly executed
by an Authorized Officer of the applicable Borrower, substantially in the form
of EXHIBIT B-1 hereto.
"BUSINESS DAY" means
(a) any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal
holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New
York City; and
(b) relative to the making, continuing, prepaying or repaying
of any LIBO Rate Loans, any day on which dealings in U.S. Dollars are
carried on in the London interbank market.
"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of
(a) the aggregate amount of all expenditures of WWI and its
Subsidiaries for fixed or capital assets made during such period which,
in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capital expenditures;
and
(b) the aggregate amount of all Capitalized Lease Liabilities
incurred during such period.
"CAPITAL SECURITIES" means, (i) any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated)
corporate stock, including shares of preferred or preference stock, (ii) all
partnership interests (whether general or limited) in any Person which is a
partnership, (iii) all membership interests or limited liability company
interests in any limited liability company, and (iv) all equity or ownership
interests in any Person of any other type.
"CAPITALIZED LEASE LIABILITIES" means, without duplication, all
monetary obligations of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries under any leasing or
similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as
capitalized leases, and, for purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan
Document, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount
thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof
shall be the date
-7-
of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to
the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without
payment of a penalty.
"CASH EQUIVALENT INVESTMENT" means, at any time:
(a) any evidence of Indebtedness, maturing not more than one
year after such time, issued or guaranteed by the United States
Government;
(b) commercial paper, maturing not more than nine months from
the date of issue, which is issued by
(i) a corporation (other than an Affiliate of any
Obligor) organized under the laws of any state of the United
States or of the District of Columbia and rated at least A-l
by S&P or P-l by Moody's, or
(ii) any Lender which is an Eligible Institution (or
its holding company);
(c) any certificate of deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing
not more than one year after such time, which is issued by either
(i) a commercial banking institution that is a member
of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and
surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000,
or
(ii) any Lender;
(d) short-term tax-exempt securities rated not lower than
MIG-1/1+ by either Moody's or S&P with provisions for liquidity or
maturity accommodations of 183 days or less;
(e) any money market or similar fund the assets of which are
comprised exclusively of any of the items specified in CLAUSES (A)
through (D) above and as to which withdrawals are permitted at least
every 90 days; or
(f) in the case of any Subsidiary of WWI organized in a
jurisdiction outside the United States: (i) direct obligations of the
sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) in which such Subsidiary is
organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency
thereof), (ii) investments of the type and maturity described in
CLAUSES (a) through (e) above of foreign obligors, which investments or
obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in
such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign ratings
agencies or (iii) investments of the type and maturity described in
CLAUSES (a) through (e) above of foreign obligors (or the parents of
such obligors), which investments or obligors (or the parents of such
obligors) are not rated as provided above but which are, in the
reasonable judgment of WWI, comparable in investment quality to such
investments and obligors (or the parents of such obligors); PROVIDED
that the aggregate face amount
-8-
outstanding at any time of such investments of all foreign Subsidiaries
of WWI made pursuant to this CLAUSE (iii) does not exceed $25,000,000.
"CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
"CERCLIS" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation
Liability Information System List.
"CHANGE IN CONTROL" means
(a) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Rule
13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), and Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of
persons (other than the Permitted ARTAL Investor Group) becomes,
directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series
of transactions by way of merger, consolidation, or other business
combination or otherwise, the "beneficial owner" (as such term is used
in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of more than 20% of the total voting
power in the aggregate of all classes of Capital Securities of WWI then
outstanding entitled to vote generally in elections of directors of
WWI;
(b) at all times, as applicable, individuals who on September
29, 1999 constituted the Board of Directors of WWI (together with any
new directors whose election to such Board or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of WWI was approved by a member of the
Permitted ARTAL Investor Group or a vote of 66.67% of the directors
then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such
period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of WWI then in office;
(c) at all times, as applicable, the failure of WWI to own,
free and clear of all Liens (other than in favor of the Administrative
Agent pursuant to a Loan Document), all of the outstanding shares of
Capital Securities of each of (x) UKHC1, UKHC2 and WW Australia (other
than shares of Capital Securities issued pursuant to a Local Management
Plan), and (y) the SP1 Borrower, in each case on a fully diluted basis;
or
(d) any other event constituting a Change of Control (as
defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture).
"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"COMMITMENT" means, as the context may require, a Lender's Letter of
Credit Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment, Swing Line Loan Commitment,
Additional Term B Loan Commitment or Additional TLC Commitment.
"COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means, as the context may require, the Letter of
Credit Commitment Amount, the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, the Swing Line
Loan Commitment Amount, the Additional Term B Loan Commitment Amount or the
Additional TLC Commitment Amount.
-9-
"COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means, as the context may require, the
Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Additional Term B Loan
Commitment Termination Date or the Additional TLC Commitment Termination Date.
"COMMITMENT TERMINATION EVENT" means
(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default described in
CLAUSES (a) through (d) of SECTION 9.1.9; or
(b) the occurrence and continuance of any other Event of
Default and either
(i) the declaration of the Loans and the Additional
TLCs to be due and payable pursuant to SECTION 9.3, or
(ii) in the absence of such declaration, the giving
of notice by the Administrative Agent, acting at the direction
of the Required Lenders, to WWI that the Commitments have been
terminated.
"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate duly completed and
executed by the chief financial Authorized Officer of WWI, substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT E hereto.
"CONTINGENT LIABILITY" means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement
by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently
liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to
provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a
debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the indebtedness,
obligation or any other liability of any other Person (other than by
endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or guarantees the
payment of dividends or other distributions upon the shares of any other Person.
The amount of any Person's obligation under any Contingent Liability shall
(subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be the outstanding
principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the debt,
obligation or other liability guaranteed thereby.
"CONTINUATION/CONVERSION NOTICE" means a notice of continuation or
conversion and certificate duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the
applicable Borrower, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto.
"CONTROLLED GROUP" means all members of a controlled group of
corporations and all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses
(whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with WWI, are
treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or
Section 4001 of ERISA.
"COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Copyright Security Agreement,
dated September 29, 1999, delivered by WWI and each of its U.S. Subsidiaries
party thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented,
amended and restated or otherwise modified.
-10-
"CREDIT EXTENSION" means, as the context may require,
(a) the making of a Loan by a Lender;
(b) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or the extension of
any Stated Expiry Date of any previously issued Letter of Credit, by
the Issuer; or
(c) the purchase of an Additional TLC by an Additional TLC
Lender.
"CREDIT EXTENSION REQUEST" means, as the context may require, any
Borrowing Request or Issuance Request.
"CURRENT ASSETS" means, on any date, without duplication, all assets
(other than cash) which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included as current
assets on a consolidated balance sheet of WWI and its Subsidiaries at such date
as current assets (excluding, however, amounts due and to become due from
Affiliates of WWI which have arisen from transactions which are other than
arm's-length and in the ordinary course of its business).
"CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, on any date, without duplication, all
amounts which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included as current liabilities
on a consolidated balance sheet of WWI and its Subsidiaries at such date,
excluding current maturities of Indebtedness.
"DEBT" means the outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness of
WWI and its Subsidiaries of the type referred to in CLAUSES (a), (b), (c) and
(e) of the definition of "Indebtedness" or any Contingent Liability in respect
thereof.
"DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO" means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter,
the ratio of
(a) Debt outstanding on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter
TO
(b) EBITDA computed for the period consisting of such Fiscal
Quarter and each of the three immediately preceding Fiscal Quarters.
"DEFAULT" means any Event of Default or any condition, occurrence or
event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of
Default.
"DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENTS" is defined in
SECTION 2.1.6.
"DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL TERM A LOANS" is defined in SECTION 2.1.6.
"DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL TERM B LOANS" is defined in SECTION 2.1.6.
"DESIGNATED NEW TERM LOANS" is defined in SECTION 2.1.6.
"DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY" means The Weight Watchers Foundation, Inc., a
New York not-for-profit corporation.
-11-
"DISBURSEMENT" is defined in SECTION 2.6.2.
"DISBURSEMENT DATE" is defined in SECTION 2.6.2.
"DISBURSEMENT DUE DATE" is defined in SECTION 2.6.2.
"DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE" means the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto as
SCHEDULE I, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time by the Borrowers with the written consent of the Required Lenders.
"DISPOSITION" (or correlative words such as "Dispose") means any sale,
transfer, lease contribution or other conveyance (including by way of merger)
of, or the granting of options, warrants or other rights to, any of WWI's or its
Subsidiaries', assets (including accounts receivable and Capital Securities of
Subsidiaries) to any other Person (other than to another Obligor) in a single
transaction or series of transactions.
"DOCUMENTATION AGENTS" is defined in the PREAMBLE.
"DOMESTIC OFFICE" means, relative to any Lender, the office of such
Lender designated as such on SCHEDULE III hereto or designated in the Lender
Assignment Agreement or such other office of a Lender (or any successor or
assign of such Lender) within the United States as may be designated from time
to time by notice from such Lender, as the case may be, to each other Person
party hereto.
"EBITDA" means, for any applicable period, the sum (without
duplication) of
(a) Net Income,
PLUS
(b) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income,
representing amortization of assets (including amortization with
respect to goodwill, deferred financing costs, other non-cash interest
and all other intangible assets),
PLUS
(c) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income, of all
income taxes (whether paid or deferred) of WWI and its Subsidiaries,
PLUS
(d) Interest Expense,
PLUS
(e) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income,
representing depreciation of assets,
-12-
PLUS
(f) an amount equal to all non-cash charges deducted in
arriving at Net Income,
PLUS
(g) an amount equal to all minority interest charges deducted
in determining Net Income (net of Restricted Payments made in respect
of such minority interest),
PLUS
(h) an amount equal to the cash royalty payment received
pursuant to the Warnaco Agreement, to the extent not included in the
calculation of Net Income,
PLUS
(i) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income, due to
foreign currency translation required by FASB 52 or FASB 133 arising
after June 30, 1997,
PLUS
(j) the amount deducted in determining Net Income of expenses
incurred in connection with the Weighco Acquisition,
MINUS
(k) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits
included in arriving at Net Income.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date on which all the conditions precedent
set forth in ARTICLE V have been satisfied in the reasonable judgment of the
Administrative Agent.
"ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" means a financial institution that either (a)
has combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 or its equivalent
in foreign currency, whose long-term certificate of deposit rating or long-term
senior unsecured debt rating is rated "BBB" or higher by S&P and "Baa2" or
higher by Moody's or an equivalent or higher rating by a nationally recognized
rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings
of investments or (b) is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and
the Issuer.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all applicable federal, state, local or
foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations (including
consent decrees and administrative orders) relating to public health and safety
and protection of the environment.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
"EURO" means the single currency of participating member States of the
European Union.
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" is defined in SECTION 9.1.
-13-
"EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" is defined in the FIRST RECITAL.
"EXISTING LENDERS" is defined in the FIRST RECITAL.
"EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT" is defined in the CLAUSE (b) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST RECITAL.
"EXISTING REVOLVING LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING SWING LINE LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING TERM A LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING TERM B LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING TERM LOANS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST
RECITAL.
"EXISTING TLCS" is defined in the CLAUSE (a) of the FIRST RECITAL.
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate
per annum equal for each day during such period to
(a) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal
funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is
not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York; or
(b) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
"FEE LETTERS" means, collectively, (a) the confidential fee letter,
dated as of July 20, 1999, between Artal International S.A., a Luxembourg
corporation ("AI"), and the Administrative Agent, as assumed by ARTAL and (b)
the confidential fee letter, dated as of December 21, 2001 among WWI, the
Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent.
"FINAL TERMINATION DATE" means the later of:
(x) the Stated Maturity Date with respect to Term B Loans and
the Additional TLCs, and
(y) the date on which all Obligations are satisfied and paid
in full.
"FISCAL QUARTER" means any three-month period ending on a Saturday
closest to March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31 of any Fiscal Year.
-14-
"FISCAL YEAR" means any year ending on the Saturday closest to
December 31 (e.g., the "2001 FISCAL YEAR" refers to the Fiscal Year ending on
December 29, 2001).
"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter, the ratio of, for the period consisting of such Fiscal Quarter and each
of the three immediately preceding Fiscal Quarters,
(a) EBITDA MINUS Capital Expenditures made during such period
TO
(b) (i) Interest Expense for such period PLUS (ii) scheduled
repayments of Debt in respect of such period, whether or not paid PLUS
(iii) dividends paid in cash on the WWI Preferred Shares in respect of
such period.
"FNZ" means Weight Watchers New Zealand Unit Trust, a New Zealand trust
which owns and operates the Weight Watchers classroom franchise and business in
New Zealand.
"FNZ GUARANTY" means the Guaranty, dated December 16, 1999, made by FNZ
in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
"FNZ SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement, dated December
16, 1999, by FNZ in favor of the Administrative Agent, together with each
Supplement thereto delivered pursuant to CLAUSE (C) of SECTION 7.1.13, as
amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"FOREIGN CURRENCY" means any currency other than U.S. Dollars.
"FPL" means Fortuity Pty. Ltd. (ACN 007 148 683), an Australian company
incorporated in the State of Victoria which operates the Weight Watchers
classroom franchise and business in Victoria.
"F.R.S. BOARD" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any successor thereto.
"FRANCHISE ACQUISITION" means the acquisition of any Weight Watchers
franchise by WWI or one of its Subsidaries.
"GAAP" is defined in SECTION 1.4.
"GB" means Gutbusters Pty. Ltd. (ACN 059 073 157), an Australian
company incorporated in the State of New South Wales.
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means the government of the United States of
America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or
local (or the equivalent thereof), and any agency, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other
-15-
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or
administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
"GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" is defined in SECTION 8.1.
"GUARANTIES" means, collectively, (a) the WWI Guaranty, (b) the
Australian Guaranty, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty, (d) the FNZ Guaranty and (e)
each other guaranty delivered from time to time pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.
"GUARANTOR" means any Person which has or may issue a Guaranty
hereunder.
"HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" means
(a) any "hazardous substance", as defined by CERCLA or
equivalent applicable foreign law;
(b) any "hazardous waste", as defined by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended or equivalent applicable
foreign law;
(c) any petroleum product; or
(d) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or
toxic chemical, material or substance within the meaning of any other
applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance or
requirement (including consent decrees and administrative orders)
relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning
any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, all as
amended or hereafter amended.
"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, all
liabilities of such Person under interest rate swap agreements, interest rate
cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and all other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates or currency exchange rates, including but not limited to Rate Protection
Agreements.
"HEREIN", "HEREOF", "HERETO", "HEREUNDER" and similar terms contained
in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such
other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular
Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document.
"HJH" means H.J. Heinz Company, a Pennsylvania Corporation.
"HJH PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the HJH Pledge Agreement, dated September
29, 1999, by HJH in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the
terms thereof.
"IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means, at any date of determination, any
Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of WWI having assets as at the end of or
EBITDA for the immediately preceding four Fiscal Quarter period for which the
relevant financial information has been delivered
-16-
pursuant to CLAUSE (a) or CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 7.1.1 of less than 5% of total
assets of WWI and its Subsidiaries or $2,000,000, respectively, individually or
in the aggregate.
"IMPERMISSIBLE QUALIFICATION" means, relative to the opinion or
certification of any independent public accountant as to any financial statement
of any Obligor, any qualification or exception to such opinion or certification
(a) which is of a "going concern" or similar nature;
(b) which relates to the limited scope of examination of
matters relevant to such financial statement; or
(c) which relates to the treatment or classification of any
item in such financial statement and which, as a condition to its
removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which
would be to cause such Obligor to be in default of any of its
obligations under SECTION 7.2.4.
"INCLUDING" means including without limiting the generality of any
description preceding such term, and, for purposes of this Agreement and each
other Loan Document, the parties hereto agree that the rule of EJUSDEM GENERIS
shall not be applicable to limit a general statement, which is followed by or
referable to an enumeration of specific matters, to matters similar to the
matters specifically mentioned.
"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all
obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
other similar instruments for borrowed money in respect thereof;
(b) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, relative to the
face amount of all letters of credit, whether or not drawn, and
banker's acceptances issued for the account of such Person;
(c) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases
which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as
Capitalized Lease Liabilities;
(d) net liabilities of such Person under all Hedging
Obligations;
(e) whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance
with GAAP, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase
price of property or services, other than the WWI Preferred Shares, and
indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon and interest not yet
due) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such
Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other
title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall
have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, for purposes of determining the amount of any
Indebtedness of the type described in this clause, if recourse with
respect to such Indebtedness is limited to specific property financed
with such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be
limited to the fair market value (determined on a
-17-
basis reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) of such
property or the principal amount of such Indebtedness, whichever is
less; and
(f) all Contingent Liabilities of such Person in respect of
any of the foregoing;
PROVIDED, that, Indebtedness shall not include unsecured Indebtedness incurred
in the ordinary course of business in the nature of accrued liabilities and open
accounts extended by suppliers on normal trade terms in connection with
purchases of goods and services, but excluding the Indebtedness incurred through
the borrowing of money or Contingent Liabilities in connection therewith. For
all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the
Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a
general partner or a joint venturer (to the extent such Person is liable for
such Indebtedness).
"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" is defined in SECTION 11.4.
"INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" is defined in SECTION 11.4.
"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means any sale of the Capital Securities of
WWI to the public pursuant to an initial, primary offering registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 and, for purposes of the Change in Control definition
only, pursuant to which no less than 10% of the Capital Securities of WWI
outstanding after giving effect to such offering was sold pursuant to such
offering.
"INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT" means the Intercompany
Subordination Agreement, dated September 29, 1999, by WWI, the SP1 Borrower and
each of the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent.
"INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, at the close of any Fiscal Quarter,
the ratio computed (except as set forth in the proviso set forth below) for the
period consisting of such Fiscal Quarter and each of the three immediately prior
Fiscal Quarters of:
(a) EBITDA (for such period)
TO
(b) Interest Expense (for such period).
"INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any Fiscal Quarter, the aggregate
consolidated cash interest expense (net of interest income) of WWI and its
Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
including the portion of any payments made in respect of Capitalized Lease
Liabilities allocable to interest expense.
"INTEREST PERIOD" means, relative to any LIBO Rate Loans, the period
beginning on (and including) the date on which such LIBO Rate Loan is made or
continued as, or converted into, a LIBO Rate Loan pursuant to SECTION 2.3.1 or
2.4 and shall end on (but exclude) the day which numerically
-18-
corresponds to such date one, two, three or six or, with the consent of each
applicable Lender, nine or twelve months thereafter (or, if such month has no
numerically corresponding day, on the last Business Day of such month), in
either case as WWI may select in its relevant notice pursuant to SECTION 2.3 or
2.4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(a) WWI shall not be permitted to select Interest Periods to
be in effect at any one time which have expiration dates occurring on
more than ten different dates;
(b) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Loans
comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration;
(c) if such Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which
is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next
following Business Day (unless such next following Business Day is the
first Business Day of a calendar month, in which case such Interest
Period shall end on the Business Day next preceding such numerically
corresponding day); and
(d) no Interest Period for any Loan may end later than the
Stated Maturity Date for such Loan.
"INVESTMENT" means, relative to any Person,
(a) any loan or advance made by such Person to any other
Person (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers
and employees made in the ordinary course of business);
(b) any ownership or similar interest held by such Person in
any other Person; and
(c) any purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially
all of the assets of any Person or any division thereof.
The amount of any Investment shall be the original principal or capital amount
thereof less all returns of principal or equity thereon (and without adjustment
by reason of the financial condition of such other Person) and shall, if made by
the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been
made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the fair market value
of such property at the time of such transfer or exchange.
"ISSUANCE REQUEST" means a Letter of Credit request and certificate
duly executed by an Authorized Officer of WWI, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT B-2 hereto.
"ISSUER" means, collectively, Scotiabank in its individual capacity
hereunder as issuer of the Letters of Credit and such other Lender as may be
designated by Scotiabank (and agreed to by WWI and such Lender) in its
individual capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit.
"LEAD ARRANGERS" means Scotiabank and CSFB.
"LENDER ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT" means a Lender Assignment Agreement
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D hereto.
-19-
"LENDERS" is defined in the PREAMBLE.
"LENDER'S ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY" means any and all losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
costs, judgments, suits, proceedings, damages (including consequential damages),
disbursements or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable
attorneys' fees at trial and appellate levels and experts' fees and
disbursements and expenses incurred in investigating, defending against or
prosecuting any litigation, claim or proceeding) which may at any time be
imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against the Administrative
Agent, the Syndication Agent, any Lead Arranger, any Lender or any Issuer or any
of such Person's Affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, and
agents in connection with or arising from:
(a) any Hazardous Material on, in, under or affecting all or
any portion of any property of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries, the
groundwater thereunder, or any surrounding areas thereof to the extent
caused by Releases from WWI or any of its Subsidiaries' or any of their
respective predecessors' properties;
(b) any misrepresentation, inaccuracy or breach of any
warranty, contained or referred to in SECTION 6.12;
(c) any violation or claim of violation by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Environmental Laws; or
(d) the imposition of any lien for damages caused by or the
recovery of any costs for the cleanup, release or threatened release of
Hazardous Material by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries, or in connection
with any property owned or formerly owned by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries.
"LETTER OF CREDIT" is defined in SECTION 2.1.3.
"LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT" means, with respect to the Issuer, the
Issuer's obligation to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to SECTION 2.1.3 and,
with respect to each of the other Lenders that has a Revolving Loan Commitment,
the obligations of each such Lender to participate in such Letters of Credit
pursuant to SECTION 2.6.1.
"LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means, on any date, a maximum
amount of $10,000,000, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant
to SECTION 2.2.
"LETTER OF CREDIT OUTSTANDINGS" means, on any date, an amount equal to
the sum of
(a) the then aggregate amount which is undrawn and available under all
issued and outstanding Letters of Credit,
PLUS
(b) the then aggregate amount of all unpaid and outstanding
Reimbursement Obligations in respect of such Letters of Credit.
-20-
"LIBO RATE" means, relative to any Interest Period for LIBO Rate Loans,
the rate of interest equal to the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/16 of 1%) of the rates per annum at which U.S. Dollar deposits in
immediately available funds are offered to the Administrative Agent's LIBOR
Office in the London interbank market as at or about 11:00 a.m. London time two
Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period for delivery on the
first day of such Interest Period, and in an amount approximately equal to the
amount of the Administrative Agent's LIBO Rate Loan and for a period
approximately equal to such Interest Period.
"LIBO RATE LOAN" means a Loan bearing interest, at all times during an
Interest Period applicable to such Loan, at a fixed rate of interest determined
by reference to the LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted).
"LIBO RATE (RESERVE ADJUSTED)" means, relative to any Loan to be made,
continued or maintained as, or converted into, a LIBO Rate Loan for any Interest
Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of
1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:
LIBO Rate = LIBO RATE
(Reserve Adjusted) 1.00 - LIBOR Reserve Percentage
The LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for any Interest Period for LIBO Rate
Loans will be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the LIBOR
Reserve Percentage in effect on, and the applicable rates furnished to and
received by the Administrative Agent from Scotiabank, two Business Days before
the first day of such Interest Period.
"LIBOR OFFICE" means, relative to any Lender, the office of such Lender
designated as such on SCHEDULE III hereto or designated in the Lender Assignment
Agreement or such other office of a Lender as designated from time to time by
notice from such Lender to WWI and the Administrative Agent, whether or not
outside the United States, which shall be making or maintaining LIBO Rate Loans
of such Lender hereunder.
"LIBOR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means, relative to any Interest Period for
LIBO Rate Loans, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the
maximum aggregate reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency,
supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any
transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements)
specified under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and
then applicable to assets or liabilities consisting of and including
"Eurocurrency Liabilities", as currently defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S.
Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such Interest Period.
"LIEN" means any security interest, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise),
charge against or interest in property, or any filing or recording of any
instrument or document in respect of the foregoing, to secure payment of a debt
or performance of an obligation or other priority or preferential arrangement of
any kind or nature whatsoever.
-21-
"LOAN" means, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan, a Swing
Line Loan, a Term A Loan (including each Designated Additional Term A Loan), a
Term B Loan (including each Designated Additional Term B Loan) and each
Designated New Term Loan of any type.
"LOAN DOCUMENT" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs,
the Letters of Credit, each Rate Protection Agreement under which that
counterpart to such agreement is (or at the time such Rate Protection Agreement
was entered into, was) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender relating to Hedging
Obligations of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries, the Fee Letter, each Pledge
Agreement, each Guaranty, each Security Agreement, the TLC Deed Poll, the
Intercompany Subordination Agreement and each other agreement, document or
instrument delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein.
"LOCAL MANAGEMENT PLAN" means an equity plan or program for (i) the
sale or issuance of Capital Securities of a Subsidiary in an amount not to
exceed 5% of the outstanding common equity of such Subsidiary to local
management or a plan or program in respect of Subsidiaries of WWI whose
principal business is conducted outside of the United States, (ii) the direct
purchase from ARTAL by WWI management employees, in one transaction or a series
of transactions, of not more than 3% in the aggregate of the WWI Common Shares
owned by ARTAL or (iii) the issuance by WWI to its management employees, in one
transaction or a series of transactions, of stock options to purchase not more
than 6% in the aggregate of the WWI Common Shares on a fully diluted basis.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (a) a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, operations, assets, business or properties of WWI and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment other than an event or
set of circumstances described in CLAUSE (A) of the ability of any Obligor
(other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to perform its respective material
obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party, or (c)
an impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or a material impairment of
the rights, remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the
Issuer or the Lenders under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
"MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
"MORTGAGE" means, collectively, each Mortgage or Deed of Trust executed
and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including CLAUSE (B) of
SECTION 7.1.8.
"NET DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO" means, as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter, the ratio of
(a) Debt outstanding on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter
(less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of WWI and its
Subsidiaries as of such date)
TO
(b) EBITDA computed for the period consisting of such Fiscal
Quarter and each of the three immediately preceding Fiscal Quarters.
-22-
"NET DISPOSITION PROCEEDS" means, with respect to a Permitted
Disposition of the assets of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries, the excess of
(a) the gross cash proceeds received by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries from any Permitted Disposition and any cash payments
received in respect of promissory notes or other non-cash consideration
delivered to WWI or such Subsidiary in respect of any Permitted
Disposition,
LESS
(b) the sum of
(i) all reasonable and customary fees and expenses
with respect to legal, investment banking, brokerage and
accounting and other professional fees, sales commissions and
disbursements and all other reasonable fees, expenses and
charges, in each case actually incurred in connection with
such Permitted Disposition which have not been paid to
Affiliates of WWI,
(ii) all taxes and other governmental costs and
expenses actually paid or estimated by WWI (in good faith) to
be payable in cash in connection with such Permitted
Disposition, and
(iii) payments made by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries
to retire Indebtedness (other than the Loans) of WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries where payment of such Indebtedness is
required in connection with such Permitted Disposition;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if, after the payment of all taxes with respect to such
Permitted Disposition, the amount of estimated taxes, if any, pursuant to CLAUSE
(B)(II) above exceeded the tax amount actually paid in cash in respect of such
Permitted Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall be immediately
payable, pursuant to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 3.1.1, as Net Disposition Proceeds.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Disposition Proceeds shall not include fees
or other amounts paid to WWI or its Subsidiaries in respect of a license of
intellectual property (not related to the classroom business of WWI or its
Subsidiaries) having customary terms and conditions for similar licenses.
"NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income of WWI and its
Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, excluding extraordinary
gains.
"NETCO" means Weight Watchers.com Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"NON-EXCLUDED TAXES" means any taxes other than (i) net income and
franchise taxes imposed with respect to any Secured Party by a Governmental
Authority under the laws of which such Secured Party is organized or in which it
maintains its applicable lending office and (ii) any taxes imposed on a Secured
Party by any jurisdiction as a result of any former or present
-23-
connection between such Secured Party and such jurisdiction other than a
connection arising from a Secured Party entering into this Agreement or making
any loan hereunder.
"NON-GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARY" means the Designated Subsidiary and any
other Subsidiary of WWI other than any Person which has or may issue a Guaranty
hereunder.
"NON-U.S. LENDER" means any Lender (including each Assignee Lender)
that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation,
partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof, or (iii) any estate or trust that is subject
to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income.
"NOTE" means, as the context may require, a Revolving Note, a Swing
Line Note, a Registered Note, a Term A Note, an Additional Term B Note or any
promissory note representing a Designated New Term Loan.
"OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations (monetary or otherwise) of the
Borrowers and each other Obligor arising under or in connection with this
Agreement, the Notes, each Letter of Credit and each other Loan Document, and
Hedging Obligations owed to a Lender or an Affiliate thereof (unless the Lender
or such Affiliate otherwise agrees).
"OBLIGOR" means any Borrower or any other Person (other than any Agent,
any Lender or the Issuer) obligated under any Loan Document.
"ORGANIC DOCUMENT" means, relative to any Obligor, its certificate of
incorporation, its by-laws and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and
similar arrangements (or the foreign equivalent thereof) applicable to any of
its authorized shares of Capital Securities.
"OTHER TAXES" means any and all stamp, documentary or similar taxes, or
any other excise or property taxes or similar levies that arise on account of
any payment made or required to be made under any Loan Document or from the
execution, delivery, registration, recording or enforcement of any Loan
Document.
"PARTICIPANT" is defined in SECTION 11.11.2.
"PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Patent Security Agreement, dated
September 29, 1999, by WWI and each of its U.S. Subsidiaries in favor of the
Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or
otherwise modified.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor
entity.
"PENSION PLAN" means a "PENSION PLAN", as such term is defined in
section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a
multiemployer plan as defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), and to which WWI
or any corporation, trade or business that is, along with WWI, a member of a
Controlled Group, has or within the prior six years has had any liability,
including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within
the meaning of section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five
years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under section
4069 of ERISA.
-24-
"PERCENTAGE" means, relative to any Lender, the applicable percentage
relating to Additional Term B Loans, Term A Loans, Term B Loans, Term D Loans,
Designated New Term Loans, Swing Line Loans, Revolving Loans, Additional TLCs,
or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, as set forth opposite its name on
SCHEDULE II hereto under the applicable column heading or set forth in Lender
Assignment Agreement(s) under the applicable column heading, as such percentage
may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Lender Assignment Agreement(s)
executed by such Lender and its Assignee Lender(s) and delivered pursuant to
SECTION 11.11. A Lender shall not have any Commitment to make a particular
Tranche of Loans or purchase Additional TLCs (as the case may be) if its
percentage under the respective column heading is zero (0%), and no Lender has a
Commitment with respect to Existing Term A Loans, Existing Term B Loans or
Existing Term D Loans as the Term A Loan Commitments, Term B Loan Commitments
and the Term D Loan Commitments (each as defined in the Existing Credit
Agreement) have been terminated by the making of the Existing Term A Loans,
Existing Term B Loans and the Existing Term D Loans.
"PERMITTED ACQUISITION" means an acquisition (whether pursuant to an
acquisition of Capital Securities, assets or otherwise) by any Borrower or any
of the Subsidiaries from any Person of a business in which the following
conditions are satisfied:
(a) immediately before and after giving effect to such
acquisition no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
result therefrom (including under SECTION 7.2.1);
(b) if the acquisition is of Capital Securities of a Person
such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
(c) (i) the consideration for such acquisition is the voting
Capital Securities of WWI or (ii) the aggregate amount of other
consideration (including cash) for all such acquisitions since the date
hereof shall not exceed an amount equal to $30,000,000 in any Fiscal
Year; or (iii) such acquisition is a Franchise Acquisition, PROVIDED,
that in the case of this clause (iii) the aggregate amount of other
consideration (including cash and incurrence or assumption of
Indebtedness, but excluding consideration of the type described in
CLAUSE (I) above) for each Franchise Acquisition shall not exceed
$75,000,000 per Franchise Acquisition (including the incurrence or
assumption of up to $30,000,000 in Indebtedness per Franchise
Acquisition); and
(d) Holdings shall have delivered to the Agents a Compliance
Certificate for the period of four full Fiscal Quarters immediately
preceding such acquisition (prepared in good faith and in a manner and
using such methodology which is consistent with the most recent
financial statements delivered pursuant to SECTION 7.1.1) giving PRO
FORMA effect to the consummation of such acquisition and evidencing
compliance with the covenants set forth in SECTION 7.2.4.
"PERMITTED ARTAL INVESTOR GROUP" means ARTAL or any of its direct or
indirect Wholly-owned Subsidiaries and ARTAL Group S.A., a Luxembourg
corporation or any of its direct or indirect Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.
-25-
"PERMITTED DISPOSITION" means a Disposition in accordance with the
terms of CLAUSE (b) (other than as permitted by CLAUSE (a)) of SECTION 7.2.9.
"PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, partnership, firm,
association, trust, government, governmental agency, limited liability company
or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other
capacity.
"PLAN" means any Pension Plan or Welfare Plan.
"PLEDGE AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, (a) the WWI Pledge Agreement,
(b) the ARTAL Pledge Agreement, (c) the HJH Pledge Agreement, (d) the Australian
Pledge Agreement, (e) the U.K. Pledge Agreement, and (f) each other pledge
agreement delivered from time to time pursuant to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 7.1.7.
"QUALIFIED ASSETS" is defined in CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 3.1.1.
"QUARTERLY PAYMENT DATE" means the last day of each March, June,
September and December, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day.
"RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, arrangements entered
into by any Person designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in
interest rates or currency exchange rates, pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.
"RECAPITALIZATION" means those transactions contemplated and undertaken
pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement.
"RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT" means that certain Recapitalization and
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1999 among WWI, ARTAL and HJH.
"REFINANCE" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance,
extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue
other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for such Indebtedness.
"Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.
"REFINANCING" is defined in the FOURTH RECITAL.
"REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness that Refinances any
Indebtedness of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries existing on September 29, 1999 or
otherwise permitted hereunder, including Indebtedness that Refinances
Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:
(i) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no
earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
(ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the
time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or
greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and
-26-
(iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal
amount (or if incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or
if incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value)
then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any
premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (A)
Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of WWI or (B)
Indebtedness of WWI or a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of another
Subsidiary.
"REFUNDED SWING LINE LOANS" is defined in CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 2.3.2.
"REGISTER" is defined in SECTION 11.11.3.
"REGISTERED NOTE" means a promissory note of WWI payable to any
Registered Noteholder, in the form of EXHIBIT A-6 hereto (as such promissory
note may be amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time),
evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of WWI to such Lender resulting from
outstanding Term Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from
time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.
"REGISTERED NOTEHOLDER" means any Lender that has been issued a
Registered Note.
"REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION" is defined in SECTION 2.6.3.
"RELATED FUND" means, with respect to any Lender which is a fund that
invests in loans, any other fund that invests in loans and is controlled by the
same investment advisor of such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment
advisor or collateralized debt or loan obligation fund managed or operated by a
Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
"RELEASE" means a "RELEASE", as such term is defined in CERCLA.
"REQUIRED LENDERS" means, at any time, Lenders holding at least 51% of
the Total Exposure Amount.
"RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT" means the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, ET SEQ., as in effect
from time to time.
"RESTRICTED PAYMENTS" is defined in SECTION 7.2.6.
"REVOLVING LOAN" is defined in CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 2.1.2.
"REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT" is defined in CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 2.1.2.
"REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means, on any date, $45,000,000, as
such amount may be (i) reduced from time to time pursuant to SECTION 2.2 or (ii)
increased pursuant to SECTION 2.1.6.
-27-
"REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest of
(a) September 30, 2005;
(b) the date on which the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is
terminated in full or reduced to zero pursuant to SECTION 2.2; and
(c) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in CLAUSES (B) or (C), the Revolving
Loan Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further action.
"REVOLVING NOTE" means a promissory note of WWI payable to a Lender,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 hereto (as such promissory note may be
amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time), evidencing the
aggregate Indebtedness of WWI to such Lender resulting from outstanding
Revolving Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to
time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill,
Inc.
"SCOTIABANK" is defined in the PREAMBLE.
"SECURED PARTIES" means, collectively, the Lenders, the Issuers, the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Lead Arrangers, each
counterparty to a Rate Protection Agreement that is (or at the time such Rate
Protection Agreement was entered into, was) a Lender or an Affiliate thereof and
(in each case) and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns.
"SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, (a) the WWI Security
Agreement, (b) the Australian Security Agreement, (c) the U.K. Security
Agreement, (d) the Patent Security Agreements, the Trademark Security Agreements
and the Copyright Security Agreements, (e) the FNZ Security Agreement and (f)
each other security agreement executed and delivered from time to time pursuant
to CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 7.1.7, in each case, as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms
thereof.
"SENIOR DEBT" means all Debt other than Subordinated Debt.
"SENIOR DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO" means, as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter, the ratio of
(a) Senior Debt outstanding on the last day of such Fiscal
Quarter
TO
(b) EBITDA computed for the period consisting of such Fiscal
Quarter and each of the three immediately preceding Fiscal Quarters.
-28-
"SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT" means, collectively, debt of WWI under its
13% Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000
and its 13% Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount of Euro
100,000,000, issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture pursuant to a
Rule 144A private placement.
"SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE INDENTURE" means, collectively, that certain
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, dated as of September 29, 1999 between WWI
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, related to the
issuance of $150,000,000 Senior Subordinated Notes and that certain Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture, dated as of September 29, 1999, between WWI and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, related to the
issuance of Euro 100,000,000 Senior Subordinated Notes.
"SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTEHOLDER" means, at any time, any holder of a
Senior Subordinated Note. "SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES" means those certain 13%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009, issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture.
"SOLVENT" means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that
on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than
the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such
Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not
less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such
Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does
not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities
beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and
(d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and such person is
not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's
property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of
contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the
light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the
amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
"STATED AMOUNT" of each Letter of Credit means the total amount
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit upon the issuance thereof.
"STATED EXPIRY DATE" is defined in SECTION 2.6.
"STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any security, the date
specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the
repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
"STATED MATURITY DATE" means
(a) in the case of any Revolving Loan, September 30, 2005;
(b) in the case of any Term A Loan, September 30, 2005;
-29-
(c) in the case of any Additional Term B Loan, December 31,
2007; and
(d) in the case of any Additional TLC, December 31, 2007; and
(e) in the case of any Designated New Term Loan, as determined
in accordance with SECTION 2.1.6.
"SUBORDINATED DEBT" means, as the context may require, (i) the
unsecured Debt of WWI evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes and (ii) to the
extent permitted by the Required Lenders, any other unsecured Debt of WWI
subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to documentation
containing maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults, remedies,
subordination provisions and other material terms in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Required Lenders.
"SUBORDINATED GUARANTY" means, collectively, (i) the Guaranty executed
and delivered by certain Subsidiaries of WWI pursuant to Section 4.13 of the
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and (ii) each other guaranty, if any,
executed from time to time by any Subsidiary of WWI pursuant to which the
guarantor thereunder has any Contingent Liability with respect to any
Subordinated Debt.
"SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS" is defined in SECTION 9.1.11.
"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding
Capital Securities (or other ownership interest) having ordinary voting power to
elect a majority of the board of directors, managers or other voting members of
the governing body of such entity (irrespective of whether at the time Capital
Securities (or other ownership interest) of any other class or classes of such
entity shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency)
is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and
one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other
Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless the context otherwise specifically requires,
the term "Subsidiary" shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of WWI.
"SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY" means the Guaranty, dated September 29, 1999, by
the U.S. Subsidiaries signatory thereto, UKHC1, UKHC2 and WWUK and its
Subsidiaries in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
"SWING LINE LENDER" means Scotiabank (or another Lender designated by
Scotiabank with the consent of WWI, if such Lender agrees to be the Swing Line
Lender hereunder), in such Person's capacity as the maker of Swing Line Loans.
"SWING LINE LOAN" is defined in CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 2.1.2.
"SWING LINE LOAN COMMITMENT" means, with respect to the Swing Line
Lender, the Swing Line Lender's obligation pursuant to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION
2.1.2 to make Swing Line Loans and, with respect to each Lender with a
Commitment to make Revolving Loans (other than the Swing Line Lender), such
Lender's obligation to participate in Swing Line Loans pursuant to SECTION
2.3.2.
-30-
"SWING LINE LOAN COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means, on any date, $5,000,000, as
such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to SECTION 2.2.
"SWING LINE NOTE" means a promissory note of WWI payable to the Swing
Line Lender, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A-2 hereto (as such promissory
note may be amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time),
evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of WWI to the Swing Line Lender resulting
from outstanding Swing Line Loans, and also means all other promissory notes
accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.]
"SYNDICATION AGENT" is defined in the PREAMBLE.
"TERM LOANS" means, collectively, the Term A Loans, the Additional Term
B Loans and the Designated New Term Loans.
"TERM A LOAN" is defined in CLAUSE (a) of SECTION 2.1.1.
"TERM A LOAN LENDER" means any Lender which has an outstanding Term A
Loan.
"TERM A NOTE" means a promissory note of WWI, payable to the order of
any Lender, in the form of EXHIBIT A-3 hereto (as such promissory note may be
amended, endorsed or otherwise modified from time to time), evidencing the
aggregate Indebtedness of WWI to such Lender resulting from outstanding Term A
Loans (including Additional Term A Loans), and also means all other promissory
notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.
"TLC" means an instrument executed by the SP1 Borrower, which
acknowledges the Indebtedness of the SP1 Borrower with respect to any Lender, in
the form of EXHIBIT A-4 hereto (as such instrument may be amended, endorsed or
otherwise modified from time to time), and also means all other instruments
accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.
"TLC DEED POLL" means the Deed Poll, dated as of September 29, 1999,
among the SP1 Borrower and each Additional TLC Holder (as defined therein), as
amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.
"TOTAL EXPOSURE AMOUNT" means, on any date of determination, the then
outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans, the Additional TLCs and the then
effective Revolving Loan Commitment Amount.
"TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Trademark Security Agreement,
dated September 29, 1999, by WWI and each of its U.S. Subsidiaries signatory
thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented, amended
and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
"TRANCHE" means, as the context may require, the (a) Loans constituting
Term A Loans, Additional Term B Loans, Swing Line Loans or Revolving Loans or
(b) Additional TLCs.
"TYPE" means, relative to any Loan, the portion thereof, if any, being
maintained as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBO Rate Loan.
-31-
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time
in the State of New York.
"UKHC1" means Weight Watchers UK Holding Ltd, a company incorporated
under the laws of England.
"UKHC2" means Weight Watchers International Ltd, a company incorporated
under the laws of England.
"U.K. PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means, collectively, (i) the Deeds of Charge
executed and delivered by WWI to UKHC1, UKHC2 and WWUK and its Subsidiaries and
(ii) each other pledge agreement delivered pursuant to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION
7.1.7, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"U.K. SECURITY AGREEMENT" means, collectively, (i) the Debentures
executed and delivered by UKHC1, UKHC2 and WWUK and each of its Subsidiaries and
(ii) each other security agreement delivered pursuant to CLAUSE (A) of SECTION
7.1.7, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"U.K. SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that is incorporated under the
laws of England.
"UNITED STATES" or "U.S." means the United States of America, its fifty
States and the District of Columbia.
"U.S. DOLLAR" and the sign "$" mean lawful money of the United States.
"U.S. SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that is incorporated or
organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof or the District
of Columbia.
"VOTING STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Securities of
any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of
directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such
Person.
"WAIVER" means an agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent for
the benefit of the Lenders and the Issuer in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
"WARNACO AGREEMENT" means that certain License Agreement, dated as of
January 8, 1999, between Warnaco Inc., a Delaware corporation, and WWI.
"WEIGHCO ACQUISITION" the acquisition by WWI and its Subsidiaries of
substantially all of the assets and business of Weighco Enterprises, Inc., and
various of its Affiliates on January 16, 2001.
"WELFARE PLAN" means a "WELFARE PLAN", as such term is defined in
section 3(1) of ERISA, and to which WWI or any of its Subsidiaries has any
liability.
-32-
"WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
Subsidiary of such Person all of the Capital Securities (and all rights and
options to purchase such Capital Securities) of which, other than directors'
qualifying shares or shares sold pursuant to Local Management Plans, are owned,
beneficially and of record, by such Person and/or one or more Wholly-owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.
"WW AUSTRALIA" means Weight Watchers International Pty. Ltd. (ACN 070
836 449), an Australian company incorporated in the State of New South Wales and
resident in Australia and the direct corporate parent of FPL and the SP1
Borrower.
"WWI COMMON SHARES" means shares of common stock of WWI, par value
$1.00 per share.
"WWI GUARANTY" means the Guaranty made by WWI contained in ARTICLE
VIII.
"WWI PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Pledge Agreement, dated September 29,
1999, by WWI and its U.S. Subsidiaries signatory thereto in favor of the
Administrative Agent, together with each Supplement thereto delivered pursuant
to CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 7.1.7, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.
"WWI PREFERRED SHARES" means no par value preferred shares of WWI with
an aggregate amount liquidation preference equal to $25,000,000.
"WWI SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement dated September
29, 1999, by WWI and all U.S. Subsidiaries of WWI (other than the Designated
Subsidiary) in favor of the Administrative Agent, together with each Supplement
thereto delivered pursuant to CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 7.1.7, as amended, amended
and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to
the terms thereof.
"WWUK" means Weight Watchers UK Limited and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 1.2. USE OF DEFINED TERMS. Unless otherwise defined or the
context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in this
Agreement shall have such meanings when used in the Disclosure Schedule and in
each other Loan Document, notice and other communication delivered from time to
time in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
SECTION 1.3. CROSS-REFERENCES. Unless otherwise specified, references
in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document to any Article or Section are
references to such Article or Section of this Agreement or such other Loan
Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any
Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of
such Article, Section or definition.
SECTION 1.4. ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DETERMINATIONS. All accounting
determinations and computations made pursuant to SECTION 7.2.4 shall be made in
accordance with those generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") as in
effect as of December 30, 2000. For purposes of providing the financial
statements required to be delivered hereunder,
-33-
"GAAP" shall mean those generally accepted accounting principles as in effect at
such time. For purposes of computing the covenants set forth in SECTION 7.2.4
(and any financial calculations required to be made or included within such
ratios) as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter, all components of such ratios for
the period of four Fiscal Quarters ending at the end of such Fiscal Quarter
shall include (or exclude), without duplication, such components of such ratios
attributable to any business or assets that have been acquired (or disposed of)
by WWI or any of the Subsidiaries (including through mergers or consolidations)
after the first day of such period of four Fiscal Quarters and prior to the end
of such period, on a pro forma basis for such period of four Fiscal Quarters as
if such acquisition or disposition had occurred on such first day of such
period.
SECTION 1.5. CURRENCY CONVERSIONS. If it shall be necessary for
purposes of this Agreement to convert an amount in one currency into another
currency, unless otherwise provided herein, the exchange rate shall be
determined by reference to the New York foreign exchange selling rates (such
determination to be made as at the date of the relevant transaction), as
determined by the Administrative Agent (in accordance with its standard
practices).
ARTICLE II
CONTINUATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING LOANS, COMMITMENTS, BORROWING
AND ISSUANCE PROCEDURES, NOTES, LETTERS OF CREDIT
AND ADDITIONAL TLC PROVISIONS
SECTION 2.1. LOAN COMMITMENTS. On the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement (including ARTICLE V), the Lenders, the Swing Line
Lender and the Issuer severally agree to the continuation of Existing Loans and
Existing Letters of Credit and to make Credit Extensions as set forth below.
SECTION 2.1.1. CONTINUATION OF EXISTING TERM LOANS; TERM LOAN
COMMITMENTS. Subject to compliance by the Obligors with the terms of SECTIONS
2.1.4, 5.1 and 5.2:
(a) each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that
the Existing Term A Loans shall continue as "Term A Loans" being the
"Term A Loans" for all purposes under this Agreement and the Loan
Documents, with each Lender's share of Term A Loans being set forth
opposite its name on SCHEDULE II hereto under the Term A Loan column
set forth in a Lender Assignment Agreement under the Term A column, as
applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time pursuant
to the terms hereof; and
(b) in a single Borrowing occurring on or prior to the
Additional Term B Loan Commitment Termination Date, each Lender that
has an Additional Term B Loan Commitment will make Additional Term B
Loans to WWI in an amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the
aggregate amount of the Borrowing of Additional Term B Loans requested
by WWI to be made on such day (with the commitment of each such Lender
described in this CLAUSE (B) herein referred to as its "ADDITIONAL TERM
B LOAN COMMITMENT").
-34-
No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to Term Loans may be
reborrowed.
SECTION 2.1.2. REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT AND SWING LINE LOAN
COMMITMENT. Subject to compliance by the Obligors with the terms of SECTION
2.1.4, SECTION 5.1 and SECTION 5.2, the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans
will be continued and/or made as set forth below:
(a) From time to time on any Business Day occurring
concurrently with (or after) the making of the Term Loans but prior to
the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, each Lender that has a
Revolving Loan Commitment will make loans (relative to such Lender, its
"REVOLVING LOANS") to WWI in U.S. Dollars, equal to such Lender's
Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Borrowing of the Revolving
Loans requested by such Borrower to be made on such day. The Commitment
of each Lender described in this CLAUSE (A) is herein referred to as
its "REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT". On the terms and subject to the
conditions hereof, any Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay
and reborrow the Revolving Loans. All Existing Revolving Loans shall be
continued as Revolving Loans hereunder.
(b) From time to time on any Business Day occurring
concurrently with (or after) the making of the Term Loans, but prior to
the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Swing Line Lender
will make loans (relative to the Swing Line Lender, its "SWING LINE
LOANS") to WWI equal to the principal amount of the Swing Line Loans
requested by WWI. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof,
WWI may from time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow such Swing Line
Loans. All Existing Swing Line Loans shall be continued as Swing Line
Loans hereunder.
SECTION 2.1.3. LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT. Subject to compliance by
the Obligors with the terms of SECTION 2.1.5, SECTION 5.1 and SECTION 5.2, from
time to time on any Business Day occurring from and after September 29, 1999 but
prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Issuer will
(a) issue one or more standby or documentary letters of credit
(each referred to as a "LETTER OF CREDIT") for the account of WWI in
the Stated Amount requested by WWI on such day; or
(b) extend the Stated Expiry Date of an existing standby
Letter of Credit previously issued hereunder to a date not later than
the earlier of (x) the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and
(y) one year from the date of such extension.
All Existing Letters of Credit shall be maintained as Letters of Credit
hereunder.
SECTION 2.1.4. LENDERS NOT PERMITTED OR REQUIRED TO MAKE LOANS. No
Lender shall be permitted or required to, and WWI shall not request that any
Lender, make
(a) any Additional Term B Loan if, after giving effect
thereto, the aggregate original principal amount of all the Additional
Term B Loans:
-35-
(i) of all Lenders would exceed the Additional Term B
Loan Commitment Amount; or
(ii) of such Lender would exceed such Lender's
Percentage of the Additional Term B Loan Amount;
(b) any Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan if, after giving
effect thereto, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the
Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans
(i) of all the Lenders with Revolving Loan
Commitments, together with the aggregate amount of all Letter
of Credit Outstandings, would exceed the Revolving Loan
Commitment Amount; or
(ii) of such Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment
(other than the Swing Line Lender), together with such
Lender's Percentage of the aggregate amount of all Letter of
Credit Outstandings, would exceed such Lender's Percentage of
the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount; or
(c) any Swing Line Loan if after giving effect to the making
of such Swing Line Loan, the outstanding principal amount of all Swing
Line Loans would exceed the then existing Swing Line Loan Commitment
Amount.
SECTION 2.1.5. ISSUER NOT PERMITTED OR REQUIRED TO ISSUE LETTERS OF
CREDIT. No Issuer shall be permitted or required to issue any Letter of Credit
if, after giving effect thereto, (a) the aggregate amount of all Letter of
Credit Outstandings would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount or (b)
the sum of the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings plus the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans then
outstanding would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount.
SECTION 2.1.6. DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL LOANS. At any time that no Default
has occurred and is continuing, from time to time and on or before September 30,
2004, WWI may notify the Administrative Agent that WWI is requesting that, on
the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, the Lenders
and/or other lenders not then a party to this Agreement provide up to an
aggregate amount of $30,000,000 in commitments to provide (i) additional
Revolving Loan Commitments ("DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENTS),
(ii) additional Term A Loans ("DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL TERM A LOANS"), (iii)
additional Term B Loans ("DESIGNATED ADDITIONAL TERM B Loans") and/or, (iv)
loans to be provided under a new tranche of Term Loans ("DESIGNATED NEW TERM
LOANS") which have terms and conditions, (including interest rate and
amortization schedule) as mutually agreed to by WWI, the Agents and the Lenders
providing such new tranche of Loans. Upon receipt of any such notice, the
Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for
the Lenders or other Eligible Institutions to provide such additional
commitments; PROVIDED that the Administrative Agent will first offer each of the
Lenders that then has a Percentage of the Commitment or Loans of the type
proposed to be obtained a pro rata portion of any such additional commitment.
Nothing contained in this SECTION 2.1.6 or otherwise in this Agreement is
intended to commit any Lender or any Agent to provide any portion of any such
additional
-36-
commitments. If and to the extent that any Lenders and/or other lenders agree,
in their sole discretion, to provide any such additional commitments, (i) in the
case of Designated Additional Revolving Loan Commitments, the Revolving Loan
Commitment Amount shall be increased by the amount of the additional Revolving
Loan Commitments agreed to be so provided, (ii) subject to compliance with the
terms of SECTION 5.2 and such other terms and conditions mutually agreed to
among WWI, the Agents and the Lenders providing any such other commitments,
Loans of the type requested by WWI will be made on the date as agreed among such
Persons, (iii) the Percentages of the respective Lenders in respect of the
applicable Commitment or type of Loan shall be proportionally adjusted (provided
that the Percentage of each Lender shall not be increased without the consent of
such Lender), (iv) in the case of Designated Additional Revolving Loan
Commitment at such time and in such manner as WWI and the Administrative Agent
shall agree (it being understood that WWI and the Agents will use commercially
reasonable efforts to avoid the prepayment or assignment of any LIBO Rate Loan
on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto), the
Lenders shall assign and assume outstanding Revolving Loans and participations
in outstanding Letters of Credit so as to cause the amounts of such Revolving
Loans and participations in Letters of Credit held by each Lender to conform to
the respective Percentages of the Revolving Loan Commitment of the Lenders and
(v) WWI shall execute and deliver any additional Notes or other amendments or
modifications to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request. Any fees payable in respect of any commitment
provided for in this SECTION 2.1.6 shall be as agreed to by WWI and the
Administrative Agent. Any designation of a commitment hereunder (i) shall be
irrevocable, (ii) shall reduce the amount of commitments that may be requested
under the SECTION 2.1.6 PRO TANTO and (iii) shall be in a minimum principal
amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000.
SECTION 2.2. REDUCTION OF THE COMMITMENT AMOUNTS. The Commitment
Amounts are subject to reductions from time to time pursuant to this SECTION
2.2.
SECTION 2.2.1. OPTIONAL. WWI may, from time to time on any Business Day
occurring after the time of the initial Credit Extension hereunder, voluntarily
reduce the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount, the Letter of Credit Commitment
Amount or the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all such
reductions shall require at least three Business Days' prior notice to the
Administrative Agent and be permanent, and any partial reduction of any
Commitment Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in an integral
multiple of $100,000. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount
which reduces the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount below the sum of (i) the
Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount and (ii) the Letter of Credit Commitment
Amount shall result in an automatic and corresponding reduction of the Swing
Line Loan Commitment Amount and/or Letter of Credit Commitment Amount (as
directed by WWI in a notice to the Administrative Agent delivered together with
the notice of such voluntary reduction in the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount)
to an aggregate amount not in excess of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, as
so reduced, without any further action on the part of the Swing Line Lender or
the Issuer.
SECTION 2.2.2. MANDATORY. Following the prepayment in full of the Term
Loans and the Additional TLCs, the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall,
without any further action, automatically and permanently be reduced on the date
the Term Loans and the Additional
-37-
TLCs would otherwise have been required to be prepaid with any Net Disposition
Proceeds, Net Equity Proceeds, or Excess Cash Flow, in an amount equal to the
amount by which the Term Loans and the Additional TLCs would otherwise be
required to be prepaid if Term Loans and the Additional TLCs had been
outstanding. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount which reduces
the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount below the sum of (i) the Swing Line Loan
Commitment Amount and (ii) the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount shall result
in an automatic and corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Loan Commitment
Amount and/or Letter of Credit Commitment Amount (as directed by WWI in a notice
to the Administrative Agent) to an aggregate amount not in excess of the
Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, as so reduced, without any further action on
the part of the Swing Line Lender or the Issuer.
SECTION 2.3. BORROWING PROCEDURES AND FUNDING MAINTENANCE. Loans shall
be made by the Lenders in accordance with this Section.
SECTION 2.3.1. TERM LOANS AND REVOLVING LOANS. By delivering a
Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent on or before 12:00 noon, New York
time, on a Business Day, WWI may from time to time irrevocably request, on not
less than one (in the case of Base Rate Loans) and three (in the case of LIBO
Rate Loans) nor more than (in each case) five Business Days' notice, that a
Borrowing be made, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, in a minimum amount of
$2,000,000, and an integral multiple of $500,000, and in the case of Base Rate
Loans, in a minimum amount of $500,000 and an integral multiple thereof or, in
either case, in the unused amount of the applicable Commitment. On the terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Borrowing shall be comprised
of the type of Loans, and shall be made on the Business Day, specified in such
Borrowing Request. On or before 11:00 a.m., New York time, on such Business Day
each Lender shall deposit with the Administrative Agent same day funds in an
amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the requested Borrowing. Such
deposit will be made to an account which the Administrative Agent shall specify
from time to time by notice to the Lenders. To the extent funds are received
from the Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall make such funds available to
the applicable Borrower by wire transfer to the accounts such Borrower shall
have specified in its Borrowing Request. No Lender's obligation to make any Loan
shall be affected by any other Lender's failure to make any Loan.
SECTION 2.3.2. SWING LINE LOANS.
(a) By telephonic notice, promptly followed (within three
Business Days) by the delivery of a confirming Borrowing Request, to
the Swing Line Lender on or before 11:00 a.m., New York time, on a
Business Day, WWI may from time to time irrevocably request that Swing
Line Loans be made by the Swing Line Lender in an aggregate minimum
principal amount of $200,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000. Each
request by WWI for a Swing Line Loan shall constitute a representation
and warranty by WWI that on the date of such request and (if different)
the date of the making of the Swing Line Loan, both immediately before
and after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and the application of
the proceeds thereof, the statements made in SECTION 5.2.1 are true and
correct. All Swing Line Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans and
shall not be entitled to be converted into LIBO Rate Loans. The
proceeds of each Swing Line Loan shall be made available by the Swing
Line Lender, by its close of business on the
-38-
Business Day telephonic notice is received by it as provided in the
preceding sentences, to WWI by wire transfer to the accounts WWI shall
have specified in its notice therefor.
(b) If (i) any Swing Line Loan shall be outstanding for more
than four full Business Days or (ii) after giving effect to any request
for a Swing Line Loan or a Revolving Loan the aggregate principal
amount of Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans outstanding to the Swing
Line Lender, together with the Swing Line Lender's Percentage of all
Letter of Credit Outstandings, would exceed the Swing Line Lender's
Percentage of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, the Swing Line
Lender, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request
each Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment, and each such Lender,
including the Swing Line Lender hereby agrees, to make a Revolving Loan
(which shall always be initially funded as a Base Rate Loan) in an
amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of the amount of the Swing
Line Loans ("REFUNDED SWING LINE LOANS") outstanding on the date such
notice is given. On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the first
Business Day following receipt by each Lender of a request to make
Revolving Loans as provided in the preceding sentence, each such Lender
(other than the Swing Line Lender) shall deposit in an account
specified by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders from time to time
the amount so requested in same day funds, whereupon such funds shall
be immediately delivered to the Swing Line Lender (and not WWI) and
applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans. On the day such
Revolving Loans are made, the Swing Line Lender's Percentage of the
Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid. Upon the making
of any Revolving Loan pursuant to this clause, the amount so funded
shall become due under such Lender's Revolving Note and shall no longer
be owed under the Swing Line Note. Each Lender's obligation to make the
Revolving Loans referred to in this clause shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including,
(i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, WWI or any other
Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of
any Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise) of WWI or any other Obligor, subsequent to the date of the
making of a Swing Line Loan; (iv) the acceleration or maturity of any
Loans or the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment after the
making of any Swing Line Loan; (v) any breach of this Agreement by WWI,
any other Obligor or any other Lender; or (vi) any other circumstance,
happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing.
(c) In the event that (i) WWI or any Subsidiary is subject to
any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings as provided in SECTION 9.1.9
or (ii) the Swing Line Lender otherwise requests, each Lender with a
Revolving Loan Commitment shall acquire without recourse or warranty an
undivided participation interest equal to such Lender's Percentage of
any Swing Line Loan otherwise required to be repaid by such Lender
pursuant to the preceding clause by paying to the Swing Line Lender on
the date on which such Lender would otherwise have been required to
make a Revolving Loan in respect of such Swing Line Loan pursuant to
the preceding clause, in same day funds, an amount equal to such
Lender's Percentage of such Swing Line Loan, and no Revolving Loans
shall be made by such Lender pursuant to the preceding clause. From and
after the date on which any Lender purchases an undivided participation
interest in a Swing Line
-39-
Loan pursuant to this clause, the Swing Line Lender shall distribute to
such Lender (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments,
to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's participation
interest is outstanding and funded) its ratable amount of all payments
of principal and interest in respect of such Swing Line Loan in like
funds as received; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event such payment
received by the Swing Line Lender is required to be returned to WWI,
such Lender shall return to the Swing Line Lender the portion of any
amounts which such Lender had received from the Swing Line Lender in
like funds.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Swing
Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loans if it
has elected after the occurrence of a Default not to make Swing Line
Loans and has notified WWI in writing or by telephone of such election.
The Swing Line Lender shall promptly give notice to the Lenders of such
election not to make Swing Line Loans.
SECTION 2.4. CONTINUATION AND CONVERSION ELECTIONS. By delivering a
Continuation/Conversion Notice to the Administrative Agent on or before 12:00
noon, New York time, on a Business Day, WWI may from time to time irrevocably
elect, on not less than one (in the case of a conversion of LIBO Rate Loans to
Base Rate Loans) and three (in the case of a continuation of LIBO Rate Loans or
a conversion of Base Rate Loans into LIBO Rate Loans) nor more than (in each
case) five Business Days' notice that all, or any portion in an aggregate
minimum amount of $2,000,000 and an integral multiple of $500,000, in the case
of the continuation of, or conversion into, LIBO Rate Loans, or an aggregate
minimum amount of $500,000 and an integral multiple thereof, in the case of the
conversion into Base Rate Loans (other than Swing Line Loans as provided in
CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 2.3.2) be, in the case of Base Rate Loans, converted into
LIBO Rate Loans or, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, be converted into a Base
Rate Loan or continued as a LIBO Rate Loan (in the absence of delivery of a
Continuation/Conversion Notice with respect to any LIBO Rate Loan at least three
Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period with
respect thereto, such LIBO Rate Loan shall, on such last day, automatically
convert to a Base Rate Loan); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) each such conversion
or continuation shall be pro rated among the applicable outstanding Loans of the
relevant Lenders, and (y) no portion of the outstanding principal amount of any
Loans may be continued as, or be converted into, LIBO Rate Loans when any
Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 2.5. FUNDING. Each Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its
obligation to make, continue or convert LIBO Rate Loans hereunder by causing one
of its foreign branches or Affiliates (or an international banking facility
created by such Lender) to make or maintain such LIBO Rate Loan, so long as such
action does not result in increased costs to WWI; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
LIBO Rate Loan shall nonetheless be deemed to have been made and to be held by
such Lender, and the obligation of WWI to repay such LIBO Rate Loan shall
nevertheless be to such Lender for the account of such foreign branch, Affiliate
or international banking facility; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that such
Lender shall cause such foreign branch, Affiliate or international banking
facility to comply with the applicable provisions of CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 4.6
with respect to such LIBO Rate Loan. In addition, WWI hereby consents and agrees
that, for purposes of any determination to be made for purposes of SECTIONS 4.1,
4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, it shall be conclusively assumed that each Lender elected to
fund all
-40-
LIBO Rate Loans by purchasing U.S. Dollar deposits in its LIBOR Office's
interbank eurodollar market.
SECTION 2.6. ISSUANCE PROCEDURES. By delivering to the Administrative
Agent an Issuance Request on or before 12:00 noon, New York time, on a Business
Day, WWI may, from time to time irrevocably request, on not less than three nor
more than ten Business Days' notice (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable
to the Issuer), in the case of an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, and
not less than three nor more than ten Business Days' notice (unless a shorter
notice period is acceptable to the Issuer) prior to the then existing Stated
Expiry Date of a Letter of Credit, in the case of a request for the extension of
the Stated Expiry Date of a Letter of Credit, that the Issuer issue, or extend
the Stated Expiry Date of, as the case may be, an irrevocable Letter of Credit
for WWI's account or for the account of any wholly-owned U.S. Subsidiary of WWI
that is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty and the WWI Security Agreement and
whose outstanding Capital Securities is pledged to the Administrative Agent for
the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the WWI Pledge Agreement, in such form as
may be requested by WWI and approved by the Issuer, solely for the purposes
described in SECTION 7.1.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein or in any separate application for any Letter of Credit, WWI hereby
acknowledges and agrees that it shall be obligated to reimburse the Issuer upon
each Disbursement of a Letter of Credit, and it shall be deemed to be the
obligor for purposes of each such Letter of Credit issued hereunder (whether the
account party on such Letter of Credit is WWI or a Subsidiary of WWI). Upon
receipt of an Issuance Request, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
the Issuer and each Lender thereof. Each Letter of Credit shall by its terms be
stated to expire on a date (its "STATED EXPIRY DATE") no later than the earlier
to occur of (i) the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date or (ii) one year
from the date of its issuance. The Issuer will make available to the beneficiary
thereof the original of each Letter of Credit which it issues hereunder.
SECTION 2.6.1. OTHER LENDERS' PARTICIPATION. Upon the issuance of each
Letter of Credit issued by the Issuer pursuant hereto (or the continuation of an
Existing Letter of Credit hereunder), and without further action, each Lender
(other than the Issuer) that has a Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed to
have irrevocably purchased from the Issuer, to the extent of its Percentage to
make Revolving Loans, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have irrevocably granted
and sold to such Lender a participation interest in such Letter of Credit
(including the Contingent Liability and any Reimbursement Obligation and all
rights with respect thereto), and such Lender shall, to the extent of its
Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage, be responsible for reimbursing promptly
(and in any event within one Business Day) the Issuer for Reimbursement
Obligations which have not been reimbursed by WWI in accordance with SECTION
2.6.3. In addition, such Lender shall, to the extent of its Percentage to make
Revolving Loans, be entitled to receive a ratable portion of the Letter of
Credit fees payable pursuant to SECTION 3.3.3 with respect to each Letter of
Credit and of interest payable pursuant to SECTION 3.2 with respect to any
Reimbursement Obligation. To the extent that any Lender has reimbursed the
Issuer for a Disbursement as required by this Section, such Lender shall be
entitled to receive its ratable portion of any amounts subsequently received
(from WWI or otherwise) in respect of such Disbursement.
SECTION 2.6.2. DISBURSEMENTS; CONVERSION TO REVOLVING LOANS. The Issuer
will notify WWI and the Administrative Agent promptly of the presentment for
payment of any Letter of
-41-
Credit issued by the Issuer, together with notice of the date (the "DISBURSEMENT
DATE") such payment shall be made (each such payment, a "DISBURSEMENT"). Subject
to the terms and provisions of such Letter of Credit and this Agreement, the
Issuer shall make such payment to the beneficiary (or its designee) of such
Letter of Credit. Prior to 12:00 noon, New York time, on the first Business Day
following the Disbursement Date (the "DISBURSEMENT DUE DATE"), WWI will
reimburse the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuer, for all
amounts which the Issuer has disbursed under such Letter of Credit, together
with interest thereon at the rate per annum otherwise applicable to Revolving
Loans (made as Base Rate Loans) from and including the Disbursement Date to but
excluding the Disbursement Due Date and, thereafter (unless such Disbursement is
converted into a Base Rate Loan on the Disbursement Due Date), at a rate per
annum equal to the rate per annum then in effect with respect to overdue
Revolving Loans (made as Base Rate Loans) pursuant to SECTION 3.2.2 for the
period from the Disbursement Due Date through the date of such reimbursement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if no Default shall have then occurred and be
continuing, unless WWI has notified the Administrative Agent no later than one
Business Day prior to the Disbursement Due Date that it will reimburse the
Issuer for the applicable Disbursement, then the amount of the Disbursement
shall be deemed to be a Revolving Loan constituting a Base Rate Loan and
following the giving of notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the
Lenders, each Lender with a commitment to make Revolving Loans (other than the
Issuer) will deliver to the Issuer on the Disbursement Due Date immediately
available funds in an amount equal to such Lender's Percentage of such Revolving
Loan. Each conversion of Disbursement amounts into Revolving Loans shall
constitute a representation and warranty by WWI that on the date of the making
of such Revolving Loan all of the statements set forth in SECTION 5.2.1 are true
and correct.
SECTION 2.6.3. REIMBURSEMENT. The obligation (a "REIMBURSEMENT
OBLIGATION") of WWI under SECTION 2.6.2 to reimburse the Issuer with respect to
each Disbursement (including interest thereon) not converted into a Base Rate
Loan pursuant to SECTION 2.6.2, and, upon the failure of WWI to reimburse the
Issuer and the giving of notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the
Lenders, each Lender's (to the extent it has a Revolving Loan Commitment)
obligation under SECTION 2.6.1 to reimburse the Issuer or fund its Percentage of
any Disbursement converted into a Base Rate Loan, shall be absolute and
unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff,
counterclaim or defense to payment which WWI or such Lender, as the case may be,
may have or have had against the Issuer or any such Lender, including any
defense based upon the failure of any Disbursement to conform to the terms of
the applicable Letter of Credit (if, in the Issuer's good faith opinion, such
Disbursement is determined to be appropriate) or any non-application or
misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Letter of Credit;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after paying in full its Reimbursement Obligation
hereunder, nothing herein shall adversely affect the right of WWI or such
Lender, as the case may be, to commence any proceeding against the Issuer for
any wrongful Disbursement made by the Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a
result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct
on the part of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.6.4. DEEMED DISBURSEMENTS. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuation of any Event of Default of the type described in SECTION 9.1.9 or,
with notice from the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the
Required Lenders, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other
Event of Default,
-42-
(a) an amount equal to that portion of all Letter of Credit
Outstandings attributable to the then aggregate amount which is undrawn
and available under all Letters of Credit issued and outstanding shall,
without demand upon or notice to WWI or any other Person, be deemed to
have been paid or disbursed by the Issuer under such Letters of Credit
(notwithstanding that such amount may not in fact have been so paid or
disbursed); and
(b) upon notification by the Administrative Agent to WWI of
its obligations under this Section, WWI shall be immediately obligated
to reimburse the Issuer for the amount deemed to have been so paid or
disbursed by the Issuer.
Any amounts so payable by WWI pursuant to this Section shall be deposited in
cash with the Administrative Agent and held as collateral security for the
Obligations in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuer. At
such time when the Events of Default giving rise to the deemed disbursements
hereunder shall have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall return
to WWI all amounts then on deposit with the Administrative Agent pursuant to
this Section, together with accrued interest at the Federal Funds Rate, which
have not been applied to the satisfaction of such Obligations.
SECTION 2.6.5. NATURE OF REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS. WWI and, to the
extent set forth in SECTION 2.6.1, each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment,
shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of any Letter of Credit
by the beneficiary thereof. The Issuer (except to the extent of its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct) shall not be responsible for:
(a) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or
legal effect of any Letter of Credit or any document submitted by any
party in connection with the application for and issuance of a Letter
of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects
invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged;
(b) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or
legal effect of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting
to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
thereunder or the proceeds thereof in whole or in part, which may prove
to be invalid or ineffective for any reason;
(c) failure of the beneficiary to comply fully with conditions
required in order to demand payment under a Letter of Credit;
(d) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission
or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or
otherwise; or
(e) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
document or draft required in order to make a Disbursement under a
Letter of Credit.
None of the foregoing shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting of any of the
rights or powers granted to the Issuer or any Lender with a Revolving Loan
Commitment hereunder. In furtherance and extension and not in limitation or
derogation of any of the foregoing, any action taken or omitted to be taken by
the Issuer in good faith (and not constituting gross negligence or
-43-
willful misconduct) shall be binding upon WWI, each Obligor and each such
Lender, and shall not put the Issuer under any resulting liability to WWI, any
Obligor or any such Lender, as the case may be.
SECTION 2.7. NOTES. Each Lender's Loans under a Commitment for a Loan
shall be evidenced, if such Lender shall request, by a Note payable to the order
of such Lender in a maximum principal amount equal to such Lender's Percentage
of the original applicable Commitment Amount. All Swing Line Loans made by the
Swing Line Lender shall be evidenced by a Swing Line Note payable to the order
of the Swing Line Lender in a maximum principal amount equal to the Swing Line
Loan Commitment Amount. WWI hereby irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make
(or cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grid attached to such
Lender's Notes (or on any continuation of such grid), which notations, if made,
shall evidence, INTER ALIA, the date of, the outstanding principal of, and the
interest rate and Interest Period applicable to the Loans evidenced thereby.
Such notations shall be conclusive and binding on WWI absent manifest error;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of any Lender to make any such notations
shall not limit or otherwise affect any Obligations of WWI or any other Obligor.
SECTION 2.8. REGISTERED NOTES. (a) Any Non-U.S. Lender that could
become completely exempt from withholding of any taxes in respect of payment of
any interest due to such Non-U.S. Lender under this Agreement if the Notes held
by such Lender were in registered form for U.S. Federal income tax purposes may
request WWI (through the Administrative Agent), and WWI agrees (i) to exchange
for any Notes held by such Lender, or (ii) to issue to such Lender on the date
it becomes a Lender, promissory notes(s) registered as provided in CLAUSE (B) of
this SECTION 2.8 (each a Registered Note). Registered Notes may not be exchanged
for Notes that are not Registered Notes.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall enter, in the Register, the
name of the registered owner of the Non-U.S. Lender Obligation(s)
evidenced by a Registered Note.
(c) The Register shall be available for inspection by WWI and
any Lender at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice.
SECTION 2.9. ADDITIONAL TLC FACILITY. Each Additional TLC Lender shall
purchase, on the Effective Date, Additional TLCs from the SP1 Borrower (with the
commitment of each such Additional TLC Lender to purchase Additional TLCs being,
its "ADDITIONAL TLC COMMITMENT") equal to such Additional TLC Lender's
Percentage of the Additional TLC Commitment Amount. No amounts paid or prepaid
with respect to Additional TLCs may be reborrowed.
-44-
ARTICLE III
REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES
SECTION 3.1. REPAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS; APPLICATION.
SECTION 3.1.1. REPAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS. The SP1 Borrower and WWI
shall repay in full the unpaid principal amount of each Loan and Additional TLC,
as applicable, upon the Stated Maturity Date therefor. Prior thereto,
(a) any Borrower may, from time to time on any Business Day,
make a voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding
principal amount of any
(i) Loan (other than Swing Line Loans) or Additional
TLC, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(A) any such prepayment of the Term Loans,
Designated New Term Loans or Additional TLCs shall be
made PRO RATA among such Loans, or Designated New
Term Loans or Additional TLCs of the same type and if
applicable, having the same Interest Period as all
Lenders that have made such Term Loans, or Designated
New Term Loans or Additional TLCs, and any such
prepayment of Revolving Loans shall be made PRO RATA
among the Revolving Loans of the same type and, if
applicable, having the same Interest Period as all
Lenders that have made such Revolving Loans;
(B) the Borrowers shall comply with SECTION
4.4 in the event that any LIBO Rate Loan is prepaid
on any day other than the last day of the Interest
Period for such Loan;
(C) all such voluntary prepayments shall
require at least three but no more than five Business
Days' prior written notice to the Administrative
Agent; and
(D) all such voluntary partial prepayments
shall be, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans or
Additional TLCs bearing interest with reference to
the LIBO Rate, in an aggregate minimum amount of
$2,000,000 and an integral multiple of $500,000 and,
in the case of Base Rate Loans or Additional TLCs
bearing interest with reference to the Base Rate, in
an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and an
integral multiple thereof; or
(ii) Swing Line Loans, PROVIDED that all such
voluntary prepayments shall require prior telephonic notice to
the Swing Line Lender on or before 1:00 p.m., New York time,
on the day of such prepayment (such notice to be confirmed in
writing within 24 hours thereafter);
-45-
(b) the SP1 Borrower and WWI, as the case may be, shall no
later than one Business Day following the receipt by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Net Disposition Proceeds, deliver to the
Administrative Agent a calculation of the amount of such Net
Disposition Proceeds and, subject to the following PROVISO, make a
mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans and Additional TLCs in an amount
equal to 100% of such Net Disposition Proceeds, to be applied as set
forth in SECTION 3.1.2; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, at the option of WWI
and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, WWI
may use or cause the appropriate Subsidiary to use the Net Disposition
Proceeds to purchase assets useful in the business of WWI and its
Subsidiaries or to purchase a majority controlling interest in a Person
owning such assets or to increase any such controlling interest already
maintained by it; PROVIDED, THAT if such Net Disposition Proceeds arise
from or are related to a Disposition of assets of a Guarantor then any
such reinvestment must either be made by or in a Guarantor or a Person
which upon the making of such reinvestment becomes a Guarantor (with
such assets or interests collectively referred to as "QUALIFIED
ASSETS") within 365 days after the consummation (and with the Net
Disposition Proceeds) of such sale, conveyance or disposition, and in
the event WWI elects to exercise its right to purchase Qualified Assets
with the Net Disposition Proceeds pursuant to this clause, WWI shall
deliver a certificate of an Authorized Officer of WWI to the
Administrative Agent within 30 days following the receipt of Net
Disposition Proceeds setting forth the amount of the Net Disposition
Proceeds which WWI expects to use to purchase Qualified Assets during
such 365 day period; PROVIDED FURTHER, that WWI and its Subsidiaries
shall only be permitted to reinvest Net Disposition Proceeds in
Qualified Assets to the extent permitted by SECTION 7.2.5 over the term
of this Agreement. If and to the extent that WWI has elected to
reinvest Net Disposition Proceeds as permitted above, then on the date
which is 365 days (in the case of CLAUSE (B)(I) below) and 370 days (in
the case of CLAUSE (B)(II) below) after the relevant sale, conveyance
or disposition, WWI shall (i) deliver a certificate of an Authorized
Officer of WWI to the Administrative Agent certifying as to the amount
and use of such Net Disposition Proceeds actually used to purchase
Qualified Assets and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent, for
application in accordance with this clause and SECTION 3.1.2, an amount
equal to the remaining unused Net Disposition Proceeds;
(c) [INTENTIONALLY OMMITTED];
(d) [INTENTIONALLY OMMITTED];
(e) WWI shall, on each date when any reduction in the
Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall become effective, including
pursuant to SECTION 2.2 or SECTION 3.1.2, make a mandatory prepayment
of Revolving Loans and (if necessary) Swing Line Loans, and (if
necessary) deposit with the Administrative Agent cash collateral for
Letter of Credit Outstandings) in an aggregate amount equal to the
excess, if any, of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all
Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit Outstanding
over the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount as so reduced;
(f) WWI shall, on the Stated Maturity Date and on each
Quarterly Payment Date occurring on or during any period set forth
below, make a scheduled repayment of
-46-
the aggregate outstanding principal amount, if any, of all Term A Loans
in an amount equal to the amount set forth below opposite the Stated
Maturity Date or such Quarterly Payment Date (as such amounts may have
otherwise been reduced pursuant to this Agreement), as applicable:
12/31/01 through (and including)
09/30/04 $3,602,173.07
10/01/04 through (and including)
Stated Maturity Date $5,103,078.51, or the
then outstanding
principal amount of all
Term A Loans, if
different;
|
PROVIDED, THAT each remaining amortization amount of Term A Loans
occurring after the date of the making of a Designated Additional Term A Loan
will be increased pro rata by the aggregate principal amount of any Designated
Additional Term A Loan.
(g) WWI shall, on the Stated Maturity Date and on each
Quarterly Payment Date occurring on or during any period set forth
below, make a scheduled repayment of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount, if any, of all Additional Term B Loans in an amount
equal to the amount set forth below opposite the Stated Maturity Date
or such Quarterly Payment Date (as such amounts may have otherwise been
reduced pursuant to this Agreement), as applicable:
03/31/02 through (and including)
12/31/06 $270,000
01/01/07 through (and including)
Stated Maturity Date $25,650,000, or the then
outstanding principal
amount of all Term B
Loans, if different;
|
PROVIDED, THAT each remaining amortization amount of Term B Loans
occurring after the date of the making of a Designated Additional Term B Loan
will be increased pro rata by the aggregate principal amount of any Designated
Additional Term B Loan.
(h) the SP1 Borrower shall, on the Stated Maturity Date and on
each Quarterly Payment Date occurring on or during any period set forth
below, make a scheduled repayment of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount, if any, of all Additional TLCs in an amount equal to
the amount set forth below opposite the Stated Maturity Date or such
Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable (as such amounts may have
otherwise been reduced pursuant to this Agreement):
-47-
03/31/02 through (and including)
12/31/06 $160,000.00
01/01/07 through (and including)
Stated Maturity Date $15,200,000, or the then
outstanding principal
amount of all Additional
TLCs, if different;
|
(i) the SP1 Borrower and WWI, as the case may be, shall,
immediately upon any acceleration of the Stated Maturity Date of any
Loans or Obligations pursuant to SECTION 9.2 or SECTION 9.3, repay all
Loans and Additional TLCs and provide the Administrative Agent with
cash collateral in an amount equal to the Letter of Credit
Outstandings, unless, pursuant to SECTION 9.3, only a portion of all
Loans and Additional TLCs and Obligations are so accelerated (in which
case the portion so accelerated shall be so prepaid or cash
collateralized with the Administrative Agent); and
(j) the SP1 Borrower shall, immediately upon receipt of
proceeds in connection with the repayment of any intercompany loan
payable to the SP1 Borrower, make a mandatory prepayment of the
Additional TLCs, to be applied as set forth in SECTION 3.1.2, in an
amount equal to the sum of such proceeds, other than (x) scheduled
amortization payments thereof and (y) any other payment to the SP1
Borrower which would otherwise result in a mandatory prepayment under
this SECTION 3.1.1.
(k) WWI shall pay the principal amount of the Designated New
Term Loans at such times and in such amounts as determined pursuant to
SECTION 2.1.6.
Each prepayment of any Loans or Additional TLCs made pursuant to this
Section shall be without premium or penalty, except as may be required by
SECTION 4.4. No prepayment of principal of any Revolving Loans or Swing Line
Loans pursuant to CLAUSES (A) of SECTION 3.1.1 shall cause a reduction in the
Revolving Loan Commitment Amount or the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount, as
the case may be.
SECTION 3.1.2. APPLICATION.
(a) Subject to CLAUSE (b), each prepayment or repayment of the
principal of the Loans or Additional TLCs shall be applied, to the
extent of such prepayment or repayment, FIRST, to the principal amount
thereof being maintained as Base Rate Loans or bearing interest with
reference to the Base Rate, as the case may be, and SECOND, to the
principal amount thereof being maintained as LIBO Rate Loans or bearing
interest with reference to the LIBO Rate, as the case may be.
(b) Each voluntary prepayment of Term Loans or Additional TLCs
and each prepayment of Term Loans and Additional TLCs made pursuant to
CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 3.1.1 shall be applied PRO RATA to a mandatory
prepayment of the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans and
Additional TLCs (with the amount of such prepayment of the Term Loans
or Additional TLCs being applied to the remaining Term Loan and
-48-
Additional TLC amortization payments, as the case may be, required
pursuant to CLAUSES (f), (g), and (h) of SECTION 3.1.1, in each case
PRO RATA in accordance with the amount of each such remaining
amortization payment), until all such Term Loans and Additional TLCs
have been paid in full; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of each
prepayment of Term Loans and Additional TLCs required pursuant to
CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 3.1.1, any Lender that has Additional Term B
Loans and Additional TLCs outstanding (at a time when any Term A Loans
remain outstanding) may, by delivering a notice to the Administrative
Agent at least one Business Day prior to the date that such prepayment
is to be made, elect not to have its PRO RATA share of Additional Term
B Loans or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, prepaid, and upon any
such election the Administrative Agent shall (x) apply 50% of the
amount that otherwise would have prepaid such Lender's Additional Term
B Loans or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, to a mandatory
prepayment of the Term A Loans (until repaid in full), then to the
prepayment of such Lender's Additional Term B Loans or Additional TLCs,
as the case may be (with no right to decline such prepayment) and then
to a reduction of the outstanding Revolving Loans (without any
reduction in the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount) and (y) permit the
remaining 50% of such amount to be retained by the applicable Borrower.
SECTION 3.2. INTEREST PROVISIONS. Interest on the outstanding principal
amount of Loans shall accrue and be payable in accordance with this SECTION 3.2.
SECTION 3.2.1. RATES. Pursuant to an appropriately delivered Borrowing
Request or Continuation/Conversion Notice, WWI may elect that Loans comprising a
Borrowing accrue interest at a rate per annum:
(i) with respect to Revolving Loans and Term A Loans:
(A) on that portion maintained from time to time as a
Base Rate Loan, equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate
from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin; and
(B) on that portion maintained as a LIBO Rate Loan,
during each Interest Period applicable thereto, equal to the
sum of the LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable Margin.
(ii) with respect to Additional Term B Loans and Designated
New Term Loans:
(A) on that portion maintained from time to time as a
Base Rate Loan, equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate
from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin for
such Loans; and
(B) on that portion maintained as a LIBO Rate Loan,
during each Interest Period applicable thereto, equal to the
sum of the LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable Margin for such Loans; and
-49-
(iii) with respect to Swing Line Loans, equal to the sum of
the Alternate Base Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable
Margin.
All LIBO Rate Loans shall bear interest from and including the first day of the
applicable Interest Period to (but not including) the last day of such Interest
Period at the interest rate determined as applicable to such LIBO Rate Loan.
SECTION 3.2.2. POST-MATURITY RATES. After the date any principal amount
of any Loan shall have become due and payable (whether on the Stated Maturity
Date, upon acceleration or otherwise), or any other monetary Obligation (other
than overdue Reimbursement Obligations which shall bear interest as provided in
SECTION 2.6.2) of WWI shall have become due and payable, WWI shall pay, but only
to the extent permitted by law, interest (after as well as before judgment) on
such amounts at a rate per annum equal to:
(a) in the case of any overdue principal amount of Loans,
overdue interest thereon, overdue commitment fees or other overdue
amounts owing in respect of Loans or other obligations (or the related
Commitments) under a particular Tranche, the rate that would otherwise
be applicable to Base Rate Loans under such Tranche pursuant to SECTION
3.2.1 plus 2%; and
(b) in the case of overdue monetary Obligations (other than as
described in CLAUSE (a)), the Alternate Base Rate plus 4%.
SECTION 3.2.3. PAYMENT DATES. Interest accrued on each Loan shall be
payable, without duplication:
(a) on the Stated Maturity Date therefor;
(b) on the date of any payment or prepayment, in whole or in
part, of principal outstanding on such Loan;
(c) with respect to Base Rate Loans, in arrears on each
Quarterly Payment Date occurring after the date of the initial
Borrowing hereunder;
(d) with respect to LIBO Rate Loans, the last day of each
applicable Interest Period (and, if such Interest Period shall exceed
three months, on the third month anniversary of such Interest Period);
(e) with respect to any Base Rate Loans converted into LIBO
Rate Loans on a day when interest would not otherwise have been payable
pursuant to CLAUSE (c), on the date of such conversion; and
(f) on that portion of any Loans the Stated Maturity Date of
which is accelerated pursuant to SECTION 9.2 or SECTION 9.3,
immediately upon such acceleration.
Interest accrued on Loans, Reimbursement Obligations or other monetary
Obligations (other than Additional TLCs) arising under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document after the date such
-50-
amount is due and payable (whether on the Stated Maturity Date, upon
acceleration or otherwise) shall be payable upon demand.
SECTION 3.3. FEES. The Borrowers agree to pay the fees set forth in
this SECTION 3.3. All such fees shall be non-refundable.
SECTION 3.3.1. COMMITMENT FEE. WWI agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment, for
the period (including any portion thereof when any of the Lender's Commitments
are suspended by reason of any Borrower's inability to satisfy any condition of
ARTICLE V) commencing on September 29, 1999 and continuing through the Revolving
Loan Commitment Termination Date, a commitment fee at the rate of .50% per annum
of the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount.
Such commitment fees shall be payable by WWI in arrears on each Quarterly
Payment Date, and on the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date. The making
of Swing Line Loans by the Swing Line Lender shall constitute the usage of the
Revolving Loan Commitment with respect to the Swing Line Lender only and the
commitment fees to be paid by WWI to the Lenders (other than the Swing Line
Lender) shall be calculated and paid accordingly.
SECTION 3.3.2. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEE. Each of the Borrowers agrees
to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the non-refundable fees
in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Fee Letter.
SECTION 3.3.3. LETTER OF CREDIT FEE. WWI agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the PRO RATA account of the Issuer and each other
Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment, a Letter of Credit fee in an amount
equal to the Applicable Margin per annum for Revolving Loans that are maintained
as LIBO Rate Loans, multiplied by the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit, such fees being payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarterly Payment Date. WWI further agrees to pay to the Issuer for its own
account an issuance fee in an amount as agreed to by WWI and the Issuer.
ARTICLE IV
CERTAIN LIBO RATE AND OTHER PROVISIONS
SECTION 4.1. LIBO RATE LENDING UNLAWFUL. If any Lender shall determine
(which determination shall, upon notice thereof to WWI and the Lenders, be
conclusive and binding on WWI) that the introduction of or any change in or in
the interpretation of any law makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other
governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make,
continue or maintain any Loan as, or to convert any Loan into, a LIBO Rate Loan,
the obligations of such Lender to make, continue, maintain or convert any Loans
as LIBO Rate Loans shall, upon such determination, forthwith be suspended until
such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent that the circumstances causing
such suspension no longer exist (with the date of such notice being the
"REINSTATEMENT DATE"), and (i) all LIBO Rate Loans previously made by such
Lender shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans at the end of the then
current Interest Periods with respect thereto or sooner, if required by such law
or assertion and
-51-
(ii) all Loans thereafter made by such Lender and outstanding prior to the
Reinstatement Date shall be made as Base Rate Loans, with interest thereon being
payable on the same date that interest is payable with respect to corresponding
Borrowing of LIBO Rate Loans made by Lenders not so affected.
SECTION 4.2. DEPOSITS UNAVAILABLE. If the Administrative Agent shall
have determined that
(a) U.S. Dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for the
relevant Interest Period are not available to the Administrative Agent
in its relevant market; or
(b) by reason of circumstances affecting the Administrative
Agent's relevant market, adequate means do not exist for ascertaining
the interest rate applicable hereunder to LIBO Rate Loans,
then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent to WWI and the Lenders, the
obligations of all Lenders under SECTION 2.3 and SECTION 2.4 to make or continue
any Loans as, or to convert any Loans into, LIBO Rate Loans shall forthwith be
suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify WWI and the Lenders that
the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.
SECTION 4.3. INCREASED LIBO RATE LOAN COSTS, ETC. WWI agrees to
reimburse each Lender for any increase in the cost to such Lender of, or any
reduction in the amount of any sum receivable by such Lender in respect of,
making, continuing or maintaining (or of its obligation to make, continue or
maintain) any Loans as, or of converting (or of its obligation to convert) any
Loans into, LIBO Rate Loans (excluding any amounts, whether or not constituting
taxes, referred to in SECTION 4.6) arising after the date of any change in, or
the introduction, adoption, effectiveness, interpretation, reinterpretation or
phase-in of, any law or regulation, directive, guideline, decision or request
(whether or not having the force of law) of any court, central bank, regulator
or other Governmental Authority that results in such increase in cost or
reduction in amounts receivable, except for such changes with respect to
increased capital costs and taxes which are governed by SECTIONS 4.5 and 4.6,
respectively. Such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and WWI
in writing of the occurrence of any such event, such notice to state, in
reasonable detail, the reasons therefor and the additional amount required fully
to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount. Such
additional amounts shall be payable by WWI directly to such Lender within five
days of its receipt of such notice, and such notice shall, in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on WWI.
SECTION 4.4. FUNDING LOSSES. In the event any Lender shall incur any
loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the
liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender
to make, continue or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Loan
as, or to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Loan into, a LIBO
Rate Loan) as a result of
(a) any conversion or repayment or prepayment of the principal
amount of any LIBO Rate Loans on a date other than the scheduled last
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, whether pursuant to
SECTION 3.1 or otherwise;
-52-
(b) any Loans not being made as LIBO Rate Loans in accordance
with the Borrowing Request therefor; or
(c) any Loans not being continued as, or converted into, LIBO
Rate Loans in accordance with the Continuation/Conversion Notice
therefor,
then, upon the written notice of such Lender to WWI (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent), WWI shall, within five days of its receipt thereof, pay
directly to such Lender such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of
such Lender) reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense. Such written notice
(which shall include calculations in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on WWI.
SECTION 4.5. INCREASED CAPITAL COSTS. If any change in, or the
introduction, adoption, effectiveness, interpretation, reinterpretation or
phase-in of, any law or regulation, directive, guideline, decision or request
(whether or not having the force of law) of any court, central bank, regulator
or other Governmental Authority affects or would affect the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any Person controlling
such Lender, and such Lender determines (in its sole and absolute discretion)
that the rate of return on its or such controlling Person's capital as a
consequence of its Commitments, participation in Letters of Credit or the Loans
made or continued by such Lender is reduced to a level below that which such
Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for the occurrence of
any such circumstance, then, in any such case upon notice from time to time by
such Lender to WWI shall immediately pay directly to such Lender additional
amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such controlling Person for such
reduction in rate of return. A statement of such Lender as to any such
additional amount or amounts (including calculations thereof in reasonable
detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on
WWI. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any method of averaging and
attribution that it (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall deem applicable.
SECTION 4.6. TAXES. The Borrowers covenant and agree as follows with
respect to taxes:
(a) Unless required by law, any and all payments made by the
Borrowers under this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be
made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense, and free and clear
of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any
taxes. In the event that any taxes are required by law to be deducted
or withheld from any payment required to be made by any Borrower to or
on behalf of any Secured Party under any Loan Document, then:
(i) subject to CLAUSE (F) below, if such taxes are
Non-Excluded Taxes, the relevant Borrower shall together with
such payment pay an additional amount so that each Secured
Party receives free and clear of any Non-Excluded Taxes, the
full amount which it would have received if no such deduction
or withholding of such Non-Excluded Taxes had been required;
and
-53-
(ii) the relevant Borrower shall pay to the relevant
Governmental Authority imposing such taxes the full amount of
the deduction or withholding made by it.
(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall pay any and all Other
Taxes imposed to the relevant Governmental Authority imposing such
Other Taxes in accordance with applicable law.
(c) As promptly as practicable after the payment of any taxes
or Other Taxes, and in any event within 45 days of any such payment
being due, the applicable Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative
Agent a copy of an official receipt (or a certified copy thereof),
evidencing the payment of such taxes or Other Taxes. The Administrative
Agent shall make copies thereof available to any Lender upon request
therefor.
(d) Subject to CLAUSE (f) below, the Borrowers shall indemnify
each Secured Party for any Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes levied,
imposed or assessed on (and whether or not paid directly by) such
Secured Party that have not been paid previously by the Borrowers
(whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are correctly or
legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority). Promptly upon
having knowledge that any such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes have
been levied, imposed or assessed, and promptly upon notice thereof by
any Secured Party, the applicable Borrower shall pay such Non-Excluded
Taxes or Other Taxes directly to the relevant Governmental Authority
(PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Secured Party shall be under any obligation
to provide any such notice to any Borrower). In addition, PROVIDED that
the Borrowers have been notified promptly by a relevant Secured Party
which has determined in its sole discretion that a Non-Excluded Tax or
Other Tax has been levied, imposed or assessed against such Secured
Party, each Borrower shall indemnify each Secured Party for any
incremental taxes that may become payable by such Secured Party as a
result of any failure of any Borrower to pay any taxes when due to the
appropriate Governmental Authority or to deliver to the Administrative
Agent, pursuant to CLAUSE (c) above, documentation evidencing the
payment of taxes or Other Taxes. With respect to indemnification for
Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes actually paid by any Secured Party
or the indemnification provided in the immediately preceding sentence,
such indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date such
Secured Party makes written demand therefor. Each Borrower acknowledges
that any payment made to any Secured Party or to any Governmental
Authority in respect of the indemnification obligations of the
Borrowers provided in this clause shall constitute a payment in respect
of which the provisions of CLAUSE (a) above and this clause shall
apply.
(e) Each Non-U.S. Lender, on or prior to the date on which
such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (and from time to time
thereafter upon the request of any Borrower or the Administrative
Agent, but only for so long as such Non-U.S. Lender is legally entitled
to do so), shall deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent
either
(i) (x) two duly completed copies of either (A)
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or (B) Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8EC1, or in
-54-
either case an applicable successor form, establishing, in
either case, a complete exemption from United States federal
withholding taxes, and (y) for periods prior to January 1,
2001, a duly completed copy of Internal Revenue Service Form
W-8 or W-9 or applicable successor form; or
(ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not
legally entitled to deliver either form listed in CLAUSE
(e)(i)(x) above, (x) a certificate of a duly authorized
officer of such Non-U.S. Lender to the effect that such
Non-U.S. Lender is not (A) a "bank" within the meaning of
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a "10 percent
shareholder" of WWI within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B)
of the Code, or (C) a controlled foreign corporation receiving
interest from a related person within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (such certificate, an "EXEMPTION
CERTIFICATE") and (y) two duly completed copies of Internal
Revenue Service Form W-8 or applicable successor form.
(f) None of the Borrowers shall be obligated to gross up any
payments to any Lender pursuant to CLAUSE (a) above, or to indemnify
any Lender pursuant to CLAUSE (D) above, in respect of United States
federal withholding taxes to the extent imposed as a result of (i) the
failure of such Lender to deliver to the applicable Borrower the form
or forms and/or an Exemption Certificate, as applicable to such Lender,
pursuant to CLAUSE (e), (ii) such form or forms and/or Exemption
Certificate not establishing a complete exemption from U.S. federal
withholding tax or the information or certifications made therein by
the Lender being untrue or inaccurate on the date delivered in any
material respect, or (iii) the Lender designating a successor lending
office at which it maintains its Loans which has the effect of causing
such Lender to become obligated for tax payments in excess of those in
effect immediately prior to such designation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a
Borrower shall be obligated to gross up any payments to any such Lender
pursuant to CLAUSE (a) above, and to indemnify any such Lender pursuant
to CLAUSE (D) above, in respect of United States federal withholding
taxes if (i) any such failure to deliver a form or forms or an
Exemption Certificate or the failure of such form or forms or Exemption
Certificate to establish a complete exemption from U.S. federal
withholding tax or inaccuracy or untruth contained therein resulted
from a change in any applicable statute, treaty, regulation or other
applicable law or any interpretation of any of the foregoing occurring
after the date hereof, which change rendered such Lender no longer
legally entitled to deliver such form or forms or Exemption Certificate
or otherwise ineligible for a complete exemption from U.S. federal
withholding tax, or rendered the information or certifications made in
such form or forms or Exemption Certificate untrue or inaccurate in a
material respect, (ii) the redesignation of the Lender's lending office
was made at the request of any of the Borrowers or (iii) the obligation
to gross up payments to any such Lender pursuant to CLAUSE (a) above or
to indemnify any such Lender pursuant to CLAUSE (d) is with respect to
an Assignee Lender that becomes an Assignee Lender as a result of an
assignment made at the request of any Borrower.
(g) If a Secured Party determines in its sole discretion that
it has received a refund in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes that were
paid by the Borrowers, it shall pay the amount of such refund, together
with any other amounts paid by the Borrowers in connection with such
refunded Non-Excluded Taxes, to the Borrowers, net of any out-of-
-55-
pocket expenses incurred by such Secured Party in obtaining such
refund, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Borrowers agree to promptly return
the amount of such refund to such Secured Party to the extent that such
Secured Party is required to repay such refund to the IRS or any other
tax authority.
SECTION 4.7. PAYMENTS, COMPUTATIONS, ETC. Unless otherwise expressly
provided, all payments by or on behalf of any Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement, the Notes, each Letter of Credit, the Additional TLCs or any other
Loan Document shall be made by such Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the
PRO RATA account of the Lenders entitled to receive such payment. All such
payments required to be made to the Administrative Agent shall be made, without
setoff, deduction or counterclaim, not later than 12:00 noon, New York time, on
the date due, in same day or immediately available funds, to such account as the
Administrative Agent shall specify from time to time by notice to the applicable
Borrower. Funds received after that time shall be deemed to have been received
by the Administrative Agent on the next succeeding Business Day. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly remit in same day funds to each Lender its
share, if any, of such payments received by the Administrative Agent for the
account of such Lender. All interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of
the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day)
occurring during the period for which such interest or fee is payable over a
year comprised of 360 days (or, in the case of interest on a Base Rate Loan, 365
days or, if appropriate, 366 days). Whenever any payment to be made shall
otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall
(except as otherwise required by CLAUSE (C) of the definition of the term
"Interest Period") be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such
extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in
connection with such payment.
SECTION 4.8. SHARING OF PAYMENTS. If any Lender shall obtain any
payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of
setoff or otherwise) on account of any Loan, Additional TLC or Reimbursement
Obligation (other than pursuant to the terms of SECTIONS 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5) in
excess of its PRO rata share of payments then or therewith obtained by all
Lenders entitled thereto, such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such
participation in Credit Extensions made by them as shall be necessary to cause
such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably
with each of them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of the excess
payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender,
the purchase shall be rescinded and each Lender which has sold a participation
to the purchasing Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price
to the ratable extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such
selling Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of
(a) the amount of such selling Lender's required repayment to
the purchasing Lender
TO
(b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender)
of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in
respect of the total amount so recovered. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender
so purchasing a participation from
-56-
another Lender pursuant to this Section may, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, exercise all its rights of payment (including pursuant to SECTION 4.9) with
respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct
creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. If under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a
secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section applies, such Lender
shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured
claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this
Section to share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.
SECTION 4.9. SETOFF. Each Lender shall, upon the occurrence of any
Default described in CLAUSES (A) through (D) of SECTION 9.1.9 or, with the
consent of the Required Lenders, upon the occurrence of any other Event of
Default, have the right to appropriate and apply to the payment of the
Obligations owing to it (whether or not then due), and (as security for such
Obligations) each Borrower hereby grants to each Lender a continuing security
interest in, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of such
Borrower then or thereafter maintained with or otherwise held by such Lender;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such appropriation and application shall be subject
to the provisions of SECTION 4.8. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the
applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and
application made by such Lender; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The
rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and
remedies (including other rights of setoff under applicable law or otherwise)
which such Lender may have.
SECTION 4.10. MITIGATION. Each Lender agrees that if it makes any
demand for payment under SECTIONS 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, or 4.6, or if any adoption or
change of the type described in SECTION 4.1 shall occur with respect to it, it
will use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and
regulatory restrictions and so long as such efforts would not be disadvantageous
to it, as determined in its sole discretion) to designate a different lending
office if the making of such a designation would reduce or obviate the need for
WWI to make payments under SECTIONS 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, or 4.6, or would eliminate or
reduce the effect of any adoption or change described in SECTION 4.1.
ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND TO FUTURE CREDIT EXTENSIONS
SECTION 5.1. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND MAKING OF CREDIT EXTENSIONS. The conditions to effectiveness of
this Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders to continue Existing Loans as
Loans under this Agreement, to continue Existing Letters of Credit as Letters of
Credit under this Agreement and to make the Additional Term B Loans and
Additional TLCs were satisfied in full on December 21, 2001.
SECTION 5.2. ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS. The obligation of each Lender and
the Issuer to make any Credit Extension (but subject to CLAUSES (B) and (C) of
SECTION 2.3.2) shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions
precedent set forth in this SECTION 5.2.
-57-
SECTION 5.2.1. COMPLIANCE WITH WARRANTIES, NO DEFAULT, ETC. Both before
and after giving effect to any Credit Extension the following statements shall
be true and correct:
(a) the representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE VI
and in each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and
correct in all material respects with the same effect as if then made
(unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such
representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all
material respects as of such earlier date);
(b) no material adverse development shall have occurred in any
litigation, action, proceeding, labor controversy, arbitration or
governmental investigation disclosed pursuant to SECTION 6.7;
(c) the sum of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans and (y) all Letter of
Credit Outstandings does not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment
Amount; and
(d) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing.
SECTION 5.2.2. CREDIT EXTENSION REQUEST. The Administrative Agent shall
have received a Borrowing Request, if Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) are
being requested, or an Issuance Request, if a Letter of Credit is being issued
or extended or an Additional TLC Purchase Request if Additional TLCs are to be
issued. Each of the delivery of a Borrowing Request, Issuance Request or
Additional TLC Purchase Request and the acceptance by any Borrower of the
proceeds of such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty
by the applicable Borrower that on the date of such Credit Extension (both
immediately before and after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the
application of the proceeds thereof) the statements made in SECTION 5.2.1 are
true and correct.
SECTION 5.2.3. SATISFACTORY LEGAL FORM. All documents executed or
submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries or
any other Obligors shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
Administrative Agent and its counsel; the Administrative Agent and its counsel
shall have received all information, as the Administrative Agent or its counsel
may reasonably request.
ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Lenders, the Issuer and the Administrative Agent
to enter into this Agreement, continue the Existing Loans as Loans hereunder and
the Existing Letters of Credit as Letters of Credit hereunder and to make Credit
Extensions hereunder, each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally, represents
and warrants unto the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender as set
forth in this ARTICLE VI.
-58-
SECTION 6.1. ORGANIZATION, ETC. WWI and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is
a corporation validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (other than as listed in ITEM 6.1
("Good Standing") on SCHEDULE I hereto), is duly qualified to do business and is
in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature
of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that the
failure to qualify would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, and (b) has full power and authority and holds all requisite
governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to (x) enter into and perform
its Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document to
which it is a party and (y) own and hold under lease its property and to conduct
its business substantially as currently conducted by it except, in the case of
this CLAUSE (B)(Y), where the failure could not reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.2. DUE AUTHORIZATION, NON-CONTRAVENTION, ETC. The execution,
delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes, the
Additional TLCs and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it,
and the execution, delivery and performance by each other Obligor of each Loan
Document executed or to be executed by it and the Borrowers and, where
applicable, are within each such Obligor's corporate powers, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not
(a) contravene any such Obligor's Organic Documents;
(b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or
governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or
affecting any such Obligor, where such contravention, individually or
in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect; or
(c) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any
Lien on any of the Obligor's properties, except pursuant to the terms
of a Loan Document.
SECTION 6.3. GOVERNMENT APPROVAL, REGULATION, ETC. No authorization or
approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental
authority or regulatory body or other Person, is required for the due execution,
delivery or performance by any Obligor of this Agreement, the Notes, the
Additional TLCs or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, except as
have been duly obtained or made and are in full force and effect or those which
the failure to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. Neither WWI nor any of its Subsidiaries is an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, or a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"
of a "holding company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended.
SECTION 6.4. VALIDITY, ETC. This Agreement constitutes, and the Notes
and Additional TLCs and each other Loan Document executed by any Obligor will,
on the due execution and delivery thereof, constitute, the legal, valid and
binding obligations of such Obligor enforceable in accordance with their
respective terms; in each case with respect to this SECTION 6.4 subject to the
effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally, general equitable principles
-59-
(whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant
of good faith and fair dealing.
SECTION 6.5. FINANCIAL INFORMATION. The
(a) audited combined balance sheets and the related combined
statements of income, comprehensive income and parent company's
investment and cash flows of WWI and its Subsidiaries as at December
30, 2000, April 29, 2000 and April 24, 1999 and the related
consolidated statements of earnings and cash flow of WWI; and
(b) unaudited interim condensed financial information of WWI
as of the period ended September 29, 2001;
copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Lender,
have, in each case, been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
(in the case of CLAUSE (A)) and, in the case of CLAUSE (B), on a basis
substantially comparable to the basis used to prepare the financial statements
referred to in CLAUSE (A), and present fairly the consolidated financial
condition of the corporations covered thereby as at the dates thereof and the
results of their operations for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of
CLAUSE (B), to normal year end audit adjustments.
SECTION 6.6. NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since April 29, 2000, there
has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations,
assets, business or properties of WWI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
SECTION 6.7. LITIGATION, LABOR CONTROVERSIES, ETC. There is no pending
or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened litigation, action, proceeding,
labor controversy arbitration or governmental investigation affecting any
Obligor, or any of their respective properties, businesses, assets or revenues,
which (a) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
or (b) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the
issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, this Agreement, the Notes or any
other Loan Document, except as disclosed in ITEM 6.7 ("Litigation") of the
Disclosure Schedule.
SECTION 6.8. SUBSIDIARIES. WWI has no Subsidiaries, except those
Subsidiaries
(a) which are identified in ITEM 6.8 ("Existing Subsidiaries")
of the Disclosure Schedule; or
(b) which are permitted to have been acquired in accordance
with SECTION 7.2.5 or 7.2.8.
SECTION 6.9. OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTIES. WWI and each of its Subsidiaries
own good title to all of their properties and assets (other than insignificant
properties and assets), real and personal, tangible and intangible, of any
nature whatsoever (including patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and
copyrights), free and clear of all Liens or material claims (including material
infringement claims with respect to patents, trademarks, copyrights and the
like) except as permitted pursuant to SECTION 7.2.3.
-60-
SECTION 6.10. TAXES. WWI and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all
Federal, State, foreign and other material tax returns and reports required by
law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges
thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.
SECTION 6.11. PENSION AND WELFARE PLANS. No Pension Plan has been
terminated that has resulted in a liability to any Borrower of more than
$5,000,000, and no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension
Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA in excess
of $5,000,000. No condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with
respect to any Pension Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in the
incurrence by any Borrower of any material liability, fine or penalty other than
such condition, event or transaction which would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in ITEM 6.11 ("EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLANS") of the Disclosure Schedule, since the date of the last financial
statement of WWI, WWI has not materially increased any contingent liability with
respect to any post-retirement benefit under a Welfare Plan, other than
liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA.
SECTION 6.12. ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTIES. Except as set forth in ITEM
6.12 ("ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS") of the Disclosure Schedule or as, individually or
in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect:
(a) all facilities and property (including underlying
groundwater) owned or leased by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries have
been, and continue to be, owned or leased by WWI and its Subsidiaries
in compliance with all Environmental Laws;
(b) there have been no past, and there are no pending or
threatened
(i) written claims, complaints, notices or requests
for information received by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries
with respect to any alleged violation of any Environmental
Law, or
(ii) written complaints, notices or inquiries to WWI
or any of its Subsidiaries regarding potential liability under
any Environmental Law;
(c) to the best knowledge of WWI, there have been no Releases
of Hazardous Materials at, on or under any property now or previously
owned or leased by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries;
(d) WWI and its Subsidiaries have been issued and are in
compliance with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and
other authorizations relating to environmental matters and necessary or
desirable for their businesses;
(e) no property now or previously owned or leased by WWI or
any of its Subsidiaries is listed or, to the knowledge of WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries, proposed for listing (with respect to owned property
only) on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, on the
CERCLIS or on any similar state list of sites requiring investigation
or clean-up;
-61-
(f) to the best knowledge of WWI, there are no underground
storage tanks, active or abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks,
on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by WWI or
any of its Subsidiaries;
(g) WWI and its Subsidiaries have not directly transported or
directly arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Material to
any location (i) which is listed or to the knowledge of WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries, proposed for listing on the National Priorities List
pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or on any similar state list, or
(ii) which is the subject of federal, state or local enforcement
actions or other investigations;
(h) to the best knowledge of WWI, there are no polychlorinated
biphenyls or friable asbestos present in a manner or condition at any
property now or previously owned or leased by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries; and
(i) to the best knowledge of WWI, no conditions exist at, on
or under any property now or previously owned or leased by WWI or any
of its Subsidiaries which, with the passage of time, or the giving of
notice or both, would give rise to liability under any Environmental
Law.
SECTION 6.13. REGULATIONS U AND X. No Obligor is engaged in the
business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin
stock, and no proceeds of any Credit Extensions will be used to purchase or
carry margin stock or otherwise for a purpose which violates, or would be
inconsistent with, F.R.S. Board Regulation U or Regulation X. Terms for which
meanings are provided in F.R.S. Board Regulation U or Regulation X or any
regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used in
this Section with such meanings.
SECTION 6.14. ACCURACY OF INFORMATION. All material factual information
concerning the financial condition, operations or prospects of WWI and its
Subsidiaries heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of the
Borrowers in writing to the Administrative Agent, the Issuer or any Lender for
purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated
hereby or with respect to the Refinancing is, and all other such factual
information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the
Administrative Agent, the Issuer or any Lender will be, true and accurate in
every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or
certified and such information is not, or shall not be, as the case may be,
incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such
information not misleading.
Any term or provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding,
insofar as any of the factual information described above includes assumptions,
estimates, projections or opinions, no representation or warranty is made herein
with respect thereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent any such
assumptions, estimates, projections or opinions are based on factual matters,
each of the Borrowers has reviewed such factual matters and nothing has come to
its attention in the context of such review which would lead it to believe that
such factual matters were not or are not true and correct in all material
respects or that such factual matters omit to state any
-62-
material fact necessary to make such assumptions, estimates, projections or
opinions not misleading in any material respect.
SECTION 6.15. SENIORITY OF OBLIGATIONS, ETC. WWI has the power and
authority to incur the Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes
as provided for under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and has duly
authorized, executed and delivered the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. WWI
has issued, pursuant to due authorization, the Senior Subordinated Notes under
the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of WWI enforceable against
WWI in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar
laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The subordination provisions of
the Senior Subordinated Notes and contained in the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture are enforceable against the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes
by the holder of any Senior Debt (or similar term referring to the Obligations,
as applicable) in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, which has not
effectively waived the benefits thereof. All monetary Obligations, including
those to pay principal of and interest (including post-petition interest,
whether or not permitted as a claim) on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations,
and fees and expenses in connection therewith, constitute Senior Debt (or
similar term referring to the Obligations, as applicable) in the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture, and all such Obligations are entitled to the
benefits of the subordination created by the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
WWI acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and each Lender is entering into
this Agreement, and is extending its Commitments, in reliance upon the
subordination provisions of (or to be contained in) the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and this Section.
SECTION 6.16. SOLVENCY. The incurrence of the related Credit Extensions
hereunder, the incurrence by the Borrowers of the Indebtedness represented by
the Notes and the execution and delivery by the Guaranties by the Obligors
parties thereto, will not involve or result in any fraudulent transfer or
fraudulent conveyance under the provisions of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code
(11 U.S.C. ss.101 ET SEQ., as from time to time hereafter amended, and any
successor or similar statute) or any applicable state law respecting fraudulent
transfers or fraudulent conveyances. After giving effect to the effectiveness of
this Agreement, WWI and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS
SECTION 7.1. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Each of the Borrowers, jointly and
severally, agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender
that, until all Commitments have terminated, all Letters of Credit have
terminated or expired and all Obligations have been paid and performed in full,
each Borrower will perform its obligations set forth below.
-63-
SECTION 7.1.1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION, REPORTS, NOTICES, ETC. WWI will
furnish to each Lender, the Issuer and the Administrative Agent copies of the
following financial statements, reports, notices and information:
(a) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after
the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year of WWI (or, if WWI
is required to file such information on a Form 10-Q with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, promptly following such filing), a
consolidated balance sheet of WWI and its Subsidiaries as of the end of
such Fiscal Quarter, together with the related consolidated statement
of earnings and cash flow for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period
commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the
end of such Fiscal Quarter (it being understood that the foregoing
requirement may be satisfied by delivery of WWI's report to the
Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q), certified by the
chief financial Authorized Officer of WWI;
(b) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days
after the end of each Fiscal Year of WWI (or, if WWI is required to
file such information on a Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, promptly following such filing), a copy of the annual audit
report for such Fiscal Year for WWI and its Subsidiaries, including
therein a consolidated balance sheet for WWI and its Subsidiaries as of
the end of such Fiscal Year, together with the related consolidated
statement of earnings and cash flow of WWI and its Subsidiaries for
such Fiscal Year (it being understood that the foregoing requirement
may be satisfied by delivery of WWI's report to the Securities and
Exchange Commission on Form 10-K), in each case certified (without any
Impermissible Qualification) by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another
"Big Five" firm, together with a certificate from such accountants to
the effect that, in making the examination necessary for the signing of
such annual report by such accountants, they have not become aware of
any Default that has occurred and is continuing, or, if they have
become aware of such Default, describing such Default and the steps, if
any, being taken to cure it;
(c) together with the delivery of the financial information
required pursuant to CLAUSES (A) and (B), a Compliance Certificate, in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT E, executed by the chief financial
Authorized Officer of WWI, showing (in reasonable detail and with
appropriate calculations and computations in all respects satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent) compliance with the financial covenants
set forth in SECTION 7.2.4;
(d) as soon as possible and in any event within three Business
Days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of each Default, a
statement of the chief financial Authorized Officer of WWI setting
forth details of such Default and the action which WWI has taken and
proposes to take with respect thereto;
(e) as soon as possible and in any event within five Business
Days after (x) the occurrence of any material adverse development with
respect to any litigation, action, proceeding, or labor controversy
described in SECTION 6.7 and the action which WWI has taken and
proposes to take with respect thereto or (y) the commencement of any
labor controversy, litigation, action, proceeding of the type described
in SECTION 6.7,
-64-
notice thereof and of the action which WWI has taken and proposes to
take with respect thereto;
(f) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of
all reports and registration statements which WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
national securities exchange or any foreign equivalent;
(g) as soon as practicable after the chief financial officer
or the chief executive officer of WWI or a member of WWI's Controlled
Group becomes aware of (i) formal steps in writing to terminate any
Pension Plan or (ii) the occurrence of any event with respect to a
Pension Plan which, in the case of (i) or (ii), could reasonably be
expected to result in a contribution to such Pension Plan by (or a
liability to) WWI or a member of WWI's Controlled Group in excess of
$5,000,000, (iii) the failure to make a required contribution to any
Pension Plan if such failure is sufficient to give rise to a Lien under
section 302(f) of ERISA, (iv) the taking of any action with respect to
a Pension Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in the
requirement that WWI furnish a bond to the PBGC or such Pension Plan or
(v) any material increase in the contingent liability of WWI with
respect to any post-retirement Welfare Plan benefit, notice thereof and
copies of all documentation relating thereto;
(h) promptly following the delivery or receipt, as the case
may be, of any material written notice or communication pursuant to or
in connection with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or any of the
Senior Subordinated Notes, a copy of such notice or communication; and
(i) such other information respecting the condition or
operations, financial or otherwise, of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries
as any Lender or the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request.
SECTION 7.1.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. WWI will, and will cause each
of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include:
(a) the maintenance and preservation of its corporate
existence and qualification as a foreign corporation, except where the
failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; and
(b) the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all
material taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or
upon its property except to the extent being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.
SECTION 7.1.3. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. WWI will, and will cause each
of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, preserve, protect and keep its properties
(other than insignificant properties) in good repair, working order and
condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and make necessary and proper
repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly conducted at all times unless WWI determines in good
faith that the continued maintenance of any of its properties is no longer
economically desirable.
-65-
SECTION 7.1.4. INSURANCE. WWI will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to,
(a) maintain insurance on its property with financially sound
and reputable insurance companies against loss and damage in at least
the amounts (and with only those deductibles) customarily maintained,
and against such risks as are typically insured against in the same
general area, by Persons of comparable size engaged in the same or
similar business as WWI and its Subsidiaries; and
(b) maintain all worker's compensation, employer's liability
insurance or similar insurance as may be required under the laws of any
state or jurisdiction in which it may be engaged in business.
Without limiting the foregoing, all insurance policies required pursuant to this
Section shall (i) name the Administrative Agent on behalf of Secured Parties as
mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured (in the case
of liability insurance), as applicable, and provide that no cancellation or
modification of the policies will be made without thirty days' prior written
notice to the Administrative Agent and (ii) be in addition to any requirements
to maintain specific types of insurance contained in the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 7.1.5. BOOKS AND RECORDS. WWI will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, keep books and records which accurately reflect in all material
respects all of its business affairs and transactions and permit the
Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender or any of their respective
representatives, at reasonable times and intervals, and upon reasonable notice,
to visit all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its officers
and independent public accountant (and WWI hereby authorizes such independent
public accountant to discuss the Borrowers' financial matters with the Issuer
and each Lender or its representatives whether or not any representative of WWI
is present) and to examine, and photocopy extracts from, any of its books or
other corporate records.
SECTION 7.1.6. ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANT. WWI will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to,
(a) use and operate all of its facilities and properties in
compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all necessary permits,
approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to
environmental matters in effect and remain in compliance therewith, and
handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable
Environmental Laws, in each case except where the failure to comply
with the terms of this clause could not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) promptly notify the Administrative Agent and provide
copies of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating
to the condition of its facilities and properties or compliance with
Environmental Laws which relate to environmental matters which would
have, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect, and promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice any
material actions and proceedings relating to compliance with
Environmental Laws, except to the extent being diligently contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves
in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on their books; and
-66-
(c) provide such information and certifications which the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to
evidence compliance with this SECTION 7.1.6.
SECTION 7.1.7. FUTURE SUBSIDIARIES. Upon any Person becoming a
Subsidiary of WWI, or upon WWI or any of its Subsidiaries acquiring additional
Capital Securities of any existing Subsidiary, WWI shall notify the
Administrative Agent of such acquisition, and
(a) WWI shall promptly cause such Subsidiary to execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent, with counterparts for each Lender,
(i) if such Subsidiary is a U.S. Subsidiary or a U.K. Subsidiary, a
supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty or, if such Subsidiary is an
Australian Subsidiary, a supplement to the Australian Guaranty, (ii) if
such a Subsidiary is a U.S. Subsidiary, a supplement to the WWI
Security Agreement or, if such Subsidiary is an Australian Subsidiary,
a supplement to the Australian Security Agreement or if such Subsidiary
is a U.K. Subsidiary, a security agreement substantially in the form of
the U.K. Security Agreement and (iii) if such Subsidiary is a U.S.
Subsidiary, a U.K. Subsidiary or an Australian Subsidiary and owns any
real property having a value as determined in good faith by the
Administrative Agent in excess of $2,000,000, a Mortgage, together with
acknowledgment copies of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
(form UCC-1) executed and delivered by the Subsidiary naming the
Subsidiary as the debtor and the Administrative Agent as the secured
party, or other similar instruments or documents, filed under the
Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable recording statutes, in
the case of real property, of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or,
in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the
security interest of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the
applicable Security Agreement or a Mortgage, as the case may be; and
(b) WWI shall promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, to
the Administrative Agent under a supplement to the WWI Pledge Agreement
(or, if such Subsidiary is an Australian Subsidiary, a supplement to
the Australian Pledge Agreement or if such Subsidiary is a U.K.
Subsidiary, a pledge agreement substantially in the form of the U.K.
Pledge Agreement), certificates (if any) representing all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Capital Securities of such Subsidiary (to the
extent required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Pledge
Agreement) owned by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
along with undated stock powers for such certificates, executed in
blank, or, if any securities subject thereto are uncertificated
securities, confirmation and evidence satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent that appropriate book entries have been made in
the relevant books or records of a financial intermediary or the issuer
of such securities, as the case may be, under applicable law resulting
in the perfection of the security interest granted in favor of the
Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the applicable Pledge
Agreement; PROVIDED, that notwithstanding anything to the --------
contrary herein or in any Loan Document, in no event shall more than
65% of the Capital Securities of any non-Guarantor be required to be
pledged and in no event shall non-Guarantors (other than the SP1
Borrower) be required to pledge Capital Securities of their
Subsidiaries, together, in each case, with such opinions, in form and
substance and from counsel satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as
the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
-67-
SECTION 7.1.8. FUTURE LEASED PROPERTY AND FUTURE ACQUISITIONS OF REAL
PROPERTY.
(a) Prior to entering into any new lease of real property or
renewing any existing lease of real property, WWI shall, and shall
cause each of its U.S. Subsidiaries and each of the other Guarantor's
to, use its (and their) best efforts (which shall not require the
expenditure of cash or the making of any material concessions under the
relevant lease) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Waiver
executed by the lessor of any real property that is to be leased by WWI
or any of its U.S. Subsidiaries or any of the other Guarantors for a
term in excess of one year in any state which by statute grants such
lessor a "landlord's" (or similar) Lien which is superior to the
Administrative Agent's, to the extent the value of any personal
property of WWI or its U.S. Subsidiaries or any of the other Guarantors
to be held at such leased property exceeds (or it is anticipated that
the value of such personal property will, at any point in time during
the term of such leasehold term, exceed) $5,000,000.
(b) In the event that WWI or any of its U.S. Subsidiaries or
any of the other Guarantors shall acquire any real property having a
value as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent in excess
of $2,000,000, WWI or the applicable Subsidiary shall, promptly after
such acquisition, execute a Mortgage and provide the Administrative
Agent with
(i) evidence of the completion (or satisfactory
arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings
of such Mortgage as may be necessary or, in the reasonable
opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable effectively to
create a valid, perfected first priority Lien, subject to
Liens permitted by SECTION 7.2.3, against the properties
purported to be covered thereby;
(ii) mortgagee's title insurance policies in favor of
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in amounts and in
form and substance and issued by insurers, reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the
property purported to be covered by such Mortgage, insuring
that title to such property is marketable and that the
interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid first Liens
thereon free and clear of all defects and encumbrances other
than as approved by the Administrative Agent, and such
policies shall also include a revolving credit endorsement and
such other endorsements as the Administrative Agent shall
request and shall be accompanied by evidence of the payment in
full of all premiums thereon; and
(iii) such other approvals, opinions, or documents as
the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
SECTION 7.1.9. USE OF PROCEEDS, ETC. The proceeds of the Credit
Extensions shall be applied by the Borrowers as follows:
(a) the proceeds of the Additional Term B Loans and Additional
TLCs shall be applied by WWI (i) to fund the Refinancing and (ii) to
finance the payment of the fees and expenses related to the
Refinancing; and
-68-
(b) the proceeds of all Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and
any Term Loans incurred pursuant to SECTION 2.1.6, and the issuance of
Letters of Credit from time to time, shall be used for working capital
and general corporate purposes of WWI and its U.S. Subsidiaries.
SECTION 7.2. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Each of the Borrowers agrees with the
Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender that, until all Commitments
have terminated, all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired and all
Obligations have been paid and performed in full, each of the Borrowers will
perform the obligations set forth in this SECTION 7.2.
SECTION 7.2.1. BUSINESS ACTIVITIES. Each of the Borrowers will not, and
will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, engage in any business
activity, except business activities of the type in which WWI and its
Subsidiaries are engaged on September 29, 1999 and such activities as may be
incidental, similar or related thereto. The SP1 Borrower shall not engage in any
business other than as permitted under SECTION 7.3.
SECTION 7.2.2. INDEBTEDNESS. Each of the Borrowers will not, and will
not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist or otherwise become or be liable in respect of any Indebtedness,
other than, without duplication, the following:
(a) Indebtedness in respect of the Credit Extensions and other
Obligations;
(b) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(c) Indebtedness identified in ITEM 7.2.2(c) ("Ongoing
Indebtedness") of the Disclosure Schedule, and any Refinancing
Indebtedness;
(d) to the extent not prohibited in whole or in part by the
terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Indebtedness incurred
by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the SP1 Borrower) (i) (x)
to any Person providing financing for the acquisition of any assets
permitted to be acquired pursuant to SECTION 7.2.8 to finance its
acquisition of such assets and (y) in respect of Capitalized Lease
Liabilities (but only to the extent otherwise permitted by SECTION
7.2.7) in an aggregate amount for CLAUSES (x) and (y) not to exceed
$5,000,000 at any time and (ii) from time to time for general corporate
purposes in a maximum aggregate amount of all Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this CLAUSE (ii) not at any time to exceed $15,000,000 LESS
the then aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of Subsidiaries which are
not Guarantors permitted under CLAUSE (f)(iii) below;
(e) Hedging Obligations of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) intercompany Indebtedness of WWI owing to any of its
Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary of WWI (other than the SP1 Borrower or
the Designated Subsidiary) owing to WWI or any other Subsidiary of WWI
or of WWI to any Subsidiary of WWI, which Indebtedness
(i) if between Guarantors shall be evidenced by one
or more promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent
-69-
which have been duly executed and delivered to (and endorsed
to the order of) the Administrative Agent in pledge pursuant
to a supplement to the applicable Pledge Agreement;
(ii) if between Guarantors (other than Indebtedness
incurred by WWI) shall, except in the case of Indebtedness of
WWI owing to any of its Subsidiaries, not be forgiven or
otherwise discharged for any consideration other than payment
in cash in the currency in which such Indebtedness was loaned
or advanced unless the Administrative Agent otherwise
consents; and
(iii) owing by Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors
to Guarantors shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate at
any time outstanding;
(g) unsecured Subordinated Debt of WWI owing to the Senior
Subordinated Noteholders in an initial aggregate outstanding principal
amount not to exceed the sum of $150,000,000 and Euro 100,000,000;
(h) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries to Guarantors
to the extent permitted as Investments under CLAUSE (h) of SECTION
7.2.5;
(i) the Subordinated Guaranty;
(j) (i) guarantees by WWI or any Guarantor of any Indebtedness
of WWI or any Guarantor and (ii) guarantees by any Subsidiary that is
not a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary that is not
a Guarantor and (iii) guarantees by WWI or any Guarantor of any
unsecured Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
incurred pursuant to CLAUSE (d)(ii) of this Section; PROVIDED, that in
each case, the Indebtedness being guaranteed is otherwise permitted by
this Section; and
(k) Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with a
Franchise Acquisition in an amount not to exceed $30,000,000 per
Franchise Acquisition;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Indebtedness otherwise permitted by CLAUSE (D) or (F)
(as such clause relates to Loans made by WWI to its Subsidiaries) may be
incurred if, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, any Default shall
have occurred and be continuing.
SECTION 7.2.3. LIENS. Each of the Borrowers will not, and will not
permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien upon any of its property, revenues or assets, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens securing payment of the Obligations, granted
pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(c) Liens to secure payment of Indebtedness of the type
permitted and described in CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 7.2.2;
-70-
(d) Liens granted by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than the SP1 Borrower) to secure payment of Indebtedness of the type
permitted and described in (x) CLAUSE (D)(I) of SECTION 7.2.2;
PROVIDED, that the obligations secured thereby do not exceed in the
aggregate $5,000,000 at any time outstanding and (y) CLAUSE (D)(II) of
SECTION 7.2.2 owed by Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors to
non-Affiliates; PROVIDED that the obligations secured thereby do not
exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(e) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges
or levies, including Liens pursuant to Section 107(l) of CERCLA or
other similar law, not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable
without penalty or being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
shall have been set aside on its books;
(f) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen,
materialmen and landlords or other like liens incurred by WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries (other than the SP1 Borrower) in the ordinary course
of business for sums not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or
being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set
aside on its books;
(g) Liens incurred by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than the SP1 Borrower) in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of
governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of
tenders, statutory obligations, insurance obligations, leases and
contracts (other than for borrowed money) entered into in the ordinary
course of business or to secure obligations on surety or appeal bonds;
(h) judgment Liens in existence less than 30 days after the
entry thereof or with respect to which execution has been stayed or the
payment of which is covered in full by a bond or (subject to a
customary deductible) by insurance maintained with responsible
insurance companies;
(i) Liens with respect to recorded minor imperfections of
title and easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations,
permits, servitudes and other similar encumbrances on real property and
fixtures which do not materially detract from the value or materially
impair the use by WWI or any such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
their business of the property subject thereto;
(j) leases or subleases granted by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than the SP1 Borrower) to any other Person in the
ordinary course of business; and
(k) Liens in the nature of trustees' Liens granted pursuant to
any indenture governing any Indebtedness permitted by SECTION 7.2.2, in
each case in favor of the trustee under such indenture and securing
only obligations to pay compensation to such trustee, to reimburse its
expenses and to indemnify it under the terms thereof.
SECTION 7.2.4. FINANCIAL CONDITION.
-71-
(a) FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. WWI will not permit the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio, during any Fiscal Quarter, to be less than 1.50
to 1.00.:
(b) NET DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO. WWI will not permit the Net Debt
to EBITDA Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be greater than
3.50 to 1.00.
(c) INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. WWI will not permit the Interest
Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than 2.50
to 1.00.
SECTION 7.2.5. INVESTMENTS. Each of the Borrowers will not, and will
not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, make, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Investment in any other Person, except:
(a) Investments existing on the date hereof and identified in
ITEM 7.2.5(a) ("Ongoing Investments") of the Disclosure Schedule;
(b) Cash Equivalent Investments;
(c) without duplication, Investments permitted as Indebtedness
pursuant to SECTION 7.2.2;
(d) without duplication, Investments permitted as Capital
Expenditures pursuant to SECTION 7.2.7;
(e) Investments by WWI in any of its Subsidiaries which have
executed Guaranties, or by any such Subsidiary (other than the SP1
Borrower) in any of its Subsidiaries, by way of contributions to
capital;
(f) Investments made by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than the SP1 Borrower), solely with proceeds which have been
contributed, directly or indirectly, to such Subsidiary as cash equity
from holders of WWI's common stock for the purpose of making an
Investment identified in a notice to the Administrative Agent on or
prior to the date that such capital contribution is made;
(g) Investments by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
the SP1 Borrower) to the extent the consideration received pursuant to
CLAUSE (b)(i) of SECTION 7.2.9 is not all cash;
(h) Investments by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries in Weight
Watchers Sweden AB Vikt-Vaktarna and Weight Watchers Suomi Oy to the
extent that such Investments are for the purpose of acquiring any
Capital Securities of such Subsidiaries not owned by WWI and its
Subsidiaries on September 29, 1999, in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $10,000,000;
(i) other Investments (not constituting Capital Expenditures
attributable to the expenditure of Base Amounts) made by WWI or any of
the Guarantors (other than the SP1 Borrower) in an aggregate amount,
not to exceed $30,000,000;
-72-
(j) other Investments made by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary in
another Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;
(k) other Investments made by WWI or any Subsidiary in
Qualified Assets, to the extent permitted under CLAUSE (b) of SECTION
3.1.1;
(l) Investments made by WWI in the Designated Subsidiary in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000;
(m) Investments permitted under SECTION 7.2.6); and
(n) Investments by WWI or any Subsidiary constituting
Permitted Acquisitions;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(i) any Investment which when made complies with the
requirements of the definition of the term "Cash Equivalent
Investment" may continue to be held notwithstanding that such
Investment if made thereafter would not comply with such
requirements;
(ii) the Investments permitted above shall only be
permitted to be made to the extent not prohibited in whole or
in part by the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture;
(iii) no Investment otherwise permitted by CLAUSE
(e), (f), (g) or (i) shall be permitted to be made if,
immediately before or after giving effect thereto, any Default
shall have occurred and be continuing ; and
(iv) except as permitted under CLAUSE (a) above, no
more than $2,000,000 of Investments may be made in the
Designated Subsidiary unless the Designated Subsidiary shall
have taken the actions set forth in SECTION 7.1.7.
SECTION 7.2.6. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS, ETC. On and at all times after
September 29, 1999.
(a) Subject to CLAUSE (b)(ii), WWI will not declare, pay or
make any dividend or distribution (in cash, property or obligations) on
any shares of any class of Capital Securities (now or hereafter
outstanding) of WWI or on any warrants, options or other rights with
respect to any shares of any class of Capital Securities (now or
hereafter outstanding) of WWI (other than dividends or distributions
payable in its common stock or warrants to purchase its common stock or
splits or reclassifications of its stock into additional or other
shares of its common stock) or apply, or permit any of its Subsidiaries
to apply, any of its funds, property or assets to the purchase,
redemption, sinking fund or other retirement of, or agree or permit any
of its Subsidiaries to purchase or redeem, any shares of any class of
Capital Securities (now or hereafter outstanding) of WWI, or warrants,
options or other rights with respect to any shares of any class of
Capital Securities (now or hereafter outstanding, including but not
limited to the WWI Preferred Shares) of WWI (collectively, "RESTRICTED
PAYMENTS"); PROVIDED, that (w) WWI may
-73-
make Restricted Payments of dividends on WWI's Capital Securities or to
repurchase WWI's Capital Securities in an amount up to $20,000,000 plus
50% of Net Income from the Effective Date, so long as (i) both before
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment no Default has
occurred and is continuing, (ii) WWI's Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment is less
than 2.0 to 1 and (iii) WWI shall have at least $30,000,000 of unused
Revolving Loan Commitments (x) WWI may make dividend payments under the
WWI Preferred Shares so long as no Default has occurred, no default has
occurred under or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or, in either
case, would result therefrom, (y) WWI may repurchase its stock held by
employees constituting management, in an amount not to exceed
$5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and an aggregate amount of $20,000,000
(amounts unused in any Fiscal Year may be used in the immediately
succeeding Fiscal Year) and (z) WWI may make Restricted Payments to
redeem, in whole or in part, WWI Preferred Shares, so long as before
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, (i) no Default has
occurred and is continuing, (ii) WWI's Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment is less
than 2.0 to 1 and (iii) WWI shall have at least $30,000,000 of unused
Revolving Loan Commitments;
(b) WWI will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to
(i) make any payment or prepayment of principal of,
or interest on, any Senior Subordinated Notes (A) on any day
other than, in the case of interest only, the stated,
scheduled date for such payment of interest set forth in the
applicable Senior Subordinated Notes or in the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture, or (B) which would violate the
terms of this Agreement or the subordination provisions of the
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; or
(ii) redeem, purchase or defease, any Senior
Subordinated Notes, unless, so long as, both before and after
giving effect to any such redemption, purchase or defeasance,
(x) WWI's Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to such Restricted Payment is less than
2.0 to 1.0 and (y) WWI shall at the time of any such
redemption, purchase or defeasance (have at least $30,000,000
of unused Revolving Loan Commitments; and
(c) WWI will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make
any deposit for any of the foregoing purposes (except in connection
with any permitted expenditure described in CLAUSES (A) and (B) above).
SECTION 7.2.7. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES, ETC. Each of the Borrowers will
not, and will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, make or commit
to make Capital Expenditures (other than (w) Permitted Acquisitions, (x)
investments under (1) CLAUSE (j) of SECTION 7.2.5 and (2) CLAUSE (i) of SECTION
7.2.5 to the extent, in the case of this CLAUSE (2), that the aggregate amount
of such investments does not exceed $30,000,000 (it being understood that
Capital Expenditures may be made pursuant to this CLAUSE (x) whether or not
constituting "Investments", but shall be treated as such for the purposes of
said Sections), (y) nonrecurring restructuring costs and Weighco Acquistion
related expenses and (z) proceeds of capital contributions used for Capital
Expenditures in any Fiscal Year by WWI and its Subsidiaries (other than the SP1
Borrower),
-74-
except, to the extent not prohibited in whole or in part by the terms of the
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Capital Expenditures which do not aggregate
in excess of the amount set forth below opposite such Fiscal Year:
Maximum Capital
Fiscal Year Expenditures
----------- ------------
2001 $ 9,000,000
2002 $ 9,600,000
2003 $10,200,000
2004 $10,800,000
2005 and thereafter $11,400,000
|
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) to the extent the amount of Capital Expenditures
permitted to be made in any Fiscal Year pursuant to the table set forth above
without giving effect to this CLAUSE (I) (the "BASE AMOUNT") exceeds the
aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures actually made during such Fiscal Year,
such excess amount may be carried forward to (but only to) the next succeeding
Fiscal Year (any such amount to be certified by WWI to the Administrative Agent
in the Compliance Certificate delivered for the last Fiscal Quarter of such
Fiscal Year, and any such amount carried forward to a succeeding Fiscal Year
shall be deemed to be used prior to WWI and its Subsidiaries using the Base
Amount for such succeeding Fiscal Year, without giving effect to such
carry-forward).
SECTION 7.2.8. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. Each of the Borrowers will
not, and will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, liquidate or
dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into or with, any other corporation, or
purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any
Person (or of any division thereof) except
(a) any such Subsidiary (other than the SP1 Borrower) may
liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into, and may merge with and into,
WWI (so long as WWI is the surviving corporation of such combination or
merger) or any other Subsidiary (other than the SP1 Borrower), and the
assets or stock of any Subsidiary may be purchased or otherwise
acquired by WWI or any other Subsidiary (other than the SP1 Borrower);
PROVIDED, that notwithstanding the above, (i) a Subsidiary may only
liquidate or dissolve into, or merge with and into, another Subsidiary
of WWI (other than the SP1 Borrower) if, after giving effect to such
combination or merger, WWI continues to own (directly or indirectly),
and the Administrative Agent continues to have pledged to it pursuant
to a supplement to the WWI Pledge Agreement, a percentage of the issued
and outstanding shares of Capital Securities (on a fully diluted basis)
of the Subsidiary surviving such combination or merger that is equal to
or in excess of the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of
Capital Securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the Subsidiary that
does not survive such combination or merger that was (immediately prior
to the combination or merger) owned by WWI or pledged to the
Administrative Agent and (ii) if such Subsidiary is a Guarantor the
surviving corporation must be a Guarantor;
-75-
(b) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur after giving effect thereto, WWI or any of their
Subsidiaries (other than the SP1 Borrower) may make Investments
permitted under SECTION 7.2.5 (including any Permitted Acquisition);
and
(c) a Subsidiary may merge with another Person in a
transaction permitted by CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 7.2.9.
SECTION 7.2.9. ASSET DISPOSITIONS, ETC. Subject to the definition of
Change of Control, each of the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of
its respective Subsidiaries to, Dispose of all or any part of its assets,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired (including accounts receivable and
Capital Securities of Subsidiaries) to any Person, unless
(a) such Disposition is made by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than the SP1 Borrower) and is (i) in the ordinary course of its
business (and does not constitute a Disposition of all or a substantial
part of WWI or such Subsidiary's assets) or is of obsolete or worn out
property or (ii) permitted by CLAUSE (a) or (b) of SECTION 7.2.8;
(b) (i) such Disposition (other than of Capital Securities) is
made by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the SP1 Borrower)
and is for fair market value and the consideration consists of no less
than 75% in cash, (ii) the Net Disposition Proceeds received from such
Disposition, together with the Net Disposition Proceeds of all other
assets sold, transferred, leased, contributed or conveyed pursuant to
this CLAUSE (b) since September 29, 1999, does not exceed (individually
or in the aggregate) $20,000,000 over the term of this Agreement and
(iii) the Net Disposition Proceeds generated from such Disposition not
theretofore reinvested in Qualified Assets in accordance with CLAUSE
(b) of SECTION 3.1.1 (with the amount permitted to be so reinvested in
Qualified Assets in any event not to exceed $7,500,000 over the term of
this Agreement) is applied as Net Disposition Proceeds to prepay the
Loans pursuant to the terms of CLAUSE (b) of SECTION 3.1.1 and SECTION
3.1.2; or
(c) such Disposition is made pursuant to a Local Management
Plan.
SECTION 7.2.10. MODIFICATION OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS.
(a) Each of the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of
its respective Subsidiaries to, consent to any amendment, supplement,
amendment and restatement, waiver or other modification of any of the
terms or provisions contained in, or applicable to, the
Recapitalization Agreement or any schedules, exhibits or agreements
related thereto, in each case which would adversely affect the rights
or remedies of the Lenders, or WWI's or any Subsidiary's ability to
perform hereunder or under any Loan Document.
(b) Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Required
Lenders, WWI will not consent to any amendment, supplement or other
modification of any of the terms or provisions contained in, or
applicable to, any Subordinated Debt (including the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture or any of the Senior Subordinated Notes), or any
guarantees delivered in connection with any Subordinated Debt
(including any Subordinated Guaranty)
-76-
(collectively, the "RESTRICTED AGREEMENTS"), or make any
payment in order to obtain an amendment thereof or change thereto, if
the effect of such amendment, supplement, modification or change is to
(i) increase the principal amount of, or increase the interest rate on,
or add or increase any fee with respect to such Subordinated Debt or
any such Restricted Agreement, advance any dates upon which payments of
principal or interest are due thereon or change any of the covenants
with respect thereto in a manner which is more restrictive to WWI or
any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) change any event of default or
condition to an event of default with respect thereto, change the
redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, change the
subordination provisions thereof, or change any collateral therefor
(other than to release such collateral), if (in the case of this CLAUSE
(b)(ii)), the effect of such amendment or change, individually or
together with all other amendments or changes made, is to increase the
obligations of the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional
rights on the holders of such Subordinated Debt, or any such Restricted
Agreement (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf).
SECTION 7.2.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Each of the Borrowers
will not, and will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, enter into,
or cause, suffer or permit to exist any arrangement or contract with any of
their other Affiliates (other than any Obligor)
(a) unless (i) such arrangement or contract is fair and
equitable to WWI or such Subsidiary and is an arrangement or contract
of the kind which would be entered into by a prudent Person in the
position of the Borrowers or such Subsidiary with a Person which is not
one of their Affiliates; (ii) if such arrangement or contract involves
an amount in excess of $5,000,000, the terms of such arrangement or
contract are set forth in writing and a majority of directors of WWI
have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in CLAUSE (i)
are satisfied and have approved such arrangement or contract as
evidenced by appropriate resolutions of the board of directors of WWI
or the relevant Subsidiary; (iii) if such arrangement or contract
involves an amount in excess of $25,000,000 for each such arrangement
or contract, the board of directors shall also have received a written
opinion from an investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of
national prominence that is not an Affiliate of WWI to the effect that
such arrangement or contract is fair, from a financial standpoint, to
WWI and its Subsidiaries or (iv) such arrangement is set forth on ITEM
7.2.11 of the Disclosure Schedule; and
(b) except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, WWI and its
Subsidiaries may pay (i) annual management, consulting, monitoring and
advisory fees to The Invus Group, Ltd. in an aggregate total amount in
any Fiscal Year not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000,000 and (y)
1.0% of EBITDA for the relevant period, and any related out-of-pocket
expenses and (ii) fees to The Invus Group, Ltd. and its Affiliates in
connection with any acquisition or divestiture transaction entered into
by WWI or any Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate amount
of fees paid to The Invus Group, Ltd. and its Affiliates in respect of
any acquisition or divestiture transaction shall not exceed 1% of the
total amount of such transaction.
SECTION 7.2.12. NEGATIVE PLEDGES, RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS, ETC. Each of
the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries
to, enter into any
-77-
agreement (excluding (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents or,
in the case of CLAUSES (a)(i) and (b), any other agreements in effect on the
date hereof, (ii) in the case of CLAUSES (a)(i) and (b), any restrictions with
respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered
into in connection with the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of
the Capital Securities or assets of such Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction
otherwise permitted hereby, (iii) in the case of CLAUSE (a), restrictions in
respect of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by SECTION 7.2.3, but only to
the extent such restrictions apply to the assets encumbered thereby, (iv) in the
case of CLAUSE (a), restrictions under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or
(v) any restrictions existing under any agreement that amends, refinances or
replaces any agreement containing the restrictions referred to in CLAUSE (i),
(ii) or (iii) above; PROVIDED, that the terms and conditions of any such
agreement referred to in CLAUSE (i), (ii) or (iii) are not materially less
favorable to the Lenders or materially more restrictive to any Obligor a party
thereto than those under the agreement so amended, refinanced or replaced)
prohibiting
(a) the (i) creation or assumption of any Lien upon its
properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, or (ii) ability of WWI or any other Obligor to amend or
otherwise modify this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(b) the ability of any Subsidiary to make any payments,
directly or indirectly, to the Borrowers by way of dividends, advances,
repayments of loans or advances, reimbursements of management and other
intercompany charges, expenses and accruals or other returns on
investments, or any other agreement or arrangement which restricts the
ability of any such Subsidiary to make any payment, directly or
indirectly, to the Borrowers.
SECTION 7.2.13. STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES. Each of the Borrowers will not
(other than WWI in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an Investment),
and will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to issue any Capital
Securities (whether for value or otherwise) to any Person other than WWI or
another Wholly-owned Subsidiary of WWI except in connection with a Local
Management Plan; PROVIDED, that, WW Australia shall at all times be the record
and beneficial direct owner of all of the issued and outstanding Capital
Securities of the SP1 Borrower.
SECTION 7.2.14. SALE AND LEASEBACK. Each of the Borrowers will not, and
will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement
or arrangement with any other Person providing for the leasing by WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or
transferred by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries to such other Person or to any
other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the
security of such property or rental obligations of WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries.
SECTION 7.2.15. FISCAL YEAR. Each of the Borrowers will not and will
not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to change its Fiscal Year.
SECTION 7.2.16. DESIGNATION OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. WWI will not
designate any Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" pursuant to
clause (1) of the definition of such term in the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture, without the consent of the Required Lenders.
-78-
SECTION 7.3. MAINTENANCE OF SEPARATE EXISTENCE. The SP1 Borrower
covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender
as follows:
(a) OTHER BUSINESS. It will not engage in any business or
enterprise or enter into any transaction other than the borrowing of
Loans under the Agreement, and the incurrence and payment of ordinary
course operating expenses, and as otherwise contemplated by the Loan
Documents.
(b) MAINTENANCE OF SEPARATE EXISTENCE. In order to maintain
its corporate existence separate and apart from that of WWI, any
Subsidiary of WWI and any Affiliates thereof and any other Person, it
will perform all necessary acts to maintain such separation, including,
(i) practicing and adhering to corporate formalities,
such as maintaining appropriate corporate books and records;
(ii) complying with Article Sixth of its certificate
of incorporation;
(iii) owning or leasing (including through shared
arrangements with Affiliates) all office furniture and
equipment necessary to operate its business;
(iv) refraining from (A) guaranteeing or otherwise
becoming liable for any obligations of any of its Affiliates
or any other Person, (B) having its Obligations guaranteed by
its Affiliates or any other Person (except as otherwise
contemplated by the Loan Documents), (C) holding itself out as
responsible for debts of any of its Affiliates or any other
Person or for decisions or actions with respect to the affairs
of any of its Affiliates or any other Person, and (D) being
directly or indirectly named as a direct or contingent
beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy of any
Affiliate;
(v) maintaining its deposit and other bank accounts
and all of its assets separate from those of any other Person;
(vi) maintaining its financial records separate and
apart from those of any other Person;
(vii) compensating all its employees, officers,
consultants and agents for services provided to it by such
Persons, or reimbursing any of its Affiliates in respect of
services provided to it by employees, officers, consultants
and agents of such Affiliate, out of its own funds;
(viii) maintaining any owned or leased office space
separate and apart from that of any of its Affiliates (even if
such office space is subleased from or is on or near premises
occupied by any of its Affiliates);
(ix) accounting for and managing all of its
liabilities separately from those of any of its Affiliates and
any other Person, including payment directly by
-79-
the SP1 Borrower of all payroll, accounting and other
administrative expenses and taxes;
(x) allocating, on an arm's-length basis, all shared
corporate operating services, leases and expenses, including
those associated with the services of shared consultants and
agents and shared computer and other office equipment and
software;
(xi) refraining from filing or otherwise initiating
or supporting the filing of a motion in any bankruptcy or
other insolvency proceeding involving it, WWI, any Subsidiary
of WWI, any Affiliate thereof or any other Person to
substantively consolidate it with WWI, any Subsidiary of WWI,
any Affiliate thereof or any other Person;
(xii) remaining solvent;
(xiii) conducting all of its business (whether
written or oral) solely in its own name;
(xiv) refraining from commingling its assets with
those of any of its Affiliates or any other Person;
(xv) maintaining an arm's-length relationship with
all of its Affiliates;
(xvi) refraining from acquiring obligations or
securities of WWI, any Subsidiary of WWI or any Affiliate
thereof;
(xvii) refraining from pledging its assets for the
benefit of any of its Affiliates or any other Person or making
any loans or advances to any of its Affiliates or any other
Person (in each case, except as otherwise permitted pursuant
to the Loan Documents); and
(xviii) correcting any known misunderstanding
regarding its separate identity.
(c) INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS. It will not cause or allow its
board of directors to take any action requiring the unanimous
affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors
unless the Independent Director(s) (as defined in the certificate of
incorporation of the SP1 Borrower) shall have participated in such
vote, and it shall comply in all respects with Article Seventh of its
certificate of incorporation.
(d) UNANIMOUS CONSENT REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS. It shall
not, without the unanimous consent of all of the members of its board
of directors, including its independent director(s), (i) file, or
authorize or consent to the filing of, a bankruptcy or insolvency
petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings with respect to
itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect
legal or beneficial ownership interest, (ii) dissolve, liquidate,
consolidate, merge, or sell all or substantially all of its assets or
any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or
beneficial ownership
-80-
interest, (iii) engage in any other business activity or (iv) amend
Articles Third, Sixth and Seventh of its Certificate of Incorporation.
(e) NO POWERS OF ATTORNEY. The SP1 Borrower shall not grant
any powers of attorney to any Person for any purposes except (i) for
the purpose of permitting any Person to perform any ministerial or
administrative functions on behalf of the SP1 Borrower which are not
inconsistent with the terms of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the
Administrative Agent for the purposes of the Security Agreements,
Pledge Agreements and Guaranties, or (iii) where otherwise provided or
permitted by the Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VIII
GUARANTY
SECTION 8.1. THE GUARANTY. WWI hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise (including all amounts which would have become due but
for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Federal
Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 362(a), and the operation of Sections 502(b) and
506(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. ss.502(b) and ss.506(b)),
of the following (collectively, the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"),
(a) all Obligations of the SP1 Borrower and each other Obligor
to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders now or hereafter
existing under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, whether for
principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise; and
(b) all other Obligations to the Administrative Agent and each
of the Lenders now or hereafter existing under any of the Loan
Documents, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or
otherwise.
The obligations of WWI under this ARTICLE VIII constitute a guaranty of payment
when due and not of collection, and WWI specifically agrees that it shall not be
necessary or required that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any holder of
any Note exercise any right, assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy
whatsoever against the SP1 Borrower or any other Obligor (or any other Person)
before or as a condition to the obligations of WWI under this ARTICLE VIII.
SECTION 8.2. GUARANTY UNCONDITIONAL. The obligations of WWI under this
ARTICLE VIII shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable guaranty of payment and shall remain in full force and effect until
the Final Termination Date. WWI guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will
be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the agreement, instrument or
document under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now
or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the
rights of the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders with respect thereto.
The liability of WWI hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective
of:
-81-
(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of this
Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs, any Rate Protection
Agreement with a Lender or any other Loan Document or any other
agreement or instrument relating to any thereof;
(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or
in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any
compromise, renewal, extension, acceleration or release with respect
thereto, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to
departure from this Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs, any Rate
Protection Agreement with a Lender or any other Loan Document;
(c) any addition, exchange, release or non-perfection of any
collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to
departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed
Obligations;
(d) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
(i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any
right or remedy against the SP1 Borrower, any other Obligor or
any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the
provisions of this Agreement, any Note, any Additional TLC,
any Rate Protection Agreement with a Lender or any other Loan
Document or otherwise, or
(ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any
other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any of the
Guaranteed Obligations;
(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other
modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms of
this Agreement, any Note, any Additional TLC, any Rate Protection
Agreement with a Lender or any other Loan Document;
(f) any defense, setoff or counterclaim which may at any time
be available to or be asserted by any Obligor against the
Administrative Agent or any Lender;
(g) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of
the Guaranteed Obligations for any reason, including any claim of
waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be
subject to (and WWI hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense
or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason
of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity,
compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence
affecting, the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise; or
(h) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, WWI, any
other Obligor or any surety or guarantor.
SECTION 8.3. REINSTATEMENT IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. If at any time any
payment in whole or in part of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or
must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization of WWI, any other Obligor or
-82-
otherwise, WWI's obligations under this ARTICLE VIII with respect to such
payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at
such time.
SECTION 8.4. WAIVER. WWI irrevocably waives promptness, diligence,
notice of acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any other notice
with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, as well as any requirement
that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the SP1 Borrower or
any other Person.
SECTION 8.5. POSTPONEMENT OF SUBROGATION, ETC. WWI will not exercise
any rights which it may acquire by way of rights of subrogation by any payment
made hereunder or otherwise, prior to the Final Termination Date. Any amount
paid to WWI on account of any such subrogation rights prior to Final Termination
Date shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and each holder of a
Note and/or Additional TLC and shall immediately be paid to the Administrative
Agent and credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether
matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if
(a) WWI has made payment to the Lenders and each holder of a
Note of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, and
(b) the Final Termination Date has occurred,
each Lender and each holder of a Note agrees that, at WWI's request, the
Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders and the holders of the Notes,
will execute and deliver to WWI appropriate documents (without recourse and
without representation or warranty) necessary to evidence the transfer by
subrogation to WWI of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from
such payment by WWI. In furtherance of the foregoing, at all times prior to the
Final Termination Date, WWI shall refrain from taking any action or commencing
any proceeding against the SP1 Borrower (or its successors or assigns, whether
in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise) to recover any amounts
in the respect of payments to any Lender or any holder of a Note and/or
Additional TLC; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that WWI may make any necessary filings
solely to preserve its claims against the SP1 Borrower.
SECTION 8.6. STAY OF ACCELERATION. If acceleration of the time for
payment of any amount payable by the SP1 Borrower under this Agreement or any
Note or Additional TLC is stayed upon the occurrence of any event referred to in
SECTION 9.1.9 with respect to the SP1 Borrower, all such amounts otherwise
subject to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement shall nonetheless be
payable by WWI hereunder forthwith.
ARTICLE IX
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 9.1. LISTING OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following events
or occurrences described in this SECTION 9.1 shall constitute an "EVENT OF
DEFAULT".
-83-
SECTION 9.1.1. NON-PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Any Borrower shall default
in the payment or prepayment of any Reimbursement Obligation (including pursuant
to SECTIONS 2.6 and 2.6.2) on the applicable Disbursement Due Date or any
deposit of cash for collateral purposes on the date required pursuant to SECTION
2.6.4 or any principal of any Loan when due, or any Obligor (including WWI and
the SP1 Borrower) shall default (and such default shall continue unremedied for
a period of three Business Days) in the payment when due of any interest or
commitment fee or of any other monetary Obligation.
SECTION 9.1.2. BREACH OF WARRANTY. Any representation or warranty of
any Borrower or any other Obligor made or deemed to be made hereunder or in any
other Loan Document executed by it or any other writing or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Obligor to the Administrative
Agent, the Issuer or any Lender for the purposes of or in connection with this
Agreement or any such other Loan Document (including any certificates delivered
pursuant to ARTICLE V) is or shall be incorrect when made in any material
respect.
SECTION 9.1.3. NON-PERFORMANCE OF CERTAIN COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS.
Any Borrower shall default in the due performance and observance of any of its
obligations under SECTION 7.1.9 or SECTION 7.2.
SECTION 9.1.4. NON-PERFORMANCE OF OTHER COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS. Any
Obligor shall default in the due performance and observance of any other
agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document executed by it, and
such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice
thereof shall have been given to WWI by the Administrative Agent at the
direction of the Required Lenders.
SECTION 9.1.5. DEFAULT ON OTHER INDEBTEDNESS. A default shall occur (i)
in the payment when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by
acceleration or otherwise, of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness
described in SECTION 9.1.1, of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries or any other
Obligor having a principal amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess
of $1,000,000, or (ii) a default shall occur in the performance or observance of
any obligation or condition with respect to such Indebtedness having a principal
amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000 if the effect
of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness or such
default shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient
to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent
for such holders, to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable prior to
its expressed maturity.
SECTION 9.1.6. JUDGMENTS. Any judgment or order for the payment of
money in excess of $1,000,000 (not covered by insurance from a responsible
insurance company that is not denying its liability with respect thereto) shall
be rendered against WWI or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor and
remain unpaid and either
(a) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any
creditor upon such judgment or order; or
-84-
(b) there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days during
which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.
SECTION 9.1.7. PENSION PLANS. Any of the following events shall occur
with respect to any Pension Plan:
(a) the termination of any Pension Plan if, as a result of
such termination, WWI or any Subsidiary would be required to make a
contribution to such Pension Plan, or would reasonably expect to incur
a liability or obligation to such Pension Plan, in excess of
$5,000,000; or
(b) a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension
Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA in
an amount in excess of $5,000,000.
SECTION 9.1.8. CHANGE IN CONTROL. Any Change in Control shall occur.
SECTION 9.1.9. BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, ETC. WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary or the Designated Subsidiary)
or any other Obligor shall
(a) become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in
writing its inability or unwillingness to pay, debts as they become
due;
(b) apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of
a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for WWI or any of
its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor or any property of any thereof,
or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(c) in the absence of such application, consent or
acquiescence, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries or any other Obligor or for a substantial part of the
property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or
other custodian shall not be discharged within 60 days, PROVIDED that
WWI or each Subsidiary and each other Obligor hereby expressly
authorizes the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender to
appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding during such
60-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the
Loan Documents;
(d) permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any
bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or
proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution,
winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries or any other Obligor, and, if any such case or proceeding
is not commenced by WWI or such Subsidiary or such other Obligor, such
case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by WWI or
such Subsidiary or such other Obligor or shall result in the entry of
an order for relief or shall remain for 60 days undismissed, PROVIDED
that WWI, each Subsidiary and each other Obligor hereby expressly
authorizes the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and each Lender to
appear in any court conducting any such case or proceeding during such
60-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the
Loan Documents; or
-85-
(e) take any action (corporate or otherwise) authorizing, or
in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.
SECTION 9.1.10. IMPAIRMENT OF SECURITY, ETC. Any Loan Document, or any
Lien granted thereunder, shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole
or in part, terminate, cease to be in full force and effect or cease to be the
legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any Obligor party thereto;
any Borrower or any other Obligor shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any
manner the effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability thereof; or
any Lien securing any Obligation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a
perfected first priority Lien, subject only to those exceptions expressly
permitted by such Loan Document, except to the extent any event referred to
above (a) results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain
possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the WWI Pledge
Agreement or to file continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code
of any applicable jurisdiction or (b) is covered by a lender's title insurance
policy and the relevant insurer promptly after the occurrence thereof shall have
acknowledged in writing that the same is covered by such title insurance policy.
SECTION 9.1.11. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. The subordination provisions
relating to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (the "SUBORDINATION
PROVISIONS") shall fail to be enforceable by the Lenders (which have not
effectively waived the benefits thereof) in accordance with the terms thereof,
or the principal or interest on any Loan, Reimbursement Obligation or other
monetary Obligations shall fail to constitute Senior Debt, or the same (or any
other similar term) used to define the monetary Obligations.
SECTION 9.1.12. REDEMPTION. Any Senior Subordinated Noteholder of any
Subordinated Debt shall file an action seeking the rescission thereof or damages
or injunctive relief relating thereto; or any event shall occur which, under the
terms of any agreement or indenture relating to Subordinated Debt, shall require
WWI or any of its Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or offer
to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire all or any portion of the principal
amount of the Subordinated Debt (other than as provided under SECTION 7.2.6); or
WWI or any of its Subsidiaries shall for any other reason purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or make any
other payments in respect of the principal amount of any such Subordinated Debt
(other than as provided under SECTION 7.2.6).
SECTION 9.2. ACTION IF BANKRUPTCY, ETC. If any Event of Default
described in CLAUSES (A) through (D) of SECTION 9.1.9 shall occur with respect
to WWI, any Subsidiary or any other Obligor, the Commitments (if not theretofore
terminated) shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal amount
of all outstanding Loans and all other Obligations shall automatically be and
become immediately due and payable, without notice or demand.
SECTION 9.3. ACTION IF OTHER EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default
(other than any Event of Default described in CLAUSES (A) through (D) of SECTION
9.1.9 with respect to WWI or any Subsidiary or any other Obligor) shall occur
for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the
Administrative Agent, upon the direction of the Required Lenders, shall by
notice to WWI declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of
the Loans and other Obligations to be due and payable, require the Borrowers to
provide cash
-86-
collateral to be deposited with the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to
the Stated Amount of all issued Letters of Credit and/or declare the Commitments
(if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon the full unpaid
amount of such Loans and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and
payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice,
demand or presentment, the Borrowers shall deposit with the Administrative Agent
cash collateral in an amount equal to the Stated Amount of all issued Letters of
Credit and/or, as the case may be, the Commitments shall terminate.
ARTICLE X
THE AGENTS
SECTION 10.1. ACTIONS. Each Lender hereby appoints Scotiabank as its
Administrative Agent and as a Lead Agent and Book Manager under and for purposes
of this Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document. Each Lender
authorizes the Administrative Agent to act on behalf of such Lender under this
Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs, and each other Loan Document and, in
the absence of other written instructions from the Required Lenders received
from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with respect to which the
Administrative Agent agrees that it will comply, except as otherwise provided in
this Section or as otherwise advised by counsel), to exercise such powers
hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the
Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers
as may be reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender hereby appoints CSFB as the
Syndication Agent and as a Lead Agent and Book Manager. Each Lender hereby
indemnifies (which indemnity shall survive any termination of this Agreement)
each Agent, ratably in accordance with their respective Term Loans and
Additional TLCs outstanding and Commitments (or, if no Term Loans, Additional
TLCs or Commitments are at the time outstanding and in effect, then ratably in
accordance with the principal amount of Term Loans or, as the case may be,
Additional TLCs held by such Lender, and their respective Commitments as in
effect in each case on the date of the termination of this Agreement), from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, claims, costs or
expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on,
incurred by, or asserted against, the Agents in any way relating to or arising
out of this Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs and any other Loan
Document, including reasonable attorneys' fees, and as to which any Agent is not
reimbursed by the Borrowers or any other Obligor (and without limiting the
obligation of the Borrowers or any other Obligor to do so); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses which are
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final proceeding to have
resulted solely from an Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The
Agents shall not be required to take any action hereunder, under the Notes, the
Additional TLCs or under any other Loan Document, or to prosecute or defend any
suit in respect of this Agreement, the Notes, the Additional TLCs or any other
Loan Document, unless it is indemnified hereunder to its satisfaction. If any
indemnity in favor of the Agents shall be or become, in any Agent's
determination, inadequate, any Agent may call for additional indemnification
from the Lenders and cease to do the acts indemnified against hereunder until
such additional indemnity is given.
-87-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lead Arrangers and Book Managers shall have
no duties, obligations or liabilities under any Loan Document.
SECTION 10.2. FUNDING RELIANCE, ETC. Unless the Administrative Agent
shall have been notified by telephone, confirmed in writing, by any Lender by
5:00 p.m., New York time, on the day prior to a Borrowing that such Lender will
not make available the amount which would constitute its Percentage of such
Borrowing on the date specified therefor, the Administrative Agent may assume
that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent and,
in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have made
such amount available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender severally agrees
and the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon,
for each day from the date the Administrative Agent made such amount available
to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent, at the interest rate applicable at the time to Loans
comprising such Borrowing (in the case of any Borrower) and (in the case of a
Lender), at the Federal Funds Rate (for the first two Business Days after which
such amount has not been repaid, and thereafter at the interest rate applicable
to Loans comprising such Borrowing.
SECTION 10.3. EXCULPATION. Neither any Agent nor any of their
respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any
Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its
own willful misconduct or gross negligence, nor responsible for any recitals or
warranties herein or therein, nor for the effectiveness, enforceability,
validity or due execution of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor for
the creation, perfection or priority of any Liens purported to be created by any
of the Loan Documents, or the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence,
value or sufficiency of any collateral security, nor to make any inquiry
respecting the performance by the Borrowers of their obligations hereunder or
under any other Loan Document. Any such inquiry which may be made by any Agent
shall not obligate it to make any further inquiry or to take any action. The
Agents shall be entitled to rely upon advice of counsel concerning legal matters
and upon any notice, consent, certificate, statement or writing which the Agents
believe to be genuine and to have been presented by a proper Person.
SECTION 10.4. SUCCESSOR. The Syndication Agent may resign as such upon
one Business Day's notice to WWI and the Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least 30 days prior
notice to WWI and all Lenders. If the Administrative Agent at any time shall
resign, the Required Lenders may, with the prior consent of WWI (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld), appoint another Lender as a successor
Administrative Agent which shall thereupon become the Administrative Agent
hereunder. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days
after the retiring Administrative Agent's giving notice of resignation, then the
retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor
Administrative Agent, which shall be one of the Lenders or a commercial banking
institution organized under the laws of the U.S. (or any State thereof) or a
U.S. branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, and having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if, such
retiring
-88-
Administrative Agent is unable to find a commercial banking institution which is
willing to accept such appointment and which meets the qualifications set forth
in above, the retiring Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless
thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the
duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the
Required Lenders appoint a successor as provided for above. Upon the acceptance
of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor
Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
receive from the retiring Administrative Agent such documents of transfer and
assignment as such successor Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and
shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as the
Administrative Agent, the provisions of
(a) this ARTICLE X shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement; and
(b) SECTION 11.3 and SECTION 11.4 shall continue to inure to
its benefit.
SECTION 10.5. CREDIT EXTENSIONS BY EACH AGENT. Each Agent shall have
the same rights and powers with respect to (x) the Credit Extensions made by it
or any of its Affiliates, and (y) the Notes or Additional TLCs held by it or any
of its Affiliates as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were
not an Agent. Each Agent and its respective Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of WWI, as if such Agent were not an Agent
hereunder.
SECTION 10.6. CREDIT DECISIONS. Each Lender acknowledges that it has,
independently of each Agent and each other Lender, and based on such Lender's
review of the financial information of the Borrowers, this Agreement, the other
Loan Documents (the terms and provisions of which being satisfactory to such
Lender) and such other documents, information and investigations as such Lender
has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend its Commitments.
Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently of each Agent and each
other Lender, and based on such other documents, information and investigations
as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit
decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and
privileges available to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
SECTION 10.7. COPIES, ETC. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt
notice to each Lender of each notice or request required or permitted to be
given to the Administrative Agent by any Borrower pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement (unless concurrently delivered to the Lenders by such Borrower). The
Administrative Agent will distribute to each Lender each document or instrument
received for its account and copies of all other communications received by the
Administrative Agent from any Borrower for distribution to the Lenders by the
Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
SECTION 10.8. RELIANCE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. The Administrative
Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other
communication (including any thereof
-89-
by telephone, telecopy, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person,
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. As to any matters not
expressly provided for by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the
Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in
refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions
given by the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders as is required in such
circumstance, and such instructions of such Lenders and any action taken or
failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders. For
purposes of applying amounts in accordance with this Section, the Administrative
Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any Secured Party that has entered into a
Rate Protection Agreement with any Obligor for a determination (which such
Secured Party agrees to provide or cause to be provided upon request of the
Administrative Agent) of the outstanding Secured Obligations owed to such
Secured Party under any Rate Protection Agreement. Unless it has actual
knowledge evidenced by way of written notice from any such Secured Party and any
Borrower to the contrary, the Administrative Agent, in acting hereunder and
under each other Loan Document, shall be entitled to assume that no Rate
Protection Agreements or Obligations in respect thereof are in existence or
outstanding between any Secured Party and any Obligor.
SECTION 10.9. DEFAULTS. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Default unless the
Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or any Borrower
specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default".
In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice of the
occurrence of a Default, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall (subject to SECTION 11.1)
take such action with respect to such Default as shall be directed by the
Required Lenders; PROVIDED, THAT unless and until the Administrative Agent shall
have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect
to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders
except to the extent that this Agreement expressly requires that such action be
taken, or not be taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the
Required Lenders or all Lenders.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 11.1. WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS, ETC. The provisions of this
Agreement and of each other Loan Document may from time to time be amended,
modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and
consented to by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
no such amendment, modification or waiver shall:
(a) modify this SECTION 11.1 without the consent of all
Lenders;
(b) increase the aggregate amount of any Lender's Percentage
of any Commitment Amount, increase the aggregate amount of any Loans or
Additional TLCs required to be made or purchased by a Lender pursuant
to its Commitments, extend the
-90-
final Commitment Termination Date of Credit Extensions made (or
participated in) by a Lender or reduce any fees described in ARTICLE
III payable to any Lender without the consent of such Lender;
(c) extend the final Stated Maturity Date for any Lender's
Loan or Additional TLC, or reduce the principal amount of or rate of
interest on any Lender's Loan or Additional TLC or extend the date on
which scheduled payments of principal, or payments of interest or fees
are payable in respect of any Lender's Loans or Additional TLCs, in
each case, without the consent of such Lender (it being understood and
agreed, however, that any vote to rescind any acceleration made
pursuant to SECTION 9.2 and SECTION 9.3 of amounts owing with respect
to the Loans, Additional TLCs and other Obligations shall only require
the vote of the Required Lenders);
(d) reduce the percentage set forth in the definition of
"Required Lenders" or any requirement hereunder that any particular
action be taken by all Lenders without the consent of all Lenders;
(e) increase the Stated Amount of any Letter of Credit or
extend the Stated Expiry Date of any Letter of Credit to a date which
is subsequent to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, in
each case, unless consented to by the Issuer of such Letter of Credit;
(f) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement
or another Loan Document, release (i) any Guarantor from its
obligations under a Guaranty other than in connection with a
Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Securities of
such Guarantor in a transaction permitted by SECTION 7.2.9 as in effect
from time to time or (ii) all or substantially all of the collateral
under the Loan Documents, in either case without the consent of all
Lenders;
(g) change any of the terms of CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 2.1.4 or
SECTION 2.3.2 without the consent of the Swing Line Lender; or
(h) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of
the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as the Administrative Agent),
the Syndication Agent (in its capacity as the Syndication Agent) or any
Issuer (in its capacity as Issuer), unless consented to by the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or such Issuer, as the case
may be.
No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication
Agent, any Issuer or any Lender in exercising any power or right under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.
No notice to or demand on any Borrower or any other Obligor in any case shall
entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver
or approval by the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, any Issuer or
any Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall, except as may
be otherwise stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent
transactions. No waiver or approval hereunder shall require any similar or
dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.
-91-
SECTION 11.2. NOTICES. All notices and other communications provided to
any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in
writing or by facsimile and addressed, delivered or transmitted to such party at
its address or facsimile number set forth on SCHEDULE III hereto or set forth in
the Lender Assignment Agreement or at such other address or facsimile number as
may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice, if
mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if properly addressed and
sent by pre-paid courier service, shall be deemed given when received; any
notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be deemed given when transmitted
(telephonic confirmation in the case of facsimile).
SECTION 11.3. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND EXPENSES. The Borrowers jointly and
severally agree to pay on demand all reasonable expenses of the Administrative
Agent (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Mayer, Brown
& Platt, special New York counsel to the Administrative Agent and of local
counsel, if any, who may be retained by counsel to the Administrative Agent) in
connection with:
(a) the syndication by the Agents of the Loans, the Additional
TLCs, the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and of each other Loan Document, including schedules and
exhibits, and any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other
modifications to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as may from
time to time hereafter be required, whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated;
(b) the filing, recording, refiling or rerecording of each
Mortgage, each Pledge Agreement and each Security Agreement and/or any
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other instruments
relating thereto and all amendments, supplements and modifications to
any thereof and any and all other documents or instruments of further
assurance required to be filed or recorded or refiled or rerecorded by
the terms hereof or of such Mortgage, Pledge Agreement or Security
Agreement; and
(c) the preparation and review of the form of any document or
instrument relevant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
The Borrowers further jointly and severally agree to pay, and to save each
Agent, the Issuer and the Lenders harmless from all liability for, any stamp or
other similar taxes which may be payable in connection with the execution or
delivery of this Agreement, the Credit Extensions made hereunder, or the
issuance of the Notes, the Additional TLCs and Letters of Credit or any other
Loan Documents. The Borrowers also agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent,
the Issuer and each Lender upon demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
(including attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred by the Administrative
Agent, the Issuer or such Lender in connection with (x) the negotiation of any
restructuring or "work-out", whether or not consummated, of any Obligations and
(y) the enforcement of any Obligations.
SECTION 11.4. INDEMNIFICATION. In consideration of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by each Lender and the extension of the Commitments,
the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally indemnify, exonerate and hold the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Issuer and each Lender and each
of their respective Affiliates, and each of their respective
-92-
partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, and each other Person
controlling any of the foregoing within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED Parties"), free and harmless
from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, costs,
liabilities and damages, and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith
(irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for
which indemnification hereunder is sought), including reasonable attorneys' fees
and disbursements (collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"), incurred by the
Indemnified Parties or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or
relating to
(a) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in
part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Credit
Extension;
(b) the entering into and performance of this Agreement and
any other Loan Document by any of the Indemnified Parties (including
any action brought by or on behalf of any Borrower as the result of any
determination by the Required Lenders pursuant to ARTICLE V not to make
any Credit Extension);
(c) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to any
acquisition or proposed acquisition by WWI or any of its Subsidiaries
of all or any portion of the stock or assets of any Person, whether or
not the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Issuer or such
Lender is party thereto;
(d) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to any
environmental cleanup, audit, compliance or other matter relating to
the protection of the environment or the Release by WWI or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Material;
(e) the presence on or under, or the escape, seepage, leakage,
spillage, discharge, emission, discharging or releases from, any real
property owned or operated by WWI or any Subsidiary thereof of any
Hazardous Material present on or under such property in a manner giving
rise to liability at or prior to the time WWI or such Subsidiary owned
or operated such property (including any losses, liabilities, damages,
injuries, costs, expenses or claims asserted or arising under any
Environmental Law), regardless of whether caused by, or within the
control of, WWI or such Subsidiary; or
(f) each Lender's Environmental Liability (the indemnification
herein shall survive repayment of the Notes and the Additional TLCs and
any transfer of the property of WWI or any of its Subsidiaries by
foreclosure or by a deed in lieu of foreclosure for any Lender's
Environmental Liability, regardless of whether caused by, or within the
control of, WWI or such Subsidiary);
except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a
particular Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Indemnified Party's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. WWI, the Borrowers and their permitted
successors and assigns hereby waive, release and agree not to make any claim, or
bring any cost recovery action against, the Administrative Agent, the
Syndication Agent, the Issuer or any Lender under CERCLA or any state
equivalent, or any similar law now existing or hereafter enacted, except to the
extent arising out of the gross
-93-
negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnified Party. It is expressly
understood and agreed that to the extent that any of such Persons is strictly
liable under any Environmental Laws, any Borrower's obligation to such Person
under this indemnity shall likewise be without regard to fault on the part of
such Borrower with respect to the violation or condition which results in
liability of such Person. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking
may be unenforceable for any reason, each of the Borrowers hereby jointly and
severally agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and
satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under
applicable law.
SECTION 11.5. SURVIVAL. The obligations of the Borrowers under SECTIONS
4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 11.3 and 11.4, and the obligations of the Lenders under
SECTIONS 4.8 and 10.1, shall in each case survive any termination of this
Agreement, the payment in full of all Obligations, the termination or expiration
of all Letters of Credit and the termination of all Commitments. The
representations and warranties made by the Borrowers and each other Obligor in
this Agreement and in each other Loan Document shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and each such other Loan Document.
SECTION 11.6. SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or such Loan Document or affecting the validity or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 11.7. HEADINGS. The various headings of this Agreement and of
each other Loan Document are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or such other Loan Document or
any provisions hereof or thereof.
SECTION 11.8. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed
by the parties hereto in several counterparts each of which shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same
agreement.
SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT, THE
NOTES, THE Additional TLCS AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN THE LETTERS
OF CREDIT, TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED BELOW AND EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET
FORTH IN A LOAN DOCUMENT), INCLUDING PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO INTEREST, LOAN
CHARGES AND COMMITMENT FEES, SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER
AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH
PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK). EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO
LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES
(ISP98--INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NUMBER 590 (THE "ISP
RULES")) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE ISP RULES, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Agreement and the other Loan
-94-
Documents constitute the entire understanding among the parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any prior
agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto. SECTION 11.10. SUCCESSORS AND
ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that:
(a) none of the Borrowers may assign or transfer its rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent and all Lenders; and
(b) the rights of sale, assignment and transfer of the Lenders
are subject to SECTION 11.11.
SECTION 11.11. SALE AND TRANSFER OF LOANS AND NOTES; PARTICIPATIONS IN
LOANS, NOTES AND ADDITIONAL TLCS. Each Lender may assign, or sell participations
in, its Loans, its Additional TLCs, Letters of Credit and Commitments to one or
more other Persons, on a non PRO RATA basis, in accordance with this SECTION
11.11.
SECTION 11.11.1. ASSIGNMENTS. Any Lender,
(a) with the written consents of WWI and the Administrative
Agent (which consents shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld and
which consent, in the case of WWI, shall be deemed to have been given
in the absence of a written notice delivered by WWI to the
Administrative Agent, on or before the fifth Business Day after receipt
by WWI of such Lender's request for such consent), may at any time
assign and delegate to one or more commercial banks or other financial
institutions; and
(b) with notice to WWI and the Administrative Agent, but
without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may
assign and delegate to any of its Affiliates, Related Fund or to any
other Lender,
(each Person described in either of the foregoing clauses as being the Person to
whom such assignment and delegation is to be made, being hereinafter referred to
as an "ASSIGNEE LENDER"), all or any fraction of such Lender's total Loans,
Additional TLCs, participations in Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit
Outstandings with respect thereto and Commitments in a minimum aggregate amount
of $1,000,000 or the then remaining amount of a Lender's type of Loan or
Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) with respect to assignments of Revolving
Loans, the assigning Lender must assign a PRO RATA portion of each of its
Revolving Loan Commitments, Revolving Loans and interest in Letters of Credit
Outstandings and (ii) the Administrative Agent, in its own discretion, or by
instruction from the Issuer, may refuse acceptance of an assignment of Revolving
Loans and Revolving Loan Commitments to a Person not satisfying long-term
certificate of deposit ratings published by S&P or Moody's, of at least BBB- or
Baa3, respectively, or (unless otherwise agreed to by the Issuer), if such
assignment would, pursuant to any applicable laws, rules or regulations, be
binding on the Issuer, result in a reduced rate of return to the Issuer or
require the Issuer to set aside capital in an amount that is greater than that
which is required to be set aside for other Lenders participating in the Letters
of Credit;
-95-
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any such Assignee Lender will comply, if applicable,
with the provisions contained in SECTION 4.6 and the Borrowers, each other
Obligor and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so
assigned and delegated to an Assignee Lender until
(i) written notice of such assignment and delegation,
together with payment instructions, addresses and related
information with respect to such Assignee Lender, shall have
been given to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent by
such Lender and such Assignee Lender;
(ii) such Assignee Lender shall have executed and
delivered to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent a
Lender Assignment Agreement, accepted by the Administrative
Agent; and
(iii) the processing fees described below shall have
been paid.
From and after the date that the Administrative Agent accepts such Lender
Assignment Agreement, (x) the Assignee Lender thereunder shall be deemed
automatically to have become a party hereto and to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned and delegated to such Assignee Lender
in connection with such Lender Assignment Agreement shall have the rights and
obligations of a Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (y)
the assignor Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have
been assigned and delegated by it in connection with such Lender Assignment
Agreement, shall be released from its obligations hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents. Within ten Business Days after its receipt of notice that the
Administrative Agent has received an executed Lender Assignment Agreement, the
applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (for
delivery to the relevant Assignee Lender) new Notes or Additional TLCs, as the
case may be, evidencing such Assignee Lender's assigned Loans, Additional TLCs,
Additional TLC Commitments and Commitments and, if the assignor Lender has
retained Loans, Additional TLCs, Additional TLC Commitments and Commitments
hereunder, replacement Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, in the
principal amount of the Loans or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, and
Additional TLC Commitments or Commitments, as the case may be, retained by the
assignor Lender hereunder (such Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, to
be in exchange for, but not in payment of, those Notes or Additional TLCs, as
the case may be, then held by such assignor Lender). Each such Note or
Additional TLC, as the case may be, shall be dated the date of the predecessor
Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be. The assignor Lender shall mark the
predecessor Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, "exchanged" and
deliver them to the applicable Borrower. Accrued interest on that part of the
predecessor Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, evidenced by the new
Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, and accrued fees, shall be paid as
provided in the Lender Assignment Agreement. Accrued interest on that part of
the predecessor Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, evidenced by the
replacement Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case may be, shall be paid to the
assignor Lender. Accrued interest and accrued fees shall be paid at the same
time or times provided in the predecessor Notes or Additional TLCs, as the case
may be, and in this Agreement. Such assignor Lender or such Assignee Lender must
also pay a processing fee to the Administrative Agent upon delivery of any
Lender Assignment Agreement, in the amount of $3,500, unless such assignment and
delegation is by a Lender to its Affiliate or
-96-
if such assignment and delegation is by a Lender to the Federal Reserve Bank, as
provided below. Any attempted assignment and delegation not made in accordance
with this SECTION 11.11.1 shall be null and void.
Notwithstanding any other term of this SECTION 11.11.1, the agreement of the
Swing Line Lender to provide the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall not impair or
otherwise restrict in any manner the ability of the Swing Line Lender to make
any assignment of its Loans or Commitments, it being understood and agreed that
the Swing Line Lender may terminate its Swing Line Loan Commitment, to the
extent such Swing Line Commitment would exceed its Revolving Loan Commitment
after giving effect to such assignment, in connection with the making of any
assignment. Nothing contained in this SECTION 11.11.1 shall prevent or prohibit
any Lender from pledging its rights (but not its obligations to make Loans)
under this Agreement and/or its Loans and/or its Notes hereunder to a Federal
Reserve Bank (or in the case of a Lender which is a fund, to the trustee of, or
other Eligible Institution affiliated with, such fund for the benefit of its
investors) in support of borrowings made by such Lender from such Federal
Reserve Bank.
In the event that S&P or Moody's shall, after the date that any Lender with a
Commitment to make Revolving Loans or participate in Letters of Credit or Swing
Line Loans becomes a Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate of deposit
rating or long-term senior unsecured debt rating of such Lender, and the
resulting rating shall be below BBB- or Baa3, then each of the Issuer and (if
different) the Swing Line Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation,
upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender
with an Assignee Lender in accordance with and subject to the restrictions
contained in this Section, and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign
without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained
in this Section) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its
Revolving Loan Commitment under this Agreement to such Assignee Lender;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule
and regulation or order of any governmental authority and (ii) such Assignee
Lender shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of
such assignment the principal of and interest and fees (if any) accrued to the
date of payment on the Loans made, and Letters of Credit participated in, by
such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender's account or
owed to it hereunder.
SECTION 11.11.2. PARTICIPATIONS.
(a) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial
banks or other Persons (each of such commercial banks and other Persons
being herein called a "PARTICIPANT") participating interests in any of
the Loans, Additional TLCs, Commitments, or other interests of such
Lender hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(i) no participation contemplated in this Section
shall relieve such Lender from its Commitments or its other
obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible for
the performance of its Commitments and such other obligations;
-97-
(iii) each Borrower and each other Obligor and the
Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement and each of the
other Loan Documents;
(iv) no Participant, unless such Participant is an
Affiliate of such Lender, or Related Fund or is itself a
Lender, shall be entitled to require such Lender to take or
refrain from taking any action hereunder or under any other
Loan Document, except that such Lender may agree with any
Participant that such Lender will not, without such
Participant's consent, take any action of the type described
in CLAUSE (a), (b), (f) or, to the extent requiring the
consent of each Lender, CLAUSE (c) of SECTION 11.1; and
(v) the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any
amount under this Agreement that is greater than the amount
which it would have been required to pay had no participating
interest been sold.
The Borrowers acknowledge and agree, subject to CLAUSE (V) above, that each
Participant, for purposes of SECTIONS 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.8, 4.9, 11.3 and
11.4, shall be considered a Lender. Each Participant shall only be indemnified
for increased costs pursuant to SECTION 4.3, 4.5 or 4.6 if and to the extent
that the Lender which sold such participating interest to such Participant
concurrently is entitled to make, and does make, a claim on any Borrower for
such increased costs. Any Lender that sells a participating interest in any
Loan, Additional TLC, Commitment or other interest to a Participant under this
Section shall indemnify and hold harmless each Borrower and the Administrative
Agent from and against any taxes, penalties, interest or other costs or losses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred or payable by any
Borrower or the Administrative Agent as a result of the failure of such Borrower
or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations to deduct or withhold
any taxes from any payments made pursuant to this Agreement to such Lender or
the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, which taxes would not have been
incurred or payable if such Participant had been a Non-U.S. Lender that was
entitled to deliver to such Borrower, the Administrative Agent or such Lender,
and did in fact so deliver, a duly completed and valid Form 1001 or 4224 (or
applicable successor form) entitling such Participant to receive payments under
this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal
taxes.
(b) Each Lender agrees and represents with and for the benefit
of the SP1 Borrower and WW Australia that it:
(i) has not (directly or indirectly) offered by
subscription or purchase or issued invitations to subscribe
for or buy nor has it sold the Additional TLCs;
(ii) will not (directly or indirectly) offer for
subscription or purchase or issue invitations to subscribe for
or buy nor will it sell the Additional TLCs; and
(iii) has not distributed and will not distribute any
draft, preliminary or definitive offering memorandum,
advertisements or other offering material relating to the
Additional TLCs,
-98-
in the Commonwealth of Australia, its territories or possessions, unless (x) the
consideration is payable by each offeree or invitee in a minimum amount of
A$500,000 or the offer or invitation is otherwise an EXCLUDED OFFER OR EXCLUDED
INVITATION for the purposes of the Australian Corporations Law and the
Corporations Regulations made under the Australian Corporations Law, and (y) the
offer, invitation or distribution complies with all applicable laws, regulations
and directives and does not require any document to be lodged with, or
registered by, the ASIC.
(c) Each Lender agrees and represents with and for the benefit
of the SP1 Borrower and WW Australia that it has not sold and will not
sell the Additional TLCs to any person if, at the time of such sale,
the employees of the Lender aware of, or involved in, the sale knew or
had reasonable grounds to suspect that, as a result of such sale, any
Additional TLCs or an interest in any Additional TLCs were being, or
would later be, acquired (directly or indirectly) by an associate of
the SP1 Borrower or WW Australia for the purposes of section 128F(5) of
the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 of Australia.
(d) The SP1 Borrower holds the benefit of the agreements and
representations in paragraphs (b) and (c) in trust for WW Australia.
SECTION 11.11.3. REGISTER. The Borrowers hereby designate the
Administrative Agent to serve as the Borrowers' agent, solely for the purpose of
this Section, to maintain a register (the "REGISTER") on which the
Administrative Agent will record each Lender's Commitment, the Loans made by
each Lender and the Notes evidencing such Loans and the Additional TLCs, and
each repayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans and the
Additional TLCs of each Lender and annexed to which the Administrative Agent
shall retain a copy of each Lender Assignment Agreement delivered to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section. Failure to make any recordation,
or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Borrower's or any other
Obligor's Obligations in respect of such Loans or Notes or Additional TLCs. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error,
and WWI, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat
each Person in whose name a Loan and related Note or Additional TLC is
registered as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice or any provision herein to the contrary. A Lender's
Commitment and the Loans made pursuant thereto and the Notes evidencing such
Loans or Additional TLCs may be assigned or otherwise transferred in whole or in
part only by registration of such assignment or transfer in the Register. Any
assignment or transfer of a Lender's Commitment or the Loans or the Notes
evidencing such Loans or Additional TLCs made pursuant thereto shall be
registered in the Register only upon delivery to the Administrative Agent of a
Lender Assignment Agreement duly executed by the assignor thereof. No assignment
or transfer of a Lender's Commitment or the Loans made pursuant thereto or the
Notes evidencing such Loans or Additional TLCs shall be effective unless such
assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Register by the
Administrative Agent as provided in this Section. No Assignment and Assumption
Agreement shall be effective until recorded in the Register.
SECTION 11.12. OTHER TRANSACTIONS. Nothing contained herein shall
preclude the Administrative Agent, the Issuer or any other Lender from engaging
in any transaction, in addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, the Borrowers
-99-
or any of their Affiliates in which any Borrower or such Affiliate is not
restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.
SECTION 11.13. FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. ANY
LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF
DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT, THE SYNDICATION AGENT, THE LENDERS, ANY ISSUER OR THE BORROWERS IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN
THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR
THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING
ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH
COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH OF THE BORROWERS IRREVOCABLY
CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY
PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK AT THE ADDRESS FOR
NOTICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 11.2. EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH
IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION
BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH
LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY OF
WWI OR THE BORROWERS HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM
JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR
NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR
OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, EACH OF WWI AND THE BORROWERS
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SUCH IMMUNITY
IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
SECTION 11.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE
SYNDICATION AGENT, EACH LENDER, EACH ISSUER AND EACH BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY
RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON,
OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER
ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE SYNDICATION AGENT,
SUCH LENDER, SUCH ISSUER OR ANY BORROWER IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.
EACH OF THE BORROWERS ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND
SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION (AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF EACH
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY) AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A
MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE
-100-
SYNDICATION AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH ISSUER ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND
EACH SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.
SECTION 11.15. CONFIDENTIALITY. The Lenders shall hold all non-public
information obtained pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or
obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of WWI or any
of its Subsidiaries in accordance with their customary procedures for handling
confidential information of this nature, but may make disclosure to any of their
examiners, Affiliates, outside auditors, counsel and other professional advisors
or to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such
contractual counterparty's professional advisor (so long as such contractual
counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to
be bound by the provisions of this Section) in connection with this Agreement or
as reasonably required by any potential BONA FIDE transferee, participant or
assignee, or in connection with the exercise of remedies under a Loan Document,
or as requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant
to legal process or to any quasi-regulatory authority (including the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(a) unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court
order, each Lender shall notify WWI of any request by any governmental
agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in
connection with an examination of the financial condition of such
Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such
non-public information prior to disclosure of such information;
(b) prior to any such disclosure pursuant to this SECTION
11.15, each Lender shall require any such BONA fide transferee,
participant and assignee receiving a disclosure of non-public
information to agree in writing
(i) to be bound by this SECTION 11.15; and
(ii) to require such Person to require any other
Person to whom such Person discloses such non-public
information to be similarly bound by this SECTION 11.15; and
(c) except as may be required by an order of a court of
competent jurisdiction and to the extent set forth therein, no Lender
shall be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by WWI
or any Subsidiary.
SECTION 11.16. JUDGMENT CURRENCY. If, for the purpose of obtaining
judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder, under any
Note, Additional TLC or under any other Loan Document in another currency into
U.S. Dollars or into a Foreign Currency, as the case may be, the parties hereto
agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of
exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking
procedures, the applicable Secured Party could purchase such other currency with
U.S. Dollars or with such Foreign Currency, as the case may be, in New York
City, at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the day
on which final judgment is given, together with any premiums and costs of
exchange payable in connection with such purchase.
-101-
SECTION 11.17. RELEASE OF SECURITY INTERESTS.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein
or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby
irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to
or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by SECTION 11.1)
to take any action requested by the Borrowers having the effect of
releasing any collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent
necessary to permit consummation of any transaction expressly permitted
by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with
SECTION 11.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b)
below.
(b) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations
and the other obligations under the Loan Documents shall have been paid
in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no letters of Credit
shall be outstanding, the collateral shall be released from the Liens
created by the Security Agreements, and the Security Agreements and all
obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such
termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Obligor under the
Security Agreements shall terminate, all without delivery of any
instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
-102-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first above written.
BORROWERS
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
WW FUNDING CORP.
By:
Name:
Title:
AGENTS
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
as the Syndication Agent
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as the Administrative Agent
By:
Name:
Title:
ISSUER
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as the Issuer
By:
Name:
Title:
SCHEDULE I
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
ITEM 5.1.9 LIEN SEARCH JURISDICTIONS
ITEM 6.1 GOOD STANDING.
ITEM 6.7 LITIGATION.
DESCRIPTION OF PROCEEDING ACTION OR CLAIM SOUGHT
ITEM 6.8 EXISTING SUBSIDIARIES.
ITEM 6.11 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.
ITEM 6.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
ITEM 7.2.2(c) ONGOING INDEBTEDNESS.
CREDITOR OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
ITEM 7.2.5(a) ONGOING INVESTMENTS.
I-1
SCHEDULE II
COMMITMENTS AND PERCENTAGES
II-1
SCHEDULE III
NOTICE INFORMATION,
DOMESTIC OFFICES AND LIBOR OFFICES
III-1
Exhibit 10.13
AMENDMENT TO LETTER AGREEMENT
This Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated as of October 19,
2001 (the "Agreement), is between Weight Watchers International, Inc. (the
"Company") and The Invus Group, Ltd. ("Invus").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Letter Agreement, dated as of
September 29, 1999 (the "Management Agreement"), the Company retained Invus to
provide it with certain management, business strategy, consulting and financial
services; and
WHEREAS, each of the Company and Invus desires to amend the
Management Agreement to the extent and upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1 AMENDMENT OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
1.1 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 8 OF THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT.
Section 8 of the Management Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last
sentence of such Section and substituting therefor the following:
"This agreement may be terminated by Invus at any time or by
WW at any time after Artal Luxembourg S.A. beneficially owns less than a
majority of the total voting stock of WW."
SECTION 2 MISCELLANEOUS
2.1 LIMITED EFFECT. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Management Agreement is, and shall remain, in full force and effect in
accordance with its terms.
2.2 COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed by one or
more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of
said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.
2.3 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and
year first above written.
WEIGHT WATCHERS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:___________________________
Name:
Title:
THE INVUS GROUP, LTD.
By:___________________________
Name:
Title:
Exhibit 10.17
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
OCTOBER 1999
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article I: Introduction.......................................................1
1.01 Name.................................................................1
1.02 Purpose..............................................................1
1.03 Status Under Code....................................................1
1.04 Effective Date.......................................................1
Article II: Definitions.......................................................2
2.01 Defined Terms........................................................2
2.02 Account(s)...........................................................2
2.03 Affiliate............................................................2
2.04 After Tax Account....................................................2
2.05 After Tax Contributions..............................................2
2.06 Alternate Payee......................................................2
2.07 Annual Additions.....................................................2
2.08 Beneficiary..........................................................3
2.09 Board of Directors...................................................3
2.10 Break in Service.....................................................3
2.11 Code.................................................................3
2.12 Committee............................................................4
2.13 Compensation.........................................................4
2.14 Compensation Limit...................................................4
2.15 Disability...........................................................4
2.16 Discharge Without Cause..............................................4
2.17 Eligibility Computation Period.......................................4
2.18 Eligible Earnings....................................................4
2.19 Eligible Retirement Plan.............................................5
2.20 Eligible Rollover Distribution.......................................5
2.21 Employee.............................................................5
2.22 Employer.............................................................6
2.23 Employment Commencement Date.........................................6
2.24 ERISA................................................................6
2.25 Fund or Investment Fund(s)...........................................6
2.26 Highly Compensated Employee..........................................7
2.27 Hour of Service......................................................7
2.28 Investment Committee.................................................8
2.29 Key Employee.........................................................8
2.30 Leased Employee......................................................8
2.31 Matching Account.....................................................8
2.32 Matching Contributions...............................................8
2.33 Member...............................................................8
2.34 Payroll Period.......................................................8
2.35 Period of Service....................................................8
2.36 Period of Severance..................................................8
2.37 Plan.................................................................8
2.38 Plan Year............................................................8
2.39 Profit Sharing Contribution..........................................9
2.40 Profit Sharing Contribution Account..................................9
2.41 Qualified Domestic Relations Order...................................9
2.42 Qualified Nonelective Contributions..................................9
2.43 Retired Member.......................................................9
i
|
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.44 Retirement...........................................................9
2.45 Rollover Account.....................................................9
2.46 Rollover Contributions...............................................9
2.47 Salaried Employee....................................................9
2.48 Service.............................................................10
2.49 Severance from Service Date.........................................10
2.50 Tax Deferred Account................................................10
2.51 Tax Deferred Contributions..........................................10
2.52 Trust Agreement.....................................................10
2.53 Trust Fund..........................................................10
2.54 Trustee.............................................................10
2.55 Valuation Date......................................................10
Article III: Membership......................................................11
3.01 Eligibility and Enrollment..........................................11
3.02 Cessation of Membership.............................................11
3.03 Military Service....................................................11
Article IV: Contributions....................................................12
4.01 Profit Sharing Contributions........................................12
4.02 Tax Deferred Contributions..........................................14
4.03 Change in Tax Deferred Contributions................................15
4.04 Suspension of Tax Deferred Contributions............................16
4.05 Limitation on Tax Deferred Contributions............................16
4.06 Matching Contributions..............................................18
4.07 Rollover Contributions..............................................18
4.08 Limitation Based on Contribution Percentage.........................19
4.09 Allocation to Member Accounts.......................................20
4.10 Maximum Annual Additions............................................21
4.11 Participation in Other Plans........................................22
4.12 Aggregate Limit.....................................................22
4.13 Return of Contributions.............................................22
Article V: Eligibility for Benefits..........................................23
5.01 Vesting.............................................................23
5.02 Retirement..........................................................23
5.03 Death...............................................................23
5.04 Disability..........................................................23
5.05 Discharge Without Cause.............................................23
5.06 Other Termination of Employment.....................................23
5.07 Application of Forfeitures..........................................24
Article VI: Withdrawals......................................................25
6.01 In General..........................................................25
6.02 After Tax Account and Rollover Account..............................25
6.03 Matching Account....................................................25
6.04 Tax Deferred Account................................................25
6.05 Profit Sharing Contribution Account.................................26
6.06 Hardship Withdrawal.................................................26
ii
|
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.07 Additional Withdrawal Rules.........................................27
Article VII: Accounts........................................................28
7.01 Member Accounts.....................................................28
7.02 Periodic Statements.................................................28
Article VIII: Distributions..................................................29
8.01 In General..........................................................29
8.02 Methods of Distribution............................................30
8.03 Medium of Payment...................................................31
8.04 Timing of Distributions.............................................31
8.05 Valuation...........................................................32
8.06 Written Explanation.................................................32
Article IX: Trust Fund.......................................................33
9.01 Trustee and Trust Agreement.........................................33
9.02 Expenses............................................................33
9.03 Investment Funds....................................................33
9.04 Investment Elections by Members.....................................34
9.05 Investment Election Changes.........................................34
9.06 Reallocation Among Funds............................................34
9.07 Transferred Amounts.................................................34
9.08 Interim Investment Fund.............................................35
9.09 Member Loans........................................................35
9.10 Loan Requirements...................................................36
Article X: Administration....................................................39
10.01 The Committee....................................................39
10.02 Powers...........................................................39
10.03 Quorum and Committee Actions.....................................40
10.04 Investment Committee.............................................40
10.05 Liability Insurance and Indemnification..........................40
10.06 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders..............................40
10.07 Fiduciary Standard...............................................40
10.08 Facility of Payment..............................................40
10.09 Valuation Dates..................................................41
Article XI: Amendment, Termination, and Merger...............................42
11.01 Right to Terminate or Amend......................................42
11.02 Termination Procedures...........................................42
11.03 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets................42
Article XII: General Provisions..............................................44
12.01 Uniform Administration...........................................44
12.02 Source of Payment................................................44
12.03 No Right to Employment...........................................44
12.04 Benefits Not Assignable..........................................44
12.05 Laws Applicable..................................................44
12.06 Election Procedures..............................................44
iii
|
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12.07 Top-Heavy Requirements...........................................44
12.08 Gender and Number................................................46
Article XIII: Claims Procedure...............................................47
13.01 Filing a Claim...................................................47
13.02 Notice of Denial of Claim........................................47
13.03 Right of Review..................................................47
13.04 Decision on Review...............................................47
13.05 Court Action.....................................................48
Article XIV: Signature.......................................................49
iv
|
WEIGHT WATCHERS SAVINGS PLAN
ARTICLE I: INTRODUCTION
1.01 NAME.
This Plan shall be known as the Weight Watchers Savings Plan (the "Plan").
1.02 PURPOSE.
The purpose of the Plan is to assure a competitive compensation program for
Employees by establishing a retirement plan which combines monthly Employer
Profit Sharing Contributions for the account of each eligible Employee with a
formal savings program under which eligible Employees may elect to make Tax
Deferred Contributions supplemented by Matching Contributions from the Employer.
The Plan provides an additional incentive for the Employees to remain in the
employ of the Employer.
1.03 STATUS UNDER CODE.
This Plan is intended to be a qualified plan under section 401(a) of the Code.
The Plan as a whole is designed to qualify as a profit-sharing plan, provided
that Employer contributions shall be made to the Plan without regard to current
or accumulated earnings and profits. The provisions of the Plan concerning Tax
Deferred Contributions are intended to constitute a cash or deferred arrangement
under section 401(k) of the Code.
1.04 EFFECTIVE DATE.
The Plan is effective October 3, 1999.
1
ARTICLE II: DEFINITIONS
2.01 DEFINED TERMS.
Unless otherwise required by the context, the terms used herein shall have the
meanings set forth in this Article II.
2.02 ACCOUNT(S).
Account(s) shall mean the Tax Deferred Account, the Matching Account, the After
Tax Account, the Profit Sharing Contribution Account and/or the Rollover
Account.
2.03 AFFILIATE.
Affiliate shall mean any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code), which also
includes as a member the Employer, a trade or business under common control
(within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code) with the Employer, any
organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code) which includes
the Employer and any other organization or arrangement to the extent aggregation
is required pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code. For purposes of paragraph
4.10 only, the definitions in sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code shall be
modified as provided in section 415(h) of the Code.
2.04 AFTER TAX ACCOUNT
After Tax Account shall mean the account into which were transferred After Tax
Contributions, and earnings attributable thereto.
2.05 AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
After Tax Contributions shall mean contributions made by a Member, prior to the
effective date of the Plan, under either the H.J. Heinz Company Employees
Retirement and Savings Plan or the H.J. Heinz Company SAVER Plan, and which,
subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, were transferred to the Member's
After Tax Account.
2.06 ALTERNATE PAYEE
Alternate Payee shall mean a person designated to receive payments or
distributions pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
2.07 ANNUAL ADDITIONS
Annual Additions shall mean, for any calendar year, the sum of:
(a) the Employer contributions (including Tax Deferred Contributions) made
on behalf of the Member for such calendar year; and
(b) Forfeitures, if applicable,
2
that have been allocated to the Member's Accounts under this Plan or his
accounts under any other qualified defined contribution plan sponsored by the
Employer. For purposes of this paragraph, any Tax Deferred Contributions
distributed under the provisions of paragraph 4.05 and any Matching
Contributions which may have been distributed or forfeited under the provisions
of paragraph 4.08 shall be included in the Annual Addition for the year
allocated.
2.08 BENEFICIARY
Beneficiary shall mean any person or persons designated by a Member, in
accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, to receive benefits
payable in the event of the death of the Member. If a married Member designates
a Beneficiary who is other than his spouse, then such designation must be
consented to and signed by the spouse and witnessed by a Plan representative or
notary public, unless such requirement is waived because it is established in
accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee that there is no spouse,
the spouse cannot be located, the spouse is legally incompetent (in which case
the consent of the legal guardian is required), the Member is legally separated
or has been abandoned by his spouse (as determined according to local law), or
for such other reasons as may be prescribed by applicable regulations. If no
such designation is in effect at the time of death of the Member, or the
person(s) so designated do not survive the Member, the Beneficiary shall be
deemed to be the Member's surviving spouse, if any; otherwise the Beneficiary
shall be the estate of the Member. A Member may change his Beneficiary at any
time, provided that the spousal consent requirements above are fulfilled, if
applicable.
2.09 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of Weight Watchers
International or the Executive Committee of such Board.
2.10 BREAK IN SERVICE
Break in Service shall mean a Period of Severance of 12 consecutive months or
longer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee's service is terminated or
if the Employee is otherwise absent from work due to the Employee's pregnancy,
birth of the Employee's child, placement of a child with the Employee in
connection with the adoption by the Employee of that child or for purposes of
caring for that child for a period following the birth or placement, a Break in
Service shall occur only if the Employee is not reemployed or does not return to
active service prior to the second anniversary of the Employee's Severance from
Service Date; and provided further that the first year of such absence, measured
from his Severance from Service Date, shall not be considered in determining a
Member's Break in Service for purposes of paragraphs 2.50 and 5.06.
2.11 CODE
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
3
2.12 COMMITTEE
Committee shall mean the committee appointed by the Board of Directors or such
other committee as the Board of Directors may subsequently designate as being
responsible for the general administration of the Plan.
2.13 COMPENSATION
Compensation shall mean the Employee's total salary, wages, fees and other
remuneration received in the Plan Year for personal services actually rendered
in the course of employment with the Employers, including, but not by way of
limitation, bonuses, overtime payments and commissions, and shall exclude
deferred compensation, stock options and other distributions which receive
special tax benefits under the Code, all such inclusions and exclusions to be
determined consistently with Treasury Regulation section 1.415-2(d), which is
hereby incorporated by reference. Except for purposes of paragraph 4.10,
Compensation shall be determined after any reduction of Eligible Earnings
pursuant to paragraph 4.02, after any pre-tax contributions under a cafeteria
plan under section 125 of the Code, and after any contributions for a qualified
transportation fringe under section 132(f) of the Code.
2.14 COMPENSATION LIMIT
Compensation Limit shall mean $150,000, as adjusted pursuant to section
401(a)(17) of the Code.
2.15 DISABILITY
Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Member that, based on
satisfactory medical evidence acceptable to the Committee, is believed to be
permanent and to render the Member unfit to perform duties for the Employer.
2.16 DISCHARGE WITHOUT CAUSE
Discharge Without Cause shall mean involuntary termination of employment with
the Employer because of job elimination, plant shutdown or permanent layoff in
connection with a reduction in force.
2.17 ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
Eligibility Computation Period shall mean the 12 consecutive month period
beginning on an individual's Employment Commencement Date and the 12 consecutive
month period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year commencing after the
Employment Commencement Date.
2.18 ELIGIBLE EARNINGS
Eligible Earnings shall mean all cash remuneration payable to an Employee before
payroll withholding, including sales incentive payments and bonuses,
4
payments under the Weight Watchers International Income Protection Plan, and
salary continuation paid on a payroll-period-by-payroll-period basis, but
excluding hiring, retention and referral bonuses, short-term housing relocation
allowances, overseas allowances, amounts received by the Member under long term
incentive plans, amounts previously deferred, lump sum severance payments,
Employer contributions to and benefit payments from welfare or retirement
programs, all classroom and related meeting pay for Salaried Employees,
suggestion system awards and prizes, reimbursements for business travel or
entertainment expenses incurred by the Member and not reported as wages for
federal tax purposes, and any amounts designated as a "Vacation Bonus" related
to the number of meetings facilitated by an Employee working in the field. Any
amounts by which an Employee's cash compensation is reduced at the Employee's
election pursuant to plans maintained by the Employer which are described in
section 125 of the Code, section 401(k) of the Code or section 132(f) of the
Code shall be included, but cash or other benefits payable to the Employee from
such plans shall be excluded. In all cases of doubt as to determination of
Eligible Earnings, the decision of the Committee shall be final.
2.19 ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN
Eligible Retirement Plan shall have the meaning set forth in section
401(a)(31)(E) of the Code.
2.20 ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION
Eligible Rollover Distribution shall have the meaning set forth in section
401(a)(31)(D) of the Code.
2.21 EMPLOYEE
Employee shall mean any person employed by an Employer who receives a regular
stated compensation from the Employer other than a pension, retainer or fee
under contract, provided that such term shall not include:
(a) a person who is a nonresident alien, unless such person receives
remuneration from the Employer that is considered to be U.S.-source income;
(b) A person whose compensation is established under a collective
bargaining agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for membership
in the Plan;
(c) A Leased Employee, provided that if a person who originally performs
services for the Employer as a Leased Employee (or in a status which would be
that of a Leased Employee if such services had been on a substantially full time
basis for a period of at least one year under the primary direction and control
of the Employer) becomes an Employee, or in the event an Employee becomes
employed by the Employer as a Leased Employee, any service rendered with the
Employer as a Leased Employee (or in a status which would be that of a Leased
Employee if such services had been on a substantially full time basis for a
period of at least one year under the primary direction and control of the
Employer) shall be counted in determining (i) eligibility under paragraph 3.01
5
(except that he shall not by reason of that status be eligible to become a
Member) and (ii) years of Service for vesting under paragraph 5.01.
(d) However, "Employee" shall exclude any individual retained by an Employer to
perform services for the Employer (for either a definite or indefinite duration)
and who is characterized as a fee-for-service worker or independent contractor
or in a similar capacity (rather than in the capacity of an employee),
regardless of such individual's status under common law, including, without
limitation, any such individual who is or has been determined by a third party,
including, without limitation, a government agency or board or court or
arbitrator, to be an employee of the Employer for any purpose, including,
without limitation, for purposes of any employee benefit plan of the Employer
(including this Plan) or for purposes of federal, state or local tax
withholding, employment tax or employment law, for the period during which the
individual is so characterized even if such individual is later retroactively
recharacterized pursuant to applicable law or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member while in receipt of disability
income payments under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Employer
shall be treated as an Employee until the date he ceases to be eligible for
payments under such program or until age 65 or termination of Employee status.
2.22 EMPLOYER
Employer shall mean, as the case may be, Weight Watchers International and any
Affiliate of Weight Watchers International that adopts the Plan with the
approval of Weight Watchers International.
2.23 EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
Employment Commencement Date shall mean the first day of any period for which a
person is paid or entitled to payment for performance of duties for the Employer
or an Affiliate; provided, however, the Employment Commencement Date of any
person employed by an Affiliate may not be earlier than the date the Affiliate
becomes such as described in paragraph 2.03, except as otherwise directed by the
Board of Directors or required by law.
2.24 ERISA
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
form time to time.
2.25 FUND OR INVESTMENT FUND(S).
Fund or Investment Fund(s) shall mean one or more of the funds in which Member
and Employer contributions to the Plan are invested in accordance with Article
IX.
6
2.26 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
Highly Compensated Employee shall mean an individual determined in accordance
with section 414(q) of the Code, and with such rules and regulations as shall be
promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to such section, and shall
mean an Employee who:
(i) was a 5% owner (as defined in section 416(i)(1) of the Code) with
respect to an Employer or an Affiliate during the Plan Year being tested or the
preceding Plan Year, or
(ii) earned more than $80,000 of Section 414(q) compensation (as defined in
section 414(q)(4) of the Code) in the preceding Plan Year; provided however, the
$80,000 amount is subject to adjustment as provided under section 415 of the
Code, except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending September
30, 1996.
For purposes of the this provision, a former Employee shall be treated
as a Highly Compensated Employee if such former Employee was a Highly
Compensated Employee when such former Employee separated from service, or such
former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining
age 55.
2.27 HOUR OF SERVICE
Hour of Service shall mean, with respect to any Eligibility Computation Period:
(a) each hour for which a person is paid or entitled to payment for the
performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate;
(b) each hour for which a person is paid or entitled to payment by the
Employer or an Affiliate directly or indirectly, on account of a period during
which no duties are performed, whether or not the employment relationship has
terminated due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability),
layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, but not in excess of 501
hours for any such single continuous period;
(c) each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is
either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an Affiliate, excluding any hour
credited under paragraphs (a) or (b) above, which shall be credited to the
computation period or periods to which the award, agreement or payment pertains,
rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment
is made; and
(d) no hours shall be credited on account of any period during which a person
performs no duties and receives payment solely for the purpose of complying with
workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws.
The Hours of Service to be credited shall be determined pursuant to
Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) as
promulgated by the United States Department of Labor.
7
2.28 INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
Investment Committee shall mean the Investment Committee appointed by the Board
of Directors as prescribed in paragraph 10.05 or such other committee or board
as the Board of Directors may subsequently designate as being responsible for
the duties prescribed for the Investment Committee in this Plan.
2.29 KEY EMPLOYEE
Key Employee shall have the meaning set forth in section 416(i) of the Code.
2.30 LEASED EMPLOYEE
Leased Employee shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 414(n) of the
Code.
2.31 MATCHING ACCOUNT
Matching Account shall mean the account into which are credited Matching
Contributions, and earnings attributable thereto.
2.32 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Matching Contributions shall mean contributions made by the Employer on a
Member's behalf pursuant to paragraph 4.06(a).
2.33 MEMBER
Member shall mean an Employee who meets the requirements of paragraph 3.01 or a
former Employee who has an undistributed balance in his Account.
2.34 PAYROLL PERIOD
Payroll Period shall mean the weekly, biweekly, semimonthly or monthly period
that is the basis for the Employer's regular payment of remuneration to the
Employee.
2.35 PERIOD OF SERVICE
Period of Service shall mean a period beginning on an Employment Commencement
Date and ending on the next Severance from Service Date.
2.36 PERIOD OF SEVERANCE
Period of Severance shall mean a period beginning on a Severance from Service
Date and ending on the next Employment Commencement Date.
2.37 PLAN.
Plan shall mean the Weight Watchers Savings Plan.
2.38 PLAN YEAR
Plan Year shall mean the calendar year, except that the first Plan Year shall
begin on the date the Plan is effective and shall end on December 31, 1999.
8
2.39 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION
Profit Sharing Contribution shall mean the Employer contributions pursuant to
paragraph 4.01.
2.40 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall mean the account into which are
credited Profit Sharing Contributions and earnings attributable thereto.
2.41 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER
Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall mean any judgment, decree, or order
which:
(a) creates for, or assigns to, a spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of a Member the right to receive all or a portion of the Member's
benefits under the Plan for the purpose of providing child support, alimony
payments or marital property rights to that spouse, child or dependent,
(b) is made pursuant to a state domestic relations law,
(c) does not require the Plan to provide any type of benefit, or any option, not
otherwise provided under the Plan, and
(d) otherwise meets the requirements of section 206(d)(3) of ERISA, as
determined by the Committee.
2.42 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall mean discretionary contributions by
the Employer which are made pursuant to paragraph 4.06(d).
2.43 RETIRED MEMBER
Retired Member shall mean a Member who has commenced Retirement and who has an
Account balance remaining in the Plan.
2.44 RETIREMENT
Retirement shall mean cessation of work for the Employer on or after attainment
of age 65.
2.45 ROLLOVER ACCOUNT
Rollover Account shall mean the account into which shall be credited Rollover
Contributions.
2.46 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
Rollover Contributions shall mean contributions made by or on behalf of a Member
pursuant to paragraph 4.07.
2.47 SALARIED EMPLOYEE
Salaried Employee shall mean any Employee whose base compensation from the
Employer is not an hourly wage.
9
2.48 SERVICE
Service shall mean the aggregate of all Periods of Service and all Periods of
Severance of less than 12 consecutive months, excluding periods prior to a Break
in Service of 5 years or more by a Member who is not vested in his Matching
Account and Profit Sharing Contribution Account prior to such Break in Service.
2.49 SEVERANCE FROM SERVICE DATE Severance from Service Date shall mean the
earlier of:
(a) the date the Employee quits, is discharged, retires, dies or otherwise
is terminated from employment with the Employer or an Affiliate, or
(b) the first anniversary of the date of a period in which the employee remains
absent from work for any other reason.
(c)
2.50 TAX DEFERRED ACCOUNT
Tax Deferred Account shall mean the account into which are credited Tax Deferred
Contributions (including nonelective contributions that have been treated as
elective contributions), and earnings attributable thereto.
2.51 TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS
Tax Deferred Contributions shall mean contributions made by the Employer on a
Member's behalf pursuant to paragraph 4.02.
2.52 TRUST AGREEMENT
Trust Agreement shall mean any agreement and amendments thereto entered into
between the Employer and the Trustee to carry out the provisions of the Plan.
2.53 TRUST FUND
Trust Fund shall mean the cash and other properties held and administered by the
Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement to carry out the provisions of the Plan.
2.54 TRUSTEE
Trustee shall mean the one or more designated trustees acting at any time under
any Trust Agreement.
2.55 VALUATION DATE
Valuation Date shall mean the date or dates in each calendar month on which any
valuation is made, as determined under Committee procedures established pursuant
to paragraph 10.10.
10
ARTICLE III: MEMBERSHIP
3.01 ELIGIBILITY AND ENROLLMENT.
An Employee shall become a Member of the Plan according to the following rules:
(a) A Salaried Employee shall become a Member on the first day of the month
following his Employment Commencement Date or, if later, the first day of the
month coincident with or following the Employee's becoming a Salaried Employee.
(b) An Employee other than a Salaried Employee shall become a Member on the
first day of the month following completion of an Eligibility Computation Period
during which he has performed 1,000 or more Hours of Service.
(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), an individual who becomes a Salaried
Employee of the Employer in connection with its acquisition of the assets of
Weighco Enterprises, Inc. shall become a Member on the first day of the month
following completion of an Eligibility Computation Period during which he has
performed 1,000 or more Hours of Service.
An eligible Employee shall be enrolled as a Member automatically upon
satisfaction of the requirements of this paragraph 3.01.
3.02 CESSATION OF MEMBERSHIP.
Membership shall continue so long as there is a balance in the Employee's
Accounts. Membership in the Plan shall cease upon death or when an Employee's
Accounts have been forfeited or completely distributed or withdrawn.
3.03 MILITARY SERVICE.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions,
benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code, effective for
reemployment on or after December 12, 1994.
11
ARTICLE IV: CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Employer shall contribute on a monthly basis (the "Monthly Profit Sharing
Contribution") on behalf of each Member who is a Salaried Employee during such
month an amount equal to the applicable percentage (determined on the basis of
the Member's attained age at the end of the month) of the Member's Eligible
Earnings for the month (up to the Compensation Limit for the Plan Year), as
derived from the following table:
Years of Attained Age: Contribution Rate:
Less than 25 0.50 %
At least 25 but less than 30 0.75 %
At least 30 but less than 35 1.50 %
At least 35 but less than 40 2.50 %
At least 40 but less than 45 3.50 %
At least 45 but less than 50 4.50 %
At least 50 but less than 55 5.50 %
At least 55 but less than 60 6.00 %
60 and over 6.50 %
|
In addition to the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution that is contributed for a
Member who is a Salaried Employee, the Employer shall contribute for each such
Member who is actively employed on April 30, 2000 an additional amount (the "
1999 Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution") to be allocated for the 1999
Plan Year. The 1999 Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution shall be equal to
100% of the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution that was contributed during the
period from October 3, 1999 through December 31, 1999.
In addition to the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution that is contributed for a
Member who is a Salaried Employee, the Employer shall contribute for each such
Member who is actively employed on April 30, 2000 an additional amount (the
"100% 2000 Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution" to be allocated for the
2000 Plan Year). The 100% 2000 Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution shall be
equal to 100% of the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution that was contributed
during the period from January 1, 2000 through April 30, 2000.
In addition to the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution that is contributed for a
Member who is a Salaried Employee, the Employer shall contribute for each such
Member who is actively employed on December 24, 2000 an additional amount (the
"150% 2000 Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution" to be
12
allocated for the 2000 Plan Year). The 150% 2000 Supplemental Profit Sharing
Contribution shall be equal to 150% of the Monthly Profit Sharing Contribution
that was contributed during the period from May 1, 2000 through December 24,
2000.
For Plan Years beginning after 2000, in addition to the Monthly Profit Sharing
Contribution that is contributed for a Member who is a Salaried Employee, the
Employer may, but is not required to, contribute for each such Member who is
actively employed on the last day of the last payroll period ending prior to, or
coincident with, the fiscal year end (the "Cutoff Date"), an additional amount
(the "Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution"). If a Supplemental Profit
Sharing Contribution is made, it shall be equal to 100% or 150% of the Monthly
Profit Sharing Contribution that was contributed from the prior year Cutoff Date
to the current year Cutoff Date, as determined by the Board of Directors.
No Profit Sharing Contribution shall be contributed on behalf of a Member who is
not a Salaried Employee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Profit Sharing Contributions shall be made on
behalf of any Employee who is classified as senior manager level (or above)
earning base compensation at an annual rate which exceeds the $80,000 amount
specified in, and adjusted under, the provisions of paragraph 2.26(ii);
provided, however, if Profit Sharing Contributions are made on behalf of any
Member who subsequently changes to a senior manager level position earning base
compensation in excess of such $80,000 amount (as adjusted), such Member shall
only be eligible to receive Profit Sharing Contributions for the remainder of
the Plan Year in which such change occurs, and no Profit Sharing Contributions
shall be made on behalf of such Member thereafter.
In the case of a Member who ceases active employment as a result of Disability
but who retains Employee status, Profit Sharing Contributions under the
provisions of this paragraph shall continue only if such Member is covered under
the Weight Watchers International Income Protection Plan, subject to paragraph
4.10(b), with the Member's monthly rate of compensation prior to the
commencement of disability income payments under the Weight Watchers
International Income Protection Plan being treated as his Eligible Earnings for
this purpose, until the Member reaches age 65 or elects Retirement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may determine that an Affiliate that
adopts the Plan shall make Profit Sharing Contributions at a rate different than
the rate specified above, or make no Profit Sharing Contributions.
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. shall make no Profit Sharing Contributions for its
Employees who are Members.
13
4.02 TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS.
Each Member is entitled to have Tax Deferred Contributions made by the Employer
on his behalf for each Payroll Period.
(a) Tax Deferred Contributions may be in an amount equal to any whole percentage
of a Member's Eligible Earnings for that Payroll Period not less than 1% of his
Eligible Earnings for that Payroll Period nor more than 13% of his Eligible
Earnings for that Payroll Period (up to the Compensation Limit for the Plan
Year). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with respect to
WeightWatchers.com, Inc. for the Plan Year ending December 31, 2001, a Member
who is an Employee of WeightWatchers.com, Inc. and who is not a Highly
Compensated Employee for such Plan Year may elect to defer up to 100% of his
Eligible Earnings for any Payroll Period for the remainder of such Plan Year
following the adoption of the Plan by WeightWatchers.com, Inc. An election by a
Member to have Tax Deferred Contributions made on his behalf constitutes an
authorization to the Employer to reduce the Member's cash remuneration by an
amount equal to the Tax Deferred Contributions. Tax Deferred Contributions for
any Plan Year may be elected only with respect to Eligible Earnings that would
have been received by the Member in the Plan Year but for his election to defer
under this paragraph 4.02. Tax Deferred Contributions may be limited by
paragraph 4.05 dealing with the actual deferral percentage for Highly
Compensated Employees, by paragraph 4.10 imposing limits on Annual Additions, by
paragraph 6.06 in the case of a hardship withdrawal, and by the following
subparagraphs.
(i) In the case of an Employee who, prior to the effective date of the Plan, was
participating in the H.J. Heinz Company Employees Retirement and Savings Plan or
the H.J. Heinz Company SAVER Plan and who had a Tax Deferred Contribution
election in effect under either of those plans, such Member's election shall
continue in effect on and after the effective date of the Plan unless changed in
accordance with paragraph 4.03.
(ii) An Employee who, prior to the effective date of the Plan, was eligible to
elect Tax Deferred Contributions under the H.J. Heinz Company Employees
Retirement and Savings Plan or the H.J. Heinz Company SAVER Plan but who did not
have an election in effect may initiate an election on or after the effective
date of the Plan in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee.
(iii) Except in the case of an Employee described in (i) or (ii) above, a Member
who is a Salaried Employee shall be deemed to have elected to have Tax Deferred
Contributions made by the Employer on his behalf for each Payroll Period (up to
the Compensation Limit for the Plan Year) in an amount equal to 3% of his
Eligible Earnings, and to have authorized the Employer to reduce his cash
remuneration payable while a Member by an equal amount, unless he elects, in
accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, to have no Tax Deferred
Contributions made on his behalf or to have Tax Deferred Contributions made on
his behalf at a different rate.
14
(b) A Member's Tax Deferred Contributions under subparagraph(a) in any calendar
year shall not exceed $10,000, or such adjusted amount as may be prescribed
pursuant to sections 402(g)(5) and 415(d) of the Code, reduced by the sum of all
other elective deferrals (as defined in regulations pursuant to section 402(g)
of the Code) during such year under other plans, contracts or arrangements
maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate. If a Member's Tax Deferred
Contributions in a calendar year reach the applicable dollar limitation for such
year, his election of Tax Deferred Contributions for the remainder of the
calendar year will be canceled. As of the first pay period of the following
calendar year, the Member's election of Tax Deferred Contributions shall again
become effective in accordance with his previous election.
(c) If a Member makes elective deferrals under another qualified defined
contribution plan for any calendar year and those contributions when added to
his Tax Deferred Contributions under this Plan exceed the dollar limitation set
forth above for that calendar year, the Member may allocate all or a portion of
such excess deferrals to this Plan. In that event, the excess deferrals
(together with income allocable thereto determined by any reasonable method
consistent with regulations pursuant to section 402(g) of the Code) shall be
returned to the Member no later than the April 15 following the end of the
calendar year in which the excess deferrals were made. The Plan shall not be
required to return excess deferrals unless the Member notifies the Committee, in
writing, by March 1 of that following calendar year of the amount of the excess
deferrals allocated to this Plan. However, a Member who has excess deferrals
calculated by taking into account only elective deferrals under this Plan and
other plans, contracts or arrangements maintained by the Employer or any
Affiliate shall be deemed to have made an election pursuant to this subparagraph
(c) with respect to such excess deferral. The amount of excess deferrals that
may be distributed pursuant to this subparagraph shall be determined after
taking into account any amounts previously recharacterized or distributed
pursuant to paragraph 4.05.
(d) If any Matching Contributions have been allocated with respect to excess
deferrals, they shall be forfeited and applied as provided in paragraph 5.07.
(e) In the event that Tax Deferred Contributions are returned to the Employer in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4.13, the elections to reduce
Eligible Earnings which were made by Members on whose behalf those contributions
were made shall be void retroactively to the beginning of the period for which
those contributions were made. The Tax Deferred Contributions so returned shall
be distributed in cash to those Members for whom those contributions were made.
4.03 CHANGE IN TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS.
Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.02, a Member may change the percentage
elected pursuant to paragraph 4.02, in accordance with procedures described by
the Committee. A Member shall be permitted to change such Tax Deferred
Contribution Percentage effective with the first of any month by giving
15
the Employer adequate notice in accordance with procedures prescribed by the
Committee.
4.04 SUSPENSION OF TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) In accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, a Member may
suspend Tax Deferred Contributions under paragraph 4.02. During such a period of
suspension, the Employer shall make no monthly contributions on behalf of such
Member to the Matching Account of such Member pursuant to paragraph 4.09(c).
(b) In accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, a Member who has
suspended Tax Deferred Contributions may elect resumption thereof in accordance
with paragraph 4.02.
(c) A Member who is granted an authorized leave of absence by the Employer shall
be deemed to have suspended Tax Deferred Contributions pursuant to subparagraph
(a) of this paragraph 4.04 and immediately upon completion of his leave of
absence Tax Deferred Contributions shall resume in accordance with the election
previously in effect unless changed by the Member in accordance with paragraph
4.03.
4.05 LIMITATION ON TAX DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS.
Notwithstanding paragraph 4.02, the limitations of this paragraph 4.05 shall
apply with respect to Highly Compensated Employees.
The actual deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Employees who are Members,
or eligible to become Members, for a Plan Year shall not exceed the greater of
(i) or (ii) below:
(i) The actual deferral percentage for all other Employees who are Members, or
eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25;
(ii) The lesser of (A) or (B) below:
(A) the actual deferral percentage for all other Employees who are Members, or
eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.0
(B) the actual deferral percentage for all other Employees who are Members, or
eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year increased by two percentage
points
(or such lesser amount as may be applicable pursuant to paragraph 4.12).
(b) For purposes of this paragraph 4.05, the actual deferral percentage for a
specified group of eligible Employees for a Plan Year shall be the average
(calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) of the ratios
(calculated separately to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point for each
Employee in the group) of:
16
(i) The sum of the amount of Tax Deferred Contributions (and, if applicable,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions) actually paid to the Trust Fund on behalf
of each such Employee for such Plan Year (if the Employee is a Highly
Compensated Employee, whether or not such contributions are returned to the
Member pursuant to the rules on excess tax deferred contributions in paragraph
4.02(c)), to
(ii) The Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year, taking into account for this
purpose only the portion of the Plan Year after the Employee has become eligible
for the Plan.
(c) The Committee may implement rules, consistent with regulations under the
Code, whereby Tax Deferred Contributions by any Member or group of Members may
be limited in advance to a lesser percentage than the otherwise allowable
maximum, whereby Tax Deferred Contributions may be decreased, suspended or
otherwise modified to meet the requirements of this paragraph 4.05, or whereby
Tax Deferred Contributions may be disposed of by distribution to some or all
Highly Compensated Employees, in accordance with the following rules, so that
the limitation set forth in this paragraph 4.05 is satisfied.
(i) With respect to any Plan Year in which Tax Deferred Contributions made on
behalf of Members who are Highly Compensated Employees exceed the applicable
limit set forth in this paragraph 4.05, the Committee may reduce the amount of
excess Tax Deferred Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated
Employees as described. Any distribution of excess Tax Deferred Contributions
for any Plan Year shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of
the Highly Compensated Employee who had the greatest dollar amount of Tax
Deferred Contributions to the extent necessary to satisfy the actual deferral
percentage test. This process shall be repeated until the actual deferral
percentage test is satisfied, in accordance with applicable legal guidance.
(ii) Excess contributions subject to reduction under (i) above ("excess
contributions"), together with income attributable to the excess contributions,
shall be paid to the Member before the close of the Plan Year following the Plan
Year in which the excess contributions were made and, to the extent practicable,
within 2 1/2 months of the close of the Plan Year in which the excess
contributions were made. Any excess contributions for any Plan Year shall be
reduced by any Tax Deferred Contributions previously returned to the Member
under paragraph 4.02(c) for that Plan Year. If any Matching Contributions have
been allocated with respect to excess contributions, they shall be forfeited and
applied as provided in paragraph 5.07.
(d) The amount of income attributable to the excess contributions for a Plan
Year shall be determined by any reasonable method consistent with regulations
pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code.
17
4.06 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
In addition to contributions pursuant to paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02, the Employer
shall make contributions in accordance with the following:
(a) The Employer shall contribute to the Trustee an amount equal to the
aggregate of the Tax Deferred Contributions under paragraph 4.02 on behalf of
all Members for the Payroll Period ending in or with a month (disregarding the
portion of the Tax Deferred Contributions for any Member which is in excess of
3% of the Member's Eligible Earnings). Contributions pursuant to this
subparagraph shall be made by the Employer to the Trustee in cash following the
end of the month to which such contributions relate and are subject to the
limitations of paragraph 4.05(c)(ii) and paragraph 4.08.
(b) The Employer shall contribute to the Trustee not later than September 15,
1999 an additional amount for each Member who was a participant in the H.J.
Heinz Company SAVER Plan on October 3, 1999, is an Employee on December 31, 1999
and whose Eligible Earnings from the Employer and from the H.J. Heinz Company
for the 1999 Plan Year exceed $15,000. Such additional amount shall be equal to
the aggregate of the Member's Tax Deferred Contributions under Section 4.02 of
the H.J. Heinz SAVER Plan for the 1999 Plan Year (disregarding the portion of
such Tax Deferred Contributions in excess of 3% of the Member's Eligible
Earnings from the H.J. Heinz Company for such Plan Year). Contributions pursuant
to this subparagraph are subject to the limitations of paragraph 4.08 and shall
be credited to the Member's Matching Account.
(c) In addition, the Employer shall contribute from time to time such amounts as
may be required for restoration of forfeitures pursuant to paragraph 5.06.
(d) In addition, the Employer may in its discretion contribute from time to time
such amounts which meet the requirements for "qualified nonelective
contributions" under regulations pursuant to sections 401(k) and (m) of the Code
as it shall determine to be appropriate to enable the Plan to satisfy the
limitations of paragraphs 4.05 and/or 4.08.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may determine that an Affiliate that
adopts the Plan shall make Matching Contributions at a rate different than the
rate specified above, or make no Matching Contributions. WeightWatchers.com,
Inc. shall make no Matching Contributions for its Employees who are Members.
4.07 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.
With the permission of the Committee and without regard to any limitations on
contribution percentages for Highly Compensated Employees in paragraphs 4.05 and
4.08 or limitations on Annual Additions in paragraph 4.10, the Plan may receive
from a Member or from another plan which is qualified under section 401(a) of
the Code, any amount which qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution or
otherwise qualifies for rollover treatment under Code section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii),
provided that the Member provides evidence satisfactory to the
18
Committee that such amount so qualifies. Rollover contributions which are not
directly transferred from another qualified plan must be paid to the Trustee on
or before the 60th day after having been received by the Member. Direct
transfers may be accomplished by wire transfer to the Trustee or by delivery to
the Trustee of a check made out to the Plan or to the Trustee, as prescribed by
the Committee.
4.08 LIMITATION BASED ON CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE.
After application of the provisions of paragraph 4.05 above, the regular
contribution percentage for Highly Compensated Employees shall be subject to the
limitations of this paragraph 4.08.
(a) The regular contribution percentage for Highly Compensated Employees who are
Members, or eligible to become Members, for a Plan Year shall not exceed the
greater of (i) or (ii) below:
(i) The regular contribution percentage for all other Employees who are Members,
or eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25;
(ii) The lesser of (A) or (B) below:
(A) the regular contribution percentage for all other Employees who are Members,
or eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year multiplied by 2.0
(B) the regular contribution percentage for all other Employees who are Members,
or eligible to become Members, for such Plan Year increased by two percentage
points
(or such lesser amount as may be applicable pursuant to paragraph 4.12).
(b) For purposes of this paragraph 4.08, the regular contribution percentage for
a specified group of eligible Employees for a Plan Year shall be the average
(calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) of the ratios
(calculated separately to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point for each
Employee in the group) of:
(i) The sum of the amounts allocable under paragraph 4.09 to the Employee's
Matching Account for that Plan Year (plus Qualified Nonelective Contributions,
if applicable), to
(ii) The Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year, taking into account for this
purpose only the portion of the Plan Year after the Employee has become eligible
for the Plan.
(c) In the event the Committee determines that the limitation under subparagraph
(a) of this paragraph 4.08 would be exceeded in any Plan Year, the following
provisions shall apply:
19
(i) With respect to any Plan Year in which Matching Contributions made on behalf
of Members who are Highly Compensated Employees exceed the applicable limit set
forth in this paragraph 4.08, the Committee may reduce the amount of excess
Matching Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employees as
described. Any distribution of excess Matching Contributions for any Plan Year
shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the Highly
Compensated Employee who had the greatest dollar amount of Matching
Contributions to the extent necessary to satisfy the actual contribution
percentage test. This process shall be repeated until the actual contribution
percentage test is satisfied, in accordance with applicable legal guidance.
(ii) Matching Contributions subject to reduction under this paragraph ("excess
aggregate contributions"), together with income attributable to the excess
aggregate contributions, shall be reduced as follows:
(A) By distributing to the Member his excess aggregate contributions.
(B) Any distribution of excess aggregate contributions shall be made before the
close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which those contributions
were made; to the extent practicable any distribution shall be made within 2 1/2
months of the close of the Plan Year in which the contributions were made.
(C) The amount of income attributable to the excess aggregate contributions
shall be determined by any reasonable method consistent with regulations
pursuant to section 401(m) of the Code.
4.09 ALLOCATION TO MEMBER ACCOUNTS.
Allocations shall be made to the Accounts of Members in accordance with this
paragraph 4.09, subject to the limitations on Annual Additions set forth in
paragraph 4.10.
(a) Profit Sharing Contributions pursuant to paragraph 4.01 on behalf of each
Member shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Contribution Account of such
Member.
(b) Tax Deferred Contributions pursuant to a Member's election under paragraph
4.02 shall be allocated to the Tax Deferred Account of each Member on whose
behalf such contribution is made, subject to the limitations on Tax Deferred
Contributions in paragraphs 4.02 and 4.05 and the aggregate limit on Tax
Deferred Contributions and Matching Contributions specified in paragraph 4.12.
(c) Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to paragraph 4.06(a) shall be
allocated to the Matching Account of each Member in an amount equal to 100% of
the Tax Deferred Contributions (not in excess of 3% of the Member's Eligible
Earnings) under paragraph 4.02 on behalf of each Member for the month for which
such contribution is made. Contributions made pursuant to paragraph 4.06(b)
shall be allocated to the Member's Matching Account.
20
4.10 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS.
(a) The Annual Additions made by or on behalf of and allocated to any Member for
any Plan Year to this Plan and any other defined contribution plan which is
qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and which is maintained by the
Employer or any Affiliate shall not be greater than an amount equal to the
lesser of (i) and (ii):
(i) 25% of the Member's Compensation for such Plan Year (determined without
regard to the last sentence of paragraph 2.13).
(ii) $30,000.
As of January 1 of each calendar year on and after the date the dollar
limitation under section 415 of the Code for defined benefit plans reaches
$120,000, the dollar limitation set forth above for each such year shall be
adjusted to 25% of the defined benefit plan dollar limitation and shall become
effective as the maximum permissible dollar limitation for that calendar year,
in lieu of the $30,000 limitation set forth above.
(b) In the case of a Member who is totally and permanently disabled (within the
meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Compensation for a Plan Year for
purposes of this paragraph 4.10 shall be deemed to be the amount which the
Member would have received for such Plan Year if he was paid at the rate of
compensation in effect immediately before becoming totally and permanently
disabled.
(c) In order to prevent excess Annual Additions, the Committee shall limit
contributions and/or allocations to a Member's Accounts in the following order
of priority:
(i) Tax Deferred Contributions;
(ii) Profit Sharing Contributions;
(iii) Matching Contributions.
(d) If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Member's Compensation
or in determining the amount of Tax Deferred Contributions that may be made with
respect to a Member, or other circumstances permitted pursuant to regulations
under the Code, amounts are contributed with respect to a calendar year by or on
behalf of a Member in excess of the amount that can be allocated under
subparagraph (a), such excess shall be subject to the following rules:
(i) Contributions in excess of the limitations shall be distributed to the
Member to the extent consisting of Tax Deferred Contributions;
(ii) Any remaining excess amounts, which shall be chargeable first against
Profit Sharing Contributions on behalf of a Member and thereafter against
Matching Contributions, may be allocated to a suspense account and used to
reduce contributions on behalf of the Member in the next calendar year (and
21
treated as Annual Additions in such next year) if the Member is entitled to an
allocation of contributions in such next year or, in the direction of the
Committee, may be applied to reduce subsequent contributions by the Employer for
the current calendar year and allocated and reallocated to the Accounts of other
Members for the current calendar year, provided that if such allocation and
reallocation should cause the Accounts of all Members to exceed the limitations
of this paragraph 4.10 the excess shall be credited to a suspense account and
allocated to Member Accounts for succeeding calendar years before any further
contributions are made under the plan.
4.11 PARTICIPATION IN OTHER PLANS.
If any Highly Compensated Employee is a participant in another qualified plan of
the Employer or an Affiliate under which deferred cash contributions or matching
contributions are made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee or under
which the Highly Compensated Employee makes participant contributions, in
applying the limitations of paragraphs 4.05, 4.08 and 4.12 the Committee shall
implement rules, which shall be uniformly applicable to all Employees similarly
situated, to take into account all such contributions under all such plans to
the extent required by Code sections 401(k) and (m).
4.12 AGGREGATE LIMIT.
In no event shall the sum of the actual deferral percentage of the group of
eligible Highly Compensated Employees and regular contribution percentage of
such group, after applying the provisions of paragraphs 4.05 and 4.08, exceed
the "aggregate limit" as such term is defined in regulations and rulings
implementing section 401(m)(9) of the Code. In the event the aggregate limit is
exceeded for any Plan Year, the contribution percentages of the Highly
Compensated Employees shall be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the
aggregate limit in accordance with the procedure set forth in paragraph 4.08.
4.13 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS.
A contribution made by the Employer under a mistake of fact shall be returned to
the Employer upon its written request within one year after the contribution was
made. Contributions by the Employer are conditional on deductibility under the
Code and accordingly any contribution for which a deduction is disallowed shall
be returned to the Employer upon its written request within one year of
disallowance. Contributions returned to the Employer pursuant to this
subparagraph shall be without earnings thereon but shall be reduced for any
investment losses.
22
ARTICLE V: ELIGIBILITY FOR BENEFITS
5.01 VESTING.
A Member's interest in the Profit Sharing Contribution Account and Matching
Account shall be fully vested when the Member's aggregate Service totals at
least 5 years or, if earlier, upon the Member's attainment of age 65, death,
Disability or Discharge without Cause by the Employer. For a Member who has an
Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2002, his interest in the Matching
Account shall be fully vested when the Member's aggregate Service totals at
least 3 years or, if earlier, upon the Member's attainment of age 65, death,
Disability or Discharge Without Cause by the Employer. The value of the Member's
Tax Deferred Account, After Tax Account and Rollover Account will be fully
vested at all times.
5.02 RETIREMENT.
A Member may elect Retirement on the first day of the month coincident with or
next following the date on which he attains age 65 or the first day of any
subsequent month by application in accordance with procedures prescribed by the
Committee specifying a desired date of Retirement not less than 30 nor more than
90 days following the date such application is made.
5.03 DEATH.
Upon the death of a Member, his Accounts shall be distributable to his
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.
5.04 DISABILITY.
In the event of a Member's Disability, his After Tax Account, Tax Deferred
Account and Matching Account shall be distributable in accordance with the
provisions of Article VIII.
5.05 DISCHARGE WITHOUT CAUSE.
Upon a Member's Discharge without Cause, his Accounts shall be distributable in
accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.
5.06 OTHER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
In the case of termination of employment of a Member for any reason other than
Retirement, death, Disability or Discharge without Cause by the Employer, the
Member's vested Accounts as described in paragraph 5.01 shall be distributable
in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII.
(a) Such a Member shall forfeit his non-vested interest in the Matching Account
and Profit Sharing Contribution Account upon the payment of his Account or when
he incurs a 5 year Break in Service, if later, subject to the rules in
subparagraphs (b) and (c) below.
23
(b) If such a Member forfeits an amount to the credit of his Profit Sharing
Contribution Account before he has a period of Break in Service of 5 years, such
amount shall be restored to his Profit Sharing Contribution Account provided he
is reemployed by the Employer or an Affiliate before the occurrence of a Break
in Service of 5 years.
(c) If such a Member forfeits an amount to the credit of his Matching Account
before he has a period of Break in Service of 5 years, such amount shall be
restored to his Matching Account, provided (i) he is reemployed by the Employer
or an Affiliate and (ii) after resumption of employment he repays to the Trust
Fund an amount equal to the full amount, if any, distributed to him from the
Trust Fund as a result of his termination of employment. Any repayment under
this paragraph must be made in a lump sum before the earlier of 5 years after
the date he is reemployed or the occurrence of a Break in Service of 5 years.
5.07 APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES.
Forfeitures under paragraph 5.06(a) shall be applied as provided in this
paragraph.
(a) Any portion of the Profit Sharing Contribution Account forfeited during a
Plan Year in accordance with paragraph 5.06(a) shall be used as required to make
restorations required by paragraph 5.06(b) to Members' Profit Sharing
Contribution Accounts for such Plan Year, to defray Plan administrative
expenses, or to reduce subsequent Employer contributions under paragraphs 4.01
and/or 4.06.
(b) Any portion of the Matching Account forfeited during a Plan Year in
accordance with paragraph 5.06(a) shall be used as required to make restorations
required by paragraph 5.06(c) to Members' Matching Accounts for such Plan Year,
to defray Plan administrative expenses, or to reduce subsequent Employer
contributions under paragraphs 4.01 and/or 4.06.
24
ARTICLE VI: WITHDRAWALS
6.01 IN GENERAL.
Except as provided in paragraph 10.07 in the case of a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order, withdrawals may be made from a Member's Accounts before the
occurrence of a distribution event described in paragraph 8.01 only as provided
in this Article VI.
6.02 AFTER TAX ACCOUNT AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.
A Member or the Beneficiary of a deceased Member may withdraw a specific dollar
amount or the entire amount credited to the Member's After Tax Account and
Rollover Account.
6.03 MATCHING ACCOUNT.
A Member or the Beneficiary of a deceased Member may withdraw a specific dollar
amount or the entire amount from the vested balance credited to the Member's
Matching Account, provided that a Member may make such withdrawals only if:
(a) the Member has at least 60 months of Continuous Membership, or
(b) the withdrawal satisfies the "hardship" withdrawal rules of paragraph 6.06,
or
(c) the Member has attained age 59-1/2.
6.04 TAX DEFERRED ACCOUNT.
A Member or the Beneficiary of a deceased Member may withdraw a specific dollar
amount or the entire amount of the Member's Tax Deferred Account, provided that
a Member may make such a withdrawal only if:
(a) the withdrawal satisfies the "hardship" withdrawal rules of paragraph
6.06,or
(b) the Member has attained age 59-1/2.
A withdrawal under this paragraph 6.04 shall not exceed (i) the amount credited
to the Member's Tax Deferred Account under the H.J. Heinz Company Savings Plan
as of December 31, 1988, (ii) increased by the Member's Tax Deferred
Contributions under such plan after such date and decreased by the amounts, if
any, withdrawn by the Member under paragraph 6.04 of such plan after such date,
and (iii) increased by the Member's Tax Deferred Contributions under this Plan
and decreased by any prior withdrawal by the Member under this paragraph 6.04.
Except as provided in this paragraph 6.04, a Member shall not be permitted to
withdraw any amount from his Tax Deferred Account prior to Retirement,
Disability, death or other separation from Service.
25
6.05 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.
Withdrawals from a Member's Profit Sharing Contribution Account are permitted
only as provided in Article VIII.
6.06 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL.
The Committee shall approve an application for a hardship withdrawal by a Member
who otherwise qualifies for a hardship withdrawal under this Article VI if the
application, made in such form as the Committee shall prescribe, satisfies
subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph 6.06.
(a) As a condition for a hardship withdrawal, the Member must seek a withdrawal
on account of any of the following financial needs:
(i) medical expenses described in section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred
by the Member, his spouse or any of his dependents (as defined in section 152 of
the Code) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care described in
section 213(d) of the Code;
(ii) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the
Member (excluding mortgage payments);
(iii) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of
post-secondary education of the Member, his spouse or dependents (as defined in
section 152 of the Code); or
(iv) payment of amounts necessary to prevent eviction of the Member from his
principal residence or to avoid foreclosure on the mortgage of his principal
residence.
(b) As a condition for a hardship withdrawal, the requested withdrawal must be
necessary to satisfy the financial need described in subparagraph (a). The
Committee will make its determination of the necessity for the withdrawal solely
on the basis of the application provided all of the following requirements are
met:
(i) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy
financial need specified according to subparagraph (a), plus any additional
amount necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution;
(ii) the Member has obtained all distributions, other than distributions
available only on account of hardship, and all nontaxable loans currently
available under all plans of the Employer and Affiliates;
(iii) the hardship withdrawal will result in:
(A) suspension under this Plan and all other qualified and nonqualified plans of
deferred compensation maintained by the Employer and Affiliates of the Member's
elective deferrals and Employee contributions (other than mandatory
contributions to a defined benefit plan) for at least 12 months after receipt of
the distribution; and
26
(B) reduction of the limitation under section 402(g) of the Code under this Plan
and all other plans of the Employer and Affiliates for the calendar year
following the year in which the withdrawal is made by the Member's elective
deferrals made in the calendar year of the distribution for hardship.
6.07 ADDITIONAL WITHDRAWAL RULES.
The following rules shall apply to withdrawals under this Article VI:
(a) No withdrawal may be made from a Member's Tax Deferred Account unless all
amounts then available for withdrawal under paragraphs 6.02 and 6.03 have been
withdrawn. No withdrawal may be made from a Member's Matching Account under
paragraph 6.03 unless all amounts withdrawable under paragraph 6.02 have been
withdrawn.
(b) After there have been two withdrawals under this Article VI in any Plan
Year, withdrawals shall be allowed only under the hardship rules of paragraph
6.06, with a maximum of two such hardship withdrawals for any Plan Year.
(c) Funds withdrawn pursuant to this Article VI may not be repaid.
(d) Any withdrawal must be in an amount which is not less than $200 unless such
withdrawal consists of the entire balance in the Account from which the
withdrawal is being made.
(e) Withdrawals shall be in cash as provided in paragraph 8.03.
(f) Any amounts withdrawn shall be charged against the Investment Funds in
proportion to the current balances of the Account in such Investment Funds.
(g) No withdrawal may be made if such withdrawal would cause a violation of the
maximum loan limitations prescribed pursuant to paragraph 9.09.
(h) A withdrawal may include an election that a withdrawal which is an Eligible
Rollover Distribution be transferred directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan in
accordance with procedures described in paragraph 8.02(c).
(i) The amount of any withdrawal paid to the recipient shall be the net amount
after reduction for applicable tax withholding.
(j) The effective date of a withdrawal shall be the first Valuation Date
occurring after the withdrawal request is approved by the Committee. The amount
of the withdrawal shall be paid to the Member as soon as practicable after the
effective date.
27
ARTICLE VII: ACCOUNTS
7.01 MEMBER ACCOUNTS.
The Trustee or such other record keeper as the Committee may designate shall
maintain in an equitable manner a separate Tax Deferred Account, Matching
Account, After Tax Account, Profit Sharing Contribution Account and Rollover
Account for each Member. Each separate Account shall be revalued at current
market values as of each Valuation Date, and a separate record shall be kept of
the share of each such separate Account in each Investment Fund of the Trust
Fund. The Committee may instruct the Trustee or such other record keeper to
maintain such additional Accounts and such subaccounts as it deems appropriate
for administration of the Plan.
7.02 PERIODIC STATEMENTS.
The Trustee or such other record keeper as the Committee shall designate shall
furnish to each Member or Beneficiary annually or more frequently a statement
setting forth the value of his Accounts.
28
ARTICLE VIII: DISTRIBUTIONS
8.01 IN GENERAL.
Distribution of a Member's Accounts shall be in accordance with the Rules of
this Article VIII.
(a) Retirement. The method of distribution to be made after Retirement may be
elected by the Member in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee.
The method of distribution shall be any one of the methods in paragraph 8.02. If
no such election is made, the distribution shall be made pursuant to the method
described in paragraph 8.02(a), subject to paragraph 8.02(c).
(b) Death. Payments to a Beneficiary upon death of the Member shall be made
pursuant to subparagraphs (a) or (b) of paragraph 8.02 as specified by election
made during the Member's lifetime in accordance with procedures prescribed by
the Committee, subject to the right of a Beneficiary who is the Member's Spouse
to elect a direct transfer of an Eligible Rollover Distribution under paragraph
8.02(c). A Member may specify that a designated Beneficiary may elect to reduce
an installment period previously elected by the Member under paragraph 8.02(b)
or accelerate the lump sum payment in paragraph 8.02(a). If no specification of
distribution method was made by the Member, distribution shall be made as
elected by the Beneficiary. If no Member or Beneficiary election is made,
distribution shall be made pursuant to the method described in paragraph
8.02(a), subject to paragraph 8.02(c).
(c) Disability. In cases of Disability, payments from a Member's After Tax
Account, Tax Deferred Account and Matching Account upon the Member's election
made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee. The provisions
of paragraph 8.04(b) shall not apply while such a Member retains Employee
status. Distribution pursuant to this paragraph may be pursuant to any one of
the methods in paragraph 8.02 as specified by election of the Member in
accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee. If no such election is
made, the distribution shall be made pursuant to the method described in
paragraph 8.02(a), subject to paragraph 8.02(c).
(d) Discharge without Cause. Payments to a Member because of Discharge without
Cause shall be made pursuant to any one of the methods in paragraph 8.02. If no
such election is made, the distribution shall be made pursuant to the method
described in paragraph 8.02(a), subject to paragraph 8.02(c).
(e) Other Termination of Employment. Payments to Members whose employment is
terminated for reasons other than Retirement, death or Discharge without Cause
shall be made pursuant to the method described in paragraph 8.02(a), subject to
paragraph 8.02(c).
(f) Required Beginning Date. A Member who has attained his "required beginning
date" under section 401(a)(9) of the Code may make an election of the method of
distribution in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee. The
method of distribution shall be any one of the methods in
29
paragraph 8.02. If no such election is made, the distribution shall be made
pursuant to the method described in paragraph 8.02(a), subject to paragraph
8.02(c).
8.02 METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION.
Methods of distribution which may be available to a Member or Beneficiary
pursuant to paragraph 8.01 are the following:
(a) A lump sum.
(b) Installments, over a period which shall not exceed 30 years under such one
of the following methods in subparagraph (i) or (ii) as is elected by the Member
or Beneficiary in writing to the Committee:
(i) Annual payments, the amounts of which are recalculated annually by dividing
the current value of the Member's Accounts by the remaining number of unpaid
installments; or
(ii) Annual payments, the amounts of which are calculated by dividing the
current value of the Member's Accounts by the number of years over which
installments are payable. If the amount of any annual installment so calculated
is in excess of the balance to the credit of the Accounts, such balance shall be
distributed and no further installments shall be made. Any surplus remaining in
the Member's Accounts at the expiration of the period elected by him for receipt
of installment payments shall be distributed with the last annual installment.
Notwithstanding the above, an installment arrangement must provide for payment
over a period which meets the requirements of paragraph 8.04(e). A Member or
Beneficiary may elect in writing to reduce an installment period previously
elected.
(c) A direct transfer to the trustee or other custodian of an Eligible
Retirement Plan of all or a specified amount that is part of the Member's
Accounts distributable under subparagraph (a) or (b) which is an Eligible
Rollover Distribution, provided that to invoke this option:
(i) the Member or Beneficiary must specify, in accordance with procedures
prescribed by the Committee, the Eligible Retirement Plan to which the
distribution is to be paid;
(ii) the Member or Beneficiary must provide, in accordance with procedures
prescribed by the Committee, adequate information regarding the designated
Eligible Retirement Plan.
Reasonable reliance may be placed on such information concerning a designated
Eligible Retirement Plan as is provided by the Member or Beneficiary and
independent verification of such information is not required. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, an Alternate Payee who is not the Member's Spouse or former
Spouse or a Beneficiary who is not the Member's Spouse may not elect a direct
30
transfer and a Spouse may elect a direct transfer only to an Eligible Retirement
Plan which is an individual retirement account.
8.03 MEDIUM OF PAYMENT.
All distributions under the Plan shall be made in cash.
8.04 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS.
Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, all distributions pursuant
to paragraph 8.01 must meet the following rules:
(a) If the value of a Member's Accounts exceeds $5,000, distribution shall not
be made or commence before the later of:
(i) the Member's termination of employment, or
(ii) his attainment of age 70-1/2, unless the Member consents to earlier
payment.
(b) If the value of the Member's Account is $5,000 or less, a distribution shall
be made as soon as is practicable after termination of employment.
(c) Distribution of a Member's Accounts shall be made or shall commence, unless
the Member elects otherwise, not later than 60 days after the later of:
(i) the end of the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 65, or
(ii) the end of the Plan Year in which the Member's Retirement occurs.
(d) In the event that a Member ceases to be an Employee because of the
disposition by the Employer of substantially all of the assets of a trade or
business or the sale of a subsidiary but continues employment with the successor
employer, no distribution shall be made with respect to the Tax Deferred Account
of an affected member unless the applicable requirements of section 401(k)(2)(B)
and section 401(k)(10) of the Code are met.
(e) An installment arrangement under paragraph 8.02(b) must provide for payment
over an installment period which does not exceed the life expectancy of the last
survivor of the Member and his Beneficiary or if the Member is deceased, the
life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with the amount of installments to be
calculated in a manner which complies with the requirements of section 401(a)(9)
of the Code (including the incidental benefit requirements of Code section
401(a)(9)(G)), and regulations thereunder, which shall override any provision of
this Plan inconsistent therewith. In the event of the death of the Member who is
receiving installment payments under paragraph 8.02(b) as of his date of death,
the benefits shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
payment selected by the Member. No benefit option selected by a Beneficiary
shall defer the commencement of distribution beyond one year after the Member's
date of death or, if the Beneficiary is the Member's spouse, the April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member would have
attained age 70-1/2.
31
8.05 VALUATION.
Valuation of Accounts for purposes of distribution to or on behalf of a Member
or Beneficiary shall be made as of the effective date of each payment or
transfer. For purposes of the preceding sentence:
(a) the effective date of an immediate distribution of an Account of $5,000 or
less pursuant to paragraph 8.04(b) shall be the first Valuation Date occurring
after the Committee receives notice of termination of employment; and
(b) the effective date of any distribution with respect to which the consent of
a Member or Beneficiary is required shall be the first Valuation Date occurring
after the Committee receives the distribution election in accordance with
procedures prescribed by the Committee.
8.06 WRITTEN EXPLANATION.
Within a reasonable time before a distribution is made from the Plan, the
recipient shall, in accordance with procedures prescribed the Committee, be
provided with a written explanation of:
(a) the provisions under which the recipient may have the distribution directly
transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan;
(b) the provision which requires the withholding of tax on Eligible Rollover
Distributions which are not directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement
Plan;
(c) the provisions under which an Eligible Rollover Distribution will not be
subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within 60 days
after receipt; and
(d) the provisions concerning taxation of lump sum distributions and
distributions of employer securities.
32
ARTICLE IX: TRUST FUND
9.01 TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT.
The Board of Directors shall select one or more organizations or individuals to
serve as Trustee and the Employer shall enter into one or more agreements of
trust providing for the administration of the Trust Fund in such form and
containing such provisions as the Employer deems appropriate, including, but not
by way of limitation, provisions with respect to the powers and authority of the
Trustee and the authority of the Employer to amend or terminate the Trust
Agreement or to change the Trustee and to settle the accounts of the Trustee on
behalf of all persons having an interest in the Trust Fund. The principal or the
income of the Trust Fund shall not be used for any purpose other than for the
exclusive benefit of Members and Beneficiaries or to meet the necessary expenses
of the Plan.
9.02 EXPENSES.
Brokerage fees, commissions, taxes and expenses incident to the income or assets
of the Trust or the purchase or sale of securities by the Trustee shall be
deemed to be a charge against such income or assets, or part of the cost of such
securities or a deduction in computing the proceeds therefrom, as the case may
be. All other expenses of the Plan, including record keeping fees,
administrative charges, professional fees, Trustee fees, and expenses and
transfer taxes on distribution of shares of stock, may be paid by the Trustee
from the assets of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer.
9.03 INVESTMENT FUNDS.
One or more Investment Funds, as selected by the Investment Committee appointed
pursuant to paragraph 10.05, shall be established for the investment and
reinvestment of contributions made on behalf of or by Members of the Plan.
(a) Investment Funds selected by the Investment Committee may include, but shall
not be limited to, accounts or contracts with insurance companies and accounts
with banks, trust companies, mutual funds, investment companies, other equity
funds managed by investment managers as defined under section 3(38) of ERISA or
by the Investment Committee or a common trust fund operated by the Trustee of
the Plan. Any Investment Fund selected by the Investment Committee shall be
communicated to Members and Beneficiaries in a timely fashion.
(b) The Plan adopts and includes the provisions of any group or common trust
fund in which the Plan's Trust participates, but only as long as such group or
common trust fund remains qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and exempt
from taxation under section 501(a) of the Code in accordance with Revenue Ruling
81-100.
(c) The Trustee shall reinvest in each of the above Funds the dividends,
interest and other distributions received on the assets held by the Trustee in
the respective Funds. The Trustee may keep such amounts of cash and short-term
33
investments as it shall deem necessary or advisable to maintain as a part of
such Funds.
9.04 INVESTMENT ELECTIONS BY MEMBERS.
Upon enrollment (or as soon as practicable thereafter) a Member shall elect that
amounts allocated to his Account be invested entirely in one of the available
Funds established pursuant to paragraph 9.03 or in any or all of such Funds in
multiples of 1%. Each Member shall assume all investment risks connected with
the assets held by the Trustee for his Accounts and is solely responsible for
the selection of his investment options. The Trustee, the Investment Committee,
the Committee, the Employer, and the officers, supervisors and other employees
of the Employer are not empowered to advise a Member as to the manner in which
such Accounts shall be invested. The fact that an Investment Fund is available
to Members for investment under the Plan shall not be construed as a
recommendation for investment in that Investment Fund. In default of any
election by a Member, his undirected Accounts shall be invested in such Fund or
Funds as the Investment Committee may direct.
9.05 INVESTMENT ELECTION CHANGES.
The Committee shall establish procedures whereby a Member may elect to change
the investment of future additions to his Account to any combination of
selections permitted under paragraph 9.04.
9.06 REALLOCATION AMONG FUNDS.
The Committee shall establish procedures whereby a Member or the Beneficiary of
a deceased Member may elect to reallocate among the Investment Funds in
multiples of 1% the investment of his Account.
9.07 TRANSFERRED AMOUNTS.
Amounts allocated to a Member's Account as amounts transferred on behalf of the
Member from the Heinz Employee Retirement and Savings Plan, to the extent not
consisting of shares of stock of the H.J. Heinz Company, shall be invested
entirely in one of the available Funds or in any or all such available Funds as
the Member shall elect pursuant to paragraph 9.04. Shares of stock of the H.J.
Heinz Company allocated to a Member's Account with respect to such transfer
shall be allocated to a separate account for the Member and, as the Member shall
so elect with respect to any and all such shares of stock, shall be sold from
such separate account and the proceeds of such sale or sales shall be invested
entirely in one of the available Funds or in any or all such available Funds as
the Member shall elect pursuant to paragraph 9.04; provided, however, that any
such shares of stock remaining in such separate account on December 31, 2000
shall be sold from such separate account and the proceeds of such sale invested
in the available Fund or Funds in the same proportion as amounts described in
paragraph 9.04 are invested in such Funds or Funds.
34
9.08 INTERIM INVESTMENT FUND.
All amounts allocated to a Member's Account, other than shares of stock of the
H.J. Heinz Company described in paragraph 9.07, shall, prior to the
establishment of Investment Funds as described in paragraph 9.03, be invested as
the Investment Committee shall direct.
9.09 MEMBER LOANS.
Loans shall be made available to any Member who is an Employee, in accordance
with the following provisions of this paragraph 9.09.
(a) Loans shall be made available to all Members on a reasonably equivalent and
nondiscriminatory basis and in accordance with section 408(b)(1) of ERISA and
regulations promulgated thereunder. The Committee may suspend at any time
authorization for future loans to Members but no such suspension shall affect
any loan then outstanding.
(b) Upon the application of a Member who is an Employee, the Committee or its
delegate shall instruct the Trustee to make a loan to such Member first from his
Tax Deferred Account (if any), and then, if necessary, from his Matching Account
(if any), and then, if necessary, from his Rollover Account (if any), and then,
if necessary, from his After Tax-Contributions (if any) and provided that such
loan meets the requirements of paragraph 9.10. The promissory note executed
pursuant to paragraph 9.10(f) shall be held in trust by the Trustee as a Trust
asset and allocated solely to the borrower's Accounts, and the value of such
promissory note shall be considered to be the outstanding unpaid balance of the
note including any accrued interest. No loan shall be made until the Member has
completed the appropriate form (whether in one or more separate documents or by
undertaking any alternative procedures prescribed by the Committee) and
submitted (or otherwise communicated) to the Committee or its delegate such
information as deemed appropriate, which shall include, among other items, the
Member's promise to repay to the Trustee, as payee, the full amount, the loan
term, the repayment schedule, the Member's authorization and direction that the
Employer shall withhold each Payroll Period and remit to the Trustee the
appropriate installment amounts, and such other terms and conditions as are
consistent with this paragraph and paragraph 9.10. If the loan is approved, the
Trustee shall have a conditional security interest in the Member's Accounts to
the Trustee as security for repayment of the loan. The Committee or its delegate
shall inform a Member in writing within a reasonable time of the approval or
denial (and the reason(s) for denial) of a loan request.
(c) No more than one (1) loan made to a Member may be outstanding at any time.
(d) If a Member obtains a loan under this paragraph 9.09, his status as a Member
and rights with respect to Plan benefits are not affected, except to the extent
that the Member has assigned interests in the Accounts pursuant to this
paragraph and paragraph 9.10.
35
9.10 LOAN REQUIREMENTS.
A loan pursuant shall meet all of the following requirements:
(a) Minimum Amount. A loan must be in an amount not less than one thousand
dollars ($1,000).
(b) Maximum Amount. A loan shall not exceed the least of:
(i) 50% of the value of the Member's vested interest in the Member's Account
balance,
(ii) 100% of the value of the Member's Tax Deferred Account, Matching Account,
Rollover Account and After Tax Account, and
(iii) $50,000 reduced by the greater of the unpaid balance (if any) of any other
loan from the Plan to the Member on the date the loan is made or the highest
outstanding balance of loans (if any) from the Plan to the Member during the
one-year period ending on the day before the date the loan is made.
(c) Valuation. The value of a Member's Accounts shall be determined as of the
last valuation completed immediately prior to the date on which the Member's
loan request is received.
(d) Interest and Amortization. A loan shall bear interest that is fixed for the
term of the loan, and shall provide for substantially level amortization (within
the meaning of section 72(p)(2)(C) of the Code) with payments made through
payroll deductions during any period that the Member receives pay for employment
by the Employer and otherwise with payments made monthly by the Member's
personal check. The rate of interest for loans shall be set for each calendar
quarter to apply to all loans made in such quarter. The rate of interest set for
a calendar quarter shall be equal to 1% plus the published prime interest rate
of a bank selected by the Committee as that rate is published on the tenth
business day preceding the end of the preceding quarter; provided, however, that
the Committee may direct that the interest rate be changed more frequently than
quarterly by reference to such prime rate as published on any date that is not
more than 10 days prior to the date such change is first effective. If the rate
of interest set pursuant to the preceding sentence exceeds the highest rate
which may legally be charged under applicable law, no loans may be made to any
Member, notwithstanding any other provision in this paragraph 9.10 to the
contrary.
(e) Repayment Term. The principal amount of a loan must be payable no later than
the earlier of the following dates:
(i) The expiration of a 5 year term, except for a loan used to acquire any
dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the
time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Member, which may be for
any longer term of whole years not in excess of 15 years.
(ii) The date on which distribution of the Member's Accounts is made or
otherwise commences following the Member's Severance from Service Date.
36
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member shall have the right to prepay the full
outstanding balance of such loan without penalty, at any time.
(f) Promissory Note. A loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note executed by
the Member. Such note shall provide that if the Member receives pay for
employment by an Employer, the loan is to be paid by regular deductions from his
pay in each pay period in which the loan is outstanding and that if the Member
is not receiving pay for employment by an Employer, the loan is to be paid
monthly by a Certified or Bank Check. The promissory note shall also contain
such other terms as the Committee or its delegate shall in its sole discretion
determine.
(g) Written Agreement. A loan shall be made pursuant to a loan agreement
executed by the Member and the Trustee (directly, or acting through the
Committee or its delegate), on a form containing such terms and provisions as
the Committee or its delegate shall determine.
(h) Loan Expenses. Any fees, taxes, charges or other expenses (including without
limitation any asset liquidation charge or similar extraordinary expense)
incurred in connection with a loan shall be paid or charged against the Accounts
of the Member from which the loan is made unless otherwise determined by the
Committee.
(i) Allocation Among Investment Funds. A loan shall be allocated on a pro rata
or substantially pro rata basis among the Investment Funds in which the Member's
Tax Deferred Account, Matching Account, Rollover Account, and After Tax Account
(whichever was the source for the loan) is invested.
(j) Repayment. The total amount of principal and interest payments on a Member's
loan shall be allocated to the Member's Accounts out of which the loan was
funded, in the following order: (1) After Tax Contributions; (2) Rollover
Account; (3) Matching Account, (4) Tax Deferred Account. Such payments shall be
allocated to such Investment Funds as the Member shall have designated under
paragraph 9.04.
(k) Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events. Subject to the provision of
paragraph 9.10(d) authorizing prepayment of a loan, in the event of the death of
a Member before the Member repays all outstanding loans, the Trustee shall
reduce the value of the Member's Accounts by the amount of the Member's
outstanding loan before making a distribution to the Member or his beneficiary.
(l) Default. A loan shall be in default if a scheduled payment of principal or
interest is not received by the Committee or its delegate within 90 days
following the scheduled payment date. Upon such default, the outstanding
principal amount and accrued interest of the loan shall become immediately due
and payable, and the Committee or its delegate may direct the Trustee to execute
upon the Plan's security interest in the Member's Accounts to satisfy the debt;
provided, however, that the execution shall not occur until such time as the
Member 's Accounts could be distributed to the Member consistent with the
requirements for qualification of the Plan under section 401(k) of the Code. The
Committee or its delegate may take any other action he deems appropriate to
obtain payment of the outstanding amount of principal and accrued interest,
37
which may include accepting payments of principal and interest that were not
made on schedule and permitting the loan to remain outstanding under its
original payment schedule.
38
ARTICLE X: ADMINISTRATION
10.01 THE COMMITTEE.
The general administration and responsibility for carrying out the provisions of
the Plan shall be placed with the Committee. The members of the Committee may be
eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have complete control
of the administration of the Plan with all powers to enable it to carry out its
duties in that respect, subject at all times to the limitations and conditions
specified in or imposed by the Plan.
10.02 POWERS.
In addition to any implied powers needed to carry out the provisions of the
Plan, the Committee shall have the following specific powers:
(a) To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or
proper for the efficient administration of the Plan, including procedures for
enrollment, investment elections, withdrawals and distributions, and to design
written forms or other documents to implement such rules, regulations and
procedures.
(b) To interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters arising hereunder,
including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or
omissions.
(c) To determine the amount of benefits that shall be payable to a Member or
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
(d) To authorize disbursements from the Trust Fund and the payment of monies or
property, or both, therefrom to a Member or Beneficiary and others; and to
arrange for withholding and remittance of such withholding taxes as are required
under the Code.
(e) To authorize one or more of its number or any agent to execute or deliver
any instrument or make any payment on its behalf; to retain counsel, employ
agents and provide for such clerical, accounting, actuarial and consulting
services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan; and to
allocate among or delegate to other persons all or such portion of its duties
hereunder, other than those granted to the Trustee under the Trust Agreement
adopted for use in implementing the Plan, as the Committee in its sole
discretion shall decide.
(f) To determine benefit eligibility under this Plan, to interpret Plan
provisions and to take any action necessary to execute the provisions of the
Plan, and all such authority shall be exercised in a manner consistent with the
provisions of the Plan.
All interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Committee in respect of
any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Employees,
Members and Beneficiaries and all other persons claiming an interest under the
Plan.
39
10.03 QUORUM AND COMMITTEE ACTIONS.
A majority of the members of the Committee shall have the power to act with or
without a meeting and the concurrence of any member may be by letter, wire,
cablegram, fax or telephone.
10.04 INVESTMENT COMMITTEE.
The Board of Directors shall appoint an Investment Committee which shall consist
of three or more members who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. To the
extent not otherwise limited by the provisions of the trust instrument or this
Plan, for the purpose of carrying out its duties and responsibilities, the
members of the Investment Committee may direct the Trustee in the management of
the assets of the Plan; may appoint one or more investment managers to direct
the Trustee in the management of the assets of the Plan; may establish
procedures to evaluate the investment performance of the Funds of the Plan and
its asset managers; and may allocate among themselves or delegate to other
persons all or such portion of their duties hereunder, as they, in their sole
discretion shall decide.
10.05 LIABILITY INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION.
The Employer shall obtain insurance or indemnify the members of the Committee
and the Investment Committee for any and all liability, whether joint or
several, for their acts and conduct, or the acts or conduct of their agents, in
their official capacity, to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by
current or future legislation or by current or future judicial or administrative
decision.
10.06 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.
The Committee shall establish reasonable written procedures consistent with the
requirements of section 206(d)(3) of ERISA for determining whether a domestic
relations order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and to administer any
Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan, a Qualified Domestic Relations Order may provide that a lump sum payment
(or, if otherwise permitted, a direct transfer of a lump sum amount) of the
portion of a Member's Accounts assigned to an Alternate Payee shall be made as
soon as administratively feasible whether or not the Member is entitled to a
withdrawal or distribution at such time.
10.07 FIDUCIARY STANDARD.
The members of the Committee and the Investment Committee shall use that degree
of care, skill, prudence and diligence that a prudent man acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in his conduct in a similar
situation.
10.08 FACILITY OF PAYMENT.
Whenever, in the Committee's opinion, a person entitled to receive any payment
of a benefit or installment thereof hereunder is under legal disability or is
incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the
40
Committee may direct the Trustee to make payments to such person or to his legal
representative or to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit or to
apply the payment for the benefit of such person in such manner as it considers
advisable.
10.09 VALUATION DATES.
The Committee shall establish procedures for determining the Valuation Dates
which shall apply for withdrawals, distributions or other relevant purposes.
Valuation Dates need not be the same for all purposes.
41
ARTICLE XI: AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGER
11.01 RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR AMEND.
The Board of Directors reserves the right to terminate, modify, alter or amend
this Plan or any Trust Agreement hereunder from time to time to any extent that
it may deem advisable including, but without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, any amendment deemed necessary to ensure the continued qualification
of the Plan under section 401(a) and section 401(k) of the Code, or the
appropriate provisions of any subsequent revenue law or any other applicable
laws regulating employee plans. No such amendment shall increase the duties or
responsibilities of the Trustee without its consent thereto in writing. No such
amendment shall have the effect of diverting the whole or any part of the
principal or income of the Trust Fund to purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of Members and Beneficiaries. A modification or amendment of the Plan
may affect present as well as future Members and Beneficiaries but may not
retroactively reduce the Accounts of any Member or Beneficiary.
11.02 TERMINATION PROCEDURES.
In the event of termination or partial termination of the Plan or the complete
discontinuance of Employer contributions, the Accounts of affected Members shall
be fully vested and the Trustee shall:
(a) pay any and all expenses chargeable against the Trust Fund;
(b) determine from the Committee the balance in each Member's Account;
(c) as directed by the Committee, either:
(i) distribute the balance in the affected Members' Accounts in the manner
prescribed in Article VIII, provided that no distribution shall be made with
respect to the Tax Deferred Account of an affected Member unless the applicable
requirements of section 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(10) of the Code are met; or
(ii) continue to maintain the Trust Fund and Plan to pay benefits in accordance
with the provisions of Article VIII, except that no Employee shall become a
Member on or after the effective date of such termination.
In making any distributions after termination of the Plan, any and all
determinations, divisions, appraisals, apportionments and allotments determined
by the Committee shall be final and conclusive. If, after all liabilities of the
Plan to Members and Beneficiaries have been satisfied or provided for, any
assets remain unallocated in the suspense account provided for in paragraph
4.10(d)(ii), then such assets shall be distributed to the Employer.
11.03 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR TRANSFER OF PLAN ASSETS.
In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets and
liabilities to, any other plan, provisions shall be made so that each Member,
former Member and Beneficiary on the date thereof would, if the Plan were then
terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or
42
transfer that would be equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been
entitled to receive immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer
if the Plan had then been terminated.
43
ARTICLE XII: GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.01 UNIFORM ADMINISTRATION.
Whenever the administration of the Plan requires any action by the Employer, the
Committee or any member thereof, including action with respect to eligibility or
classification of Employees or contributions or benefits, such action shall be
uniform in nature, shall apply to all persons similarly situated and shall not
discriminate in favor of any Employee.
12.02 SOURCE OF PAYMENT.
Benefits under this Plan shall be payable only out of the Trust Fund. Neither
the Employer, the Board of Directors or any members thereof, nor the Committee
or any member thereof shall have any legal obligation, responsibility or
liability to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan. Neither
the Employer, the Trustee, the Board of Directors or any member thereof, nor the
Committee or any member thereof guarantees the Trust Fund against any loss or
depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit hereunder.
12.03 NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be
retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the
Employer to discharge him at any time.
12.04 BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE.
Except (a) as provided in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, no right or
interest of any Member or Beneficiary in the Plan, or in the Accounts, shall be
assignable or transferable, or subject to any lien, in whole or in part, either
directly or by operation of law, or otherwise including, but not by way of
limitation, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in
any other manner, and no right or interest of any Member of Beneficiary in the
Plan or in the Accounts shall be liable for, or be subject to, any obligation or
liability of such Member or Beneficiary.
12.05 LAWS APPLICABLE.
Subject to the provisions of ERISA, the Plan shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
12.06 ELECTION PROCEDURES.
Any elections, designations, withdrawals, authorizations and other actions taken
by Employees, Members, or Beneficiaries shall be in accordance with procedures
prescribed by the Committee.
12.07 TOP-HEAVY REQUIREMENTS.
(a) The following definitions apply to the terms used in this paragraph:
44
(i) "applicable determination date" means the last day of the preceding Plan
Year;
(ii) "top-heavy ratio" means the ratio of (A) the value of the aggregate of the
Accounts under the Plan for Key Employees to (B) the value of the aggregate of
the Accounts under the Plan for all Key Employees and non-Key Employees;
(iii) "non-Key Employee" means any Employee who is not a Key Employee;
(iv) "applicable Valuation Date" means the Valuation Date coincident with or
immediately preceding the last day of the preceding Plan Year;
(v) "required aggregation group" means any other qualified plan(s) of the
Employer or an Affiliate in which there are members who are Key Employees or
which enable(s) the Plan to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of
the Code; and
(vi) "permissive aggregation group" means each plan in the required aggregation
group and any other qualified plan(s) of the Employer or an Affiliate in which
all members are non-Key Employees, if the resulting aggregation group continues
to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
(b) For purposes of this paragraph, the Plan shall be "top-heavy" with respect
to any Plan Year if, as of the applicable determination date the top-heavy ratio
exceeds 60%. The top-heavy ratio shall be determined as of the applicable
Valuation Date in accordance with section 416(g)(3) and (4) of the Code and
Article VII of this Plan. For purposes of determining whether the Plan is
top-heavy, the Account balances under the Plan will be combined with the account
balances or the present value of accrued benefits under each other plan in the
required aggregation group, and, in the Employer's discretion, may be combined
with the account balances or the present value of accrued benefits under any
other qualified plan in the permissive aggregation group.
(c) The following provisions shall be applicable to Members for any Plan Year
with respect to which the Plan is top-heavy:
(i) All Matching Accounts shall become 100% vested and all future contributions
to the Plan shall be immediately 100% vested.
(ii) An additional Employer contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each
Member (and each Employee eligible to become a Member) who is a Non-Key
Employee, and who has not terminated service as of the last day of the Plan
Year, to the extent that Profit Sharing Contributions and Matching Contributions
on his behalf for the Plan Year which are not needed to meet the contribution
percentage test set forth in paragraph 4.08 would otherwise be less than 3% of
his Compensation (up to the Compensation Limit). However, if the greatest
percentage of Compensation (up to the Compensation Limit) contributed on behalf
of a Key Employee for the Plan Year would be less than 3%, such lesser
percentage shall be substituted for "3%" in the preceding sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (ii), no minimum
contribution shall be made under this Plan with respect to a Member (or an
Employee eligible to become a Member) if the required minimum benefit under
45
section 416(c)(1) of the Code is provided to him by any other qualified pension
plan of the Employer or an Affiliate.
12.08 GENDER AND NUMBER.
Masculine pronouns used herein shall refer to men or women or both and nouns
when stated in the singular shall include the plural and when stated in the
plural shall include the singular whenever appropriate.
46
ARTICLE XIII: CLAIMS PROCEDURE
13.01 FILING A CLAIM.
Any Member under the Plan may file a written claim for a benefit with the
Committee or with a person named by the Committee to receive claims under the
Plan.
13.02 NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.
In the event of a denial or limitation of any benefit due to or requested by any
Member (or his beneficiary) under the Plan, the Member shall be given a written
notification containing specific reasons for the denial of his benefit. The
written notification shall contain specific reference to the pertinent Plan
provisions on which the denial is based. In addition, the written notification
shall contain a description of any additional material or information necessary
for the Member to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary. The written notification shall further provide
appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Member wishes to
submit his claim for review. The written notification shall be given to a Member
within ninety (90) days after receipt of his claim by the Committee unless
special circumstances require an extension of time, not to exceed ninety (90)
days from the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, for processing the
claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice
of the extension shall be furnished to the Member prior to the termination of
said initial ninety (90) day period, and such notice shall indicate the special
circumstances which make the extension appropriate and the date by which the
Committee expects to render the final decision.
13.03 RIGHT OF REVIEW.
In the event of a denial or limitation of his claim, the Member or his duly
authorized representative shall be permitted to review pertinent documents and
to submit to the Committee issues and comments in writing. In addition, the
Member or his duly authorized representative may make a written request for a
full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Committee; provided,
however that such written request must be received by the Committee within sixty
(60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial or
limitation of the claim. The sixty (60) day requirement may be waived by the
Committee in appropriate cases.
13.04 DECISION ON REVIEW.
A decision shall be rendered by the Committee within sixty (60) days after the
receipt of the request for review, provided that where special circumstances
require an extension of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on
written notice to the Member (prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day
period) for an additional sixty (60) days, but in no event shall the decision be
rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the receipt of such
request for review. Any decision by the Committee shall be furnished to the
Member in
47
writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the
specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based. Any decision by the
Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Member and all persons.
13.05 COURT ACTION.
No Member (or his beneficiary) shall have the right to seek judicial review of a
denial of benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for
benefits, prior to filing a claim for benefits and exhausting his rights to
review under this Article.
48
ARTICLE XIV: SIGNATURE
To record the adoption of this Plan by the Employer and its Affiliates
participating therein, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its
duly authorized corporate officer, effective as of the 3rd day of October, 1999.
Weight Watchers International
By: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________
49
|
|